Digital PDFs

AA-Z104A-TE

December 1984

154 pages

Original

8.9MB

Document:	VAX/VMS Master Index
Order Number:	AA-Z104A-TE
Revision:
Pages:	154
Original Filename:	http://bitsavers.org/pdf/dec/vax/vms/4.0/AA-Z104A-TE_VAX_VMS_4.0_Master_Index_198409.pdf

OCR Text

VAX/VMS
Master Index
Order Number: AA-Z 104A-TE

September 1984
This index includes entries for both the reference shelf and the taskoriented guides.

Revision/Update Information:

This is a new manual.

Software Version:

VAX/VMS Version 4.0

digital equipment corporation
maynard, massachusetts

September 1984
The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should
not"be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital
Equipment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear
in this document.
The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be
used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license.
No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment
that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or its affiliated companies.
Copyright © 1984 by Digital Equipment Corporation
All Rights Reserved.
Printed in U.S.A.
The postpaid READER'S COMMENTS form on the last page of this document
requests the user's critical evaluation to assist in preparing future documentation.
The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation:
DEC
DEC/CMS
DEC/MMS
DECnet
DECsystem-10
DECSYSTEM-20
DECUS
DECwriter

DIBOL
EduSystem
IAS
MASSBUS
PDP
PDT
RSTS
RSX

UNIBUS
VAX
V AXcluster
VMS
VT

ZK-2304

This document was prepared using an in-house documentation production system. All
page composition and make-up was performed by Ti:'(, the typesetting system developed
by Donald E. Knuth at Stanford University. Ti:'( is a registered trademark of the American
Mathematical Society.

HOW TO ORDER ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION
In Continental USA and Puerto Rico call 800-258-1710

DIRECT MAIL ORDERS (CANADA)

In New Hampshire, Alaska, and Hawaii call 603-884-6660

Digital Equipment of Canada Ltd.
940 Belfast Road
Ottawa, Ontario K1G 4C2
Attn: P&SG Business Manager

In Canada call 613-234-7726 (Ottawa-Hull)
800-267-6146 (all other Canadian)
DIRECT MAIL ORDERS (USA & PUERTO RICO)*

Digital Equipment Corporation
P.O. Box CS2008
Nashua, New Hampshire 03061

DIRECT MAIL ORDERS (INTERNATIONAL)

Digital Equipment Corporation
P&SG Business Manager
clo Digital's local subsidiary or
approved distributor

*Any prepaid order from Puerto Rico must be placed
with the local Digital subsidiary (809-754-7575)

Internal orders should be placed through the Software Distribution Center (SOC), Digital Equipment
Corporation, Northboro, Massachusetts 01532

Preface
Intended Audience
This document is intended for all users of the VAX/VMS system. It contains
index entries for both the reference shelf and the task-oriented guides.

iii

Index
A

• Debugger Ref, DBG-8
I• DSR Reference, 3-9
. • DSR Reference, 3-10
?• DSR Reference, 3-14
\ • DSR Reference, 3-13
# • DSR Reference, 3-16
$ • Linker Ref, LINK-139
$$ • DSR Reference, 3-18
% (percent sign)
with range specifier (L) • EDT Reference,
EDT-148
&• DSR Reference, 3-19
•• DSR Reference, 3-6
+ • DSR Reference, 3-15
-ti- (sign) specifier (N)
with (move) (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-279
with APPEND (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-245
with CHGC (change case) (N) • EDT Reference,
EDT-250
with CHGL (change case lower) (N) • EDT
Reference, EDT-251
with CHGU (change case upper) (N) • EDT
Reference, EDT-252
with CUT (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-259
with D (delete) (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-260
· with FILL (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-272
with R (replace) (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-285
with S (substitute) (N) • EDT Reference, EDT288
with SN (substitute next) (N) • EDT Reference,
EDT-294
with T ADJ (tab adjust) (N) • EDT Reference,
EDT-300
DSR Reference, 3-8
= • DSR Reference, 3-11
= (equal sign)
buffer signal (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-249
A• DSR Reference, 3-20
_• DSR Reference, 3-5
I• DSB Reference, 3-7
<X1 (DELETE) (LK201 keyboard) • EDT
Reference, EDT-54

<•

(circumflex) (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-253

A
A4 paper• DSR Reference, 4-9
Abbreviating commands• DSR Reference, 1-4
in DSR • DSR Reference, 1-1
Abbreviation
in command procedures• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-18
of debugger commands• Debugger Ref,
DBG-175
of RUN command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-491
Abbreviation of keywords• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-17, DCL-18 FDL Ref, FDL-39
Abbreviation of NCP commands• NCP Ref,
NCP-4
Aborting UETP execution• Sohware Installation,
7-19
$ABS (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-4
Absolute
time• Programming, 6-48
Absolute and delta time
combination of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-29
Absolute expression• MACRO Ref, 3-9
Absolute mode• MACRO Ref, 5-15
assembling relative mode as• MACRO Ref,
6-22
/ABSOLUTE qualifier• Patch Ref, PATCH-31,
PATCH-34
Absolute queue• MACRO Ref, 9-82 to 9-85
manipulating• MACRO Ref, 9-85
Absolute time• System Management, 9-2
System Services Ref, 9-2
and delta time combination • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-29
as input to $BINTIM • System Management,
SYS-23 System Services Ref, SYS-23
converting to numeric• System Management,
SYS-264-System Services Ref, __SYS-264
default fields• DCL Dictionary, DCL-27
examples• DCL Dictionary, DCL-28
in system format• System Management, 9-3
System Services Ref, 9-3
specification of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-27

lndex-1

Index

Absolute value
complex number• RTL Ref, RTL-353
ACB$V_QUOT A• Device Driver, 8-19
ACBB (Add Compare and Branch Byte) instruction
• MACRO Ref, 9-45 to 9-46
ACBD (Add Compare and Branch D__floating)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-45 to 9-46
ACBF (Add Compare and Branch F__floating)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-45 to 9-46
ACBG (Add Compare and Branch G__floating)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-45 to 9-46
ACBH (Add Compare and Branch H__floating)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-45 to 9-46
ACBL (Add Compare and Branch Long) instruction
• MACRO Ref, 9-45 to 9-46
ACBW (Add Compare and Branch Word)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-45 to 9-46
Accept flag
default• DSR Reference, 3-5
description• DSR Reference, 3-5
recognizing• DSR Reference, 2-42
Access• Rel Notes, B-16
ACP-QIO interface, subfunction of• 1/0 Ref I,
1-11
append• Disk & Tape, 4-26
causes security alarm • System Security, 4-25
CONTROL• System Security, 4-8 Disk &
Tape, 2-3, 2-10, 2-13, 2-14
DELETE• System Security, 4-7 Disk & Tape,
2-3, 2-10, 2-13, 2-14
denying to class of users
example• System Security, 5-9
denying with identifier ACE• System Security,
4-34
direct• Programming, 9-4
EXECUTE• System Security, 4-7 Disk & Tape,
2-3, 2-10, 2-13
file
denying through protection code• System
Security, 4-9
file (ACP-QIO function)• 1/0 Ref I, 1-29
file attributes• Disk & Tape, 4-25
file that was closed improperly• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-794
granting or denying through ACE• System
Security, 4-28
how system determines• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-105
introduction to• System Security, 4-2
keyed • Programming, 9-4
logical 1/0 • Rel Notes, 8-10

lndex-2

Access
logical 1/0 (cont'd.)
to magnetic tape• System Security, 4-15
network• Networking, 1-31
physical 1/0• Rel Notes, B-9
to magnetic tape• System Security, 4-15
random• File Applications, 2-45
with spatial locality• File Applications,
2-46
with temporal locality• File Applications,
2-46
READ• System Security, 4-7 Disk & Tape,
2-3, 2-10, 2-13
remote file• Networking, 1-26, 8-1
remote task• Networking, 1-29
sequential• File Applications, 2-45
Programming, 9-4
shared• File Applications, 2-32, 9-38
in a V AXcluster • File Applications, 2-63
specifiers• Programming, 9-13
to disk file• System Security, 4-11
to file• Disk & Tape, B-15
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 4-22
to process-permanent files• File Applications,
5-25
to restricted file• DCL Dictionary, DCL-660
to volume
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 4-22
types of• Disk & Tape, 4-27
UIC-based protection code
effects• System Security, 4-6
update• Disk & Tape, 4-26
WRITE• System Security, 4-7 Disk & Tape,
2-3, 2-10, 2-13
ACCESS attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-3, FDL-4
Access category
GROUP• Disk & Tape, 2-2
group• File Applications, 3-30 system
Security, 4-6 DCL Dictionary, DCL-107
OWNER• Disk & Tape, 2-2
owner• File Applications, 3-30 System
Security, 4-6 DCL Dictionary, DCL-107
summary of• Disk & Tape, 2-2
SYSTEM• Disk & Tape, 2-2
system • File Applications, 3-30 System
Security, 4-6 DCL Dictionary, DCL-107
WORLD• Disk & Tape, 2-2
world • File Applications, 3-30 System
Security, 4-6 DCL Dictionary, DCL-107
Access control• Networking, 8-14, 8-16

Index

Access control (cont'd.)
commands• Networking, 3-108
default• Networking, 2-43
default DECnet account• Networking, 2-46
default for inbound connection • Networking,
2-48
default nonprivileged • Networking, 1-33
default privileged• Networking, 1-33
for a network• Networking, 2-41
for an object• Networking, 2-34
for inbound connections• Networking, 2-45
for logical links• Networking, 2-43
for network applications• Networking, 1-32
for outbound connections• Networking, 2-44
for remote command execution• Networking,
2-48, 3-111
for remote file access• Networking, 1-31
for task-to-task communication• Networking,
1-31
for VAX PSI Access software• Networking,
3-102
LOGINOUT image• Networking, 2-44, 8-16
NML, privileges for• Networking, 3-110
node level• Networking, 2-48, 3-111
NONPRIVILEGED parameter• Networking,
3-110
nonprivileged string• Networking, 2-44
PRIVILEGE parameter• Networking, 3-110
privileged string• Networking, 2-44
proxy login• Networking, 1-33, 2-42, 2-49,
3-112
routing initialization• Networking, 2-41
setting default information• Networking,
3-110
system level• Networking, 2-43, 3-109
user authorization file (UAF) • Networking,
8-16
Access Control List
See ACL
Access control list
See ACL
Access Control list Editor
See ACL Editor
Access Control list Entry
See ACE
Access control list entry
See ACE
Access control string • System Security, 3-34
DCL Dictionary, DCL-45
cannot accomodate secondary password•
System Security, 5-29

Access control string (cont'd.)
revelation of password• System Security,
3-25
Access matrix• System Security, 4-17 to 4-20
Access mode
See also Record access mode
changing to executive • System Management,
SYS-52 System Services Ref, SYS-52
changing to kernel• System Management,
SYS-54 System Services Ref, SYS-54
effect on AST delivery• System Management,
5-5 System Services Ref, 5-5
protection• System Management, 2-3 System
Services Ref, 2-3
specifying• System Management, 2-3 System
Services Ref, 2-3
with AST• System Management, 5-2 System
Services Ref, 5-2
Access modes• RMS Ref, 1-1
Access module
See X.25
ACCESS parameter• Networking, 3-111
SET NODE command• Networking, 2-48
ACCESS primary
BLOCl<-10 attribute• File Applications, 6-5
DELETE attribute• File Applications, 6-5
GET attribute• File Applications, 6-5
PUT attribute• File Applications, 6-5
RECORD_IO attribute• File Applications, 6-5
T.RUNCA TE attribute• File Applications, 6-5
UPDATE attribute• File Applications, 6-5
/ACCESS qualifier
AUTHORIZE• System Security, 5-48
Access request
to file
details of evaluation • System Security,
4-43
Access type
abbreviation • System Security, 4-8
and security audit• System Security, 4-54
meaning for directory file• System Security,
4-12
meaning for disk file• System Security, 4-11
meaning for volume• System Security, 4-14
Access violation• Device Driver, 8-13 SDA Ref,
SDA-15
Access, proxy
conditions where nonfunctional • System
Security, 7-19
requirements• System Security, 7-19

lndex-3

Index

I ACCESSED qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-6
Accessibility field• Disk & Tape, 2-14, B-10,
B-15
Accessing the system• DCL Dictionary, DCL-2,
DCL-424
Account
captive• System Security, 3-13
disabling mail and notification of delivery•
System Security, 5-37
for network environment• System Security,
7-8
DECNET
example• System Security, 7-10
default DECnet• Networking, 1-33, 2-46
·disable
with /FLAGS=DISUSER • System Security,
5-49
duration
how to set• System Security, 5-50
emergency
and privileges• System Security, 5-57
FAL
example• System Security, 7-10
where appropriate• System Security, 7-13
guest
why not recommended• System Security,
5-83
identity
disguising • System Security, 6-6
locked password • System Security, 3-13
network
guidelines for establishment• System
Security, 7-7
network default
considerations for privileges• System
Security, 7-7
open• System Security, 3-13
privileged
restriction suggestions• System Security,
5-58
proxy• System Security, 3-35
example• System Security, 7-24
PSI• Networking, 3-94
setting up to use project identifiers• System
Security, 5-22
supersensitive
use of dual passwords• System Security,
3-22
user
coordinating• VAXclusters, 2-13 to 2-15

lndex-4

Account
user (cont'd.)
guidelines for establishment• System
Security, 5-2 to 5-67
Account expiration • System Security, 3-28
Account lifetime• System Security, 3-28
/ACCOUNT qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-7
Account, proxy
as captive account• System Security, 7-16
example• System Security, 7-16
recommended restrictions• System Security,
7-15
ACCOUNTING
See Accounting Utility
Accounting
of detached process• DCL Dictionary, DCL496
of subprocess• DCL Dictionary, DCL-496
process
to display statistics for terminal session •
DCL Dictionary, DCL-712
statistics
collection• DCL Dictionary, DCL-137
recording• DCL Dictionary, DCL-137
reporting• DCL Dictionary, DCL-137
to enable or disable logging• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-529
ACCOUNTING command• DCL Dictionary, DCL137
Accounting file
to control• System Management, A-17
System Services Ref, A-17
Accounting log
as security tool • System Security, 6-5
Accounting manager
sending message to• System Management,
A-1 7 System Services Ref, A-17
Accounting message
format• System Management, SYS-80
System Services Ref, SYS-80
Accounting Utility (ACCOUNTING) • Accounting
Ref, ACC-1
DCL qualifiers• Accounting Ref, ACC-6 to
ACC-38
directing output• Accounting Ref, ACC-2
examples• Accounting Ref, ACC-38 to
ACC-41
directing accounting output• Accounting
Ref, ACC-40
listing accounting files• Accounting Ref,
ACC-39

Index

Accounting Utility (ACCOUNTING)
examples (cont'd.)
selecting records• Accounting Ref, ACC39
sorting records• Accounting Ref, ACC-40
using DCL symbols• Accounting Ref,
ACC-40
exiting• Accounting Ref, ACC-2
invoking• DCL Dictionary, DCL-137
Accounting Ref, ACC-1
log file record format• Accounting Ref, ACC43 to ACC-54
outputs• Accounting Ref, ACC-2
restrictions• Accounting Ref, ACC-2
Accounts
multiple
and passwords• System Security, 3-27
ACE • System Security, 4-24
automatically added
for file creation by non-owner• System
Security, 4-42
default
specified by DEFAULT option• System
Security, 4-30
default protection• System Security, 4-25,
5-14
example• System Security, 5-19, 7-25
default protection type• System Security,
4-30
deletion of• System Security, 4-27
identifier• System Security, 4-25
options field• System Security, 4-27
positioning considerations • System Security,
4-24, 4-29
rules• System Security, 4-34
propagation
suppressed with NOPROPAGATE• System
Security, 4-27
protecting from accidental deletion • System
Security, 4-27
security alarm• System Security, 4-25, 4-31
syntax• System Security, 4-26 to 4-33
types• System Security, 4-25
ACE (access control list entry) • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-116
alarm• System Management, 3-17 System
Services Ref, 3-17
application• System Management, 3-19
System Services Ref, 3-19
creating• System Management, 3-16, 3-23
System Services Ref, 3-16, 3-23

ACE (access control list entry) (cont'd.)
default protection • System Management,
3-20 System Services Ref, 3-20
format• DCL Dictionary, DCL-116 A CL Editor
Ref, ACL-5
identifier• System Management, 3-21 System
Services Ref, 3-21
maintaining• System Management, 3-16,
3-23 System Services Ref, 3-16, 3-23
translating• System Management, 3-16, 3-23
System Services Ref, 3-16, 3-23
types of• System Management, 3-17 DCL
Dictionary, DCL-116 ACL Editor Ref,
ACL-5 System Services Ref, 3-17
default protection • DCL Dictionary, DCL116, DCL-119 ACL Editor Ref, ACL-5,
ACL-9
identifier• DCL Dictionary, DCL-116 A CL
Editor Ref, ACL-5
security alarm• DCL Dictionary, DCL-116,
DCL-119 ACL Editor Ref, ACL-5,
ACL-9
ACF (Configuration-control block)• Device Driver,
A-2
ACF$B_AFLAG • Device Driver, A-3
ACF$8_AUNIT • Device Driver, A-3
ACF$B_COMBQ_CSR • Device Driver, A-4
ACF$8_COMBO_VEC • Device Driver, A-4
ACF$8_CUNIT • Device Driver, A-3
ACF$B_NUMUNIT • Device Driver, A-4
ACF$8_NUMVEC • Device Driver, A-4
ACF$LADAPTER • Device Driver, A-3
ACF$LCONFIGREG • Device Driver, A-3
ACF$LCONTROLREG • Device Driver, A-3
ACF$LDEVNAME • Device Driver, A-3
ACF$LDLVFLSCRH •, Device Driver, A-4
ACF$LDRVNAME • Device Driver, A-3
ACF$V_CRBBLT • Device Driver, A-3
ACF$V_GETDONE • Device Driver, A-3
ACF$V_NOLOAD_DB • Device Driver, A-3
ACF$V_RELOAD• Device Driver, A-3
ACF$V_SCBVEC • Device Driver, A-3
ACF$V_SUPPORT• Device Driver, A-3
ACF$W_AVECTOR• Device Driver, A-3
ACF$W_CVECTOR • Device Driver, A-3
ACF$W_MAXUNITS • Device Driver, A-4
ACL • System Security, 4-17 to 4-35
advantage of shortness• System Security, 5-8
commands
use of wildcards in • System Security,
4-42

lndex-5

Index

ACL (cont'd.)
creation and maintenance• System Security,
4-20
disadvantages• System Security, 5-8
maintaining current
hint• System Security, 4-35
management
to avoid pitfalls• System Security, 4-34
usage considerations• System Security, 4-34
use for file sharing over network• System
Security, 7-21
use on system program files• System Security,
5-50
ACL (Access Control List)
new features• Rel Notes, 5-4
ACL (Access control list) • File Applications,
1-14
ACL (access control list) • System Management,
3-2 DCL Dictionary, DCL-113 ACL Editor Ref,
ACL-4 System Services Ref, 3-2
commands affecting• DCL Dictionary, DCL115
creating• DCL Dictionary, DCL-115
default protection ACE• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-119 ACL Editor Ref, ACL-9
defining with DCL• Disk & Tape, 2-5
description• Disk & Tape, 2-4
disadvantages in using • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-115
identifier ACE• DCL Dictionary, DCL-116 ACL
Editor Ref, ACL-5
modifying characteristics• Disk & Tape, 4-12
security alarm ACE• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-9
ACL buffer field
in XABPRO field• RMS Ref, 12-2
ACL buffer size field
in XABPRO field• RMS Ref, 12-3
ACL editing session
exiting• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-4
quitting• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-4
recovering• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-4
ACL Editor• System Security, 4-20 ACL Editor
Ref, ACL-1
DCL qualifiers• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-17 to
ACL-21
example• System Security, 5-12 ACL Editor
Ref, ACL-22
invoking• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-2
keypad editing• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-2
ACL error status field

lndex-6

ACL error status field (cont'd.)
in XABPRO field• RMS Ref, 12-3
ACL file protection options field
in XABPRO field• RMS Ref, 12-6
ACL length field
in XABPRO field• RMS Ref, 12-3
ACL-based protection• File Applications, 3-31
Disk & Tape, 2-4
See also ACL
AC Ls
introduction to• System Security, 4-1
ACNT privilege• System Security, A-1
Networking, 5-2
$ACOS (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-334
$ACOSD (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-337
ACP (Ancillary control process)
establishing values for• Performance
Management, 4-5
for ODS-1 disks• Performance Management,
4-5
removing blockage• Performance Management,
4-18
ACP (ancillary control process)• Networking,
5-2, 6-2 1/0 Ref I, 1-1
ACP control function
ACP-010 interface• 1/0 Ref I, 1-34
ACP functions and function modifiers• 1/0 Ref I,
1-2
ACP system parameters• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-56
to SGN-59
ACP-010 interface• 1/0 Ref I, 1-1
access file function• 1/0 Ref I, 1-29
ACP control function• 1/0 Ref I, 1-34
disk (misc.)• 1/0 Ref I, 1-36
disk quotas• 1/0 Ref I, 1-37
magnetic tape positioning • 1/0 Ref I, 1-36
quota file transfer block• 1/0 Ref I, 1-37
ACP functions• 1/0 Ref I, 1-2
arguments• 1/0 Ref I, 1-2
attributes• 1/0 Ref I, 1-17 to 1-20
10$_ACCESS• 1/0 Ref I, 1~9, 1-11, 1-16,
1-29
10$-ACPCONTROL• 1/0 Ref I, 1-9, 1-34
10$_CREATE• 1/0 Ref I, 1-11, 1-12,
1-16, 1-25
10$_DEACCESS• 1/0 Ref I, 1-15, 1-16,
1-31
10$_DELETE • 1/0 Ref I, 1-9, 1-33
10$_MODIFY• 1/0 Ref I, 1-9, 1-12, 1-15,
1-16, 1-32

Index

ACP-010 interface
ACP functions (cont'd.)
10$_MOUNT • 1/0 Ref I, 1-34
ACP subfunctions • 1/0 Ref I, 1-8
access• 1/0 Ref I, 1-11
directory lookup• 1/0 Ref I, 1-9
extend• 1/0 Ref I, 1-12, 1-40
read/write attributes• 1/0 Ref I, 1-16
truncate• 1/0 Ref I, 1-15
ANSI standard• 1/0 Ref I, 1-2, 1-36
arguments• 1/0 Ref I, 1-2
disk quota• 1/0 Ref I, 1-37
attribute control block• 1/0 Ref I, 1-16
attributes• 1/0 Ref I, 1-17 to 1-20
attributes statistics block• 1/0 Ref I, 1-23
create file function• 1/0 Ref I, 1-25
disk• 1/0 Ref I, 1-28
magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref I, 1-29
deaccess file function • 1/0 Ref I, 1-31
delete file function• 1/0 Ref I, 1-33
description of• 1/0 Ref I, 1-1
FIB (File Information Block)
See also ACP-010 interface, ACP functions
FIB (file information block) • 1/0 Ref I, 1-3
access control • 1/0 Ref I, 1-11
contents• 1/0 Ref I, 1-4 to 1-8
directory lookup• 1/0 Ref I, 1-9
disk quota• 1/0 Ref I, 1-37 to 1-40
extend control • 1/0 Ref I, 1-13
format• 1/0 Ref I, 1-4
10$_ACCESS• 1/0 Ref I, 1-30
10$_ACPCONTROL • 1/0 Ref I, 1-35 to
1-40
10$_CREATE• 1/0 Ref I, 1-26
10$_DEACCESS • 1/0 Ref I, 1-32
10$_DELETE • 1/0 Ref I, 1-34
10$_MODIFY • 1/0 Ref I, 1-33
truncate control • 1/0 Ref I, 1-15
file characteristics• 1/0 Ref I, 1-20
function codes• 1/0 Ref I, A-1
function modifiers• 1/0 Ref I, 1-2
10$M_ACCESS• 1/0 Ref/, 1-11, 1-25,
1-29
10$M_CREATE• 1/0 Ref I, 1-25, 1-28,
1-29
10$M_DELETE• 1/0 Ref I, 1-25, 1-28,
1-33
10$M_DMOUNT• 1/0 Ref I, 1-34, 1-36
functions

ACP-010 interface
functions (cont'd.)
major ACP • 1/0 Ref I, 1-25
1/0 operations• 1/0 Ref I, 1-1
1/0 status block• 1/0 Ref I, 1-40
record attributes area• 1/0 Ref I, 1-21
values• 1/0 Ref I, 1-21
serious exception (EOT) • 1/0 Ref I, 1-26,
1-30, 1-36
status returns• 1/0 Ref I, A-1
VAX BLISS-32 programming• 1/0 Ref I, 1-2
VAX MACRO programming• 1/0 Ref I, 1-1
XOP (extended 010 processor)• 1/0 Ref I, 1-1
Activating the device• Device Driver, 9-7
ACTIVE BASE parameter• Networking, 3-51
Active component• Networking, 3-116
ACTIVE INCREMENT parameter• Networking,
3-51
ACTIVE keyword• Networking, 3-116
Actual argument• MACRO Ref, 4-1 to 4-2
Actual arguments• Programming, 1-10
Adapter
nexus values
displaying • Device Driver, 14-10
type
specifying • Device Driver, 7-4
Adapter-control block• Device Driver, 10-1
Adapter-control block (See ADP)
ADAWI (Add Aligned Word Interlocked)
instruction • MACRO Ref, 9-8
Add
command to DCL table• Programming, 7-12
command to process table• Programming,
7-12
command to user table• Programming, 7-13
library module
LBR$ procedure • Programming, 9-82
module to object library• Programming, 4-9
ADD (Field) command• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL20 to SHCL-30
CIRCUITS class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-21
to SHCL-22
CLUSTER class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL~22
to SHCL-23
CONNECTIONS class• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-23 to SHCL-24
COUNTERS class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-24
CREDITS class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-25
description• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-30
ERRORS class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-25

lndex-7

Index

ADD, (Field) command (cont'd.)
examples• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-30
LOCALPORTS class• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-25 to SHCL-27
MEMBERS class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-27
to SHCL-29
SYSTEMS class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-29
to SHCL-30
$ADD (STR)• RTL Ref, RTL-633
ADD CIRCUITS command• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-31
ADD CLUSTER command• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-33
ADD command• File Applications, 3-4, 9-34
Authorize Ref, AUTH-19 Disk Quota Ref,
DQT-5 FDL Ref, FDL-56 Install Ref, INS-5
ADD CONNECTIONS command• Show Cluster
Ref, SHCL-34
ADD COUNTERS command• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-35
ADD CREDITS command• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-37
ADD ERRORS command• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-37
ADD LOCALPORTS command• Show Cluster
Ref, SHCL-38
ADD MEMBERS command• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-40
ADD SYSTEMS command• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-41
ADD /IDENTIFIER AUTHORIZE command• System
Security, 5-10, 5-22
ADD /IDENTIFIER command• Authorize Ref,
AUTH-21
ADD/PROXY AUTHORIZE command• System
Security, 7-16, 7-22
ADD/PROXY command• Authorize Ref, AUTH23
$ADD_HOLDER • System Management, 3-8,
SYS-1 System Services Ref, 3-8, SYS-1
$ADD_IDENT• System Management, 3-8,
SYS-3 System Services Ref, 3-8, SYS-3
Add_Key script• File Applications, 3-6
$ADD_KEY_DEF (SMG) • RTL Ref, 3-18, RTL473
ADDB2 (Add Byte 2 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-9
ADDB3 (Add Byte 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-9
ADDD2 (Add D_floating 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-105

lndex-8

ADDD3 (Add D_floating 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-105
ADDF2 (Add F_floating 2 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-105
ADDF3 (Add F_floating 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-105
ADDG2 (ADD G_floating 2 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-105
ADDG3 (ADD G_floating 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-105
ADDH2 (ADD H_floating 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-105
ADDH3 (ADD H_floating 3 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-105
Adding identifiers to rights database• Authorize
Ref, AUTH-21
Adding lines to a file• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-7
Adding proxy accounts• Authorize Ref, AUTH23
Adding users• Authorize Ref, AUTH-19
Addition• Programming, 6-8 SDA Ref, SDA-11
decimal string• RTL Ref, RTL-633
two's complement• RTL Ref, RTL-1
ADDL2 (Add Long 2 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-9
ADDL3 (Add Long 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-9
ADDP4 (Add Packed 4 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-143 to 9-144
ADDP6 (Add Packed 6 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-143 to 9-144
Address
area number• Networking, 2-2, 3-10, 3-15,
3-79
broadcast• Networking, 1-9
conversion of node address• Networking,
2-24, 3-79
definition of an• Intro to Routines, 2-3
in VAX Calling Standard • Intro to Routines,
2-3
DTE• Networking, 2-5
Ethernet hardware• Networking, 2-17, 3-14
Ethernet node• Networking, 3-14
Ethernet physical• Networking, 1-9, 2-17,
3-14
multicast• Networking, 1-8, 1-9
node• Networking, 2-2, 2-24
of a shareable image• Debugger Ref, DBG-70
Phase Ill node• Networking, A-16
Phase IV node·• Networking, A-16
simple• Debugger Ref, DBG-75

Index

Address (cont'd.)
virtual• MACRO Ref, 8-1
virtual memory• Programming, 4-19
Address access type• MACRO Ref, 8-14
.ADDRESS directive• MACRO Ref, 6-4
count of, in map• Linker Ref, LINK-52, LINK54
effect on position independence• Linker Ref,
LINK-31
effect on shareability • Linker Ref, LINK-30
guidelines for use of• Linker Ref, LINK-31
image activator's processing of• Linker Ref,
LINK-78
linker's processing of• Linker Ref, LINK-78
relation to fix-up image section • Linker Ref,
LINK-78
Address expression
definition of• Debugger Ref, DBG-81
evaluation of• Debugger Ref, DBG-78, DBG81, DBG-87, DBG-212
in EVALUATE/ ADDRESS• Debugger Ref,
DBG-83
in EXAMINE• Debugger Ref, DBG-90
in GO• Debugger Ref, DBG-31
in SET BREAK• Debugger Ref, DBG-33
in SET TRACE• Debugger Ref, DBG-40
in SET WATCH• Debugger Ref, DBG-38
literals in• Debugger Ref, DBG-78
operands in• Debugger Ref, DBG-81
radix mode in• Debugger Ref, DBG-87
source display by• Debugger Ref, DBG-112
type associated with• Debugger Ref, DBG-7 5
Address instructions• MACRO Ref, 9-34 to 9-36
ADDRESS parameter• Networking, 3-5, 3-79
SET EXECUTOR command• Networking, 3-11
SET NODE command• Networking, 3-11
/ADDRESS qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-8
Address resolution• Device Driver, 7-8
Address sort
reasons for selecting• Sort Ref, SORT-29
specifying
in specification file• Sort Ref, SORT-68
Address space
process• Debugger Ref, DBG-17
virtual• System Management, 11-2 System
Servic<is Ref, 11-2
Address storage directive (.ADDRESS)• MACRO
Ref, 6-4
Addressing mode• MACRO Ref, 5-1 to 5-20
absolute• MACRO Ref, 5-15, 6-22

Addressing mode (cont'd.)
autodecrement • MACRO Ref, 5-8
autoincrement • MACRO Ref, 5-6
autoincrement deferred • MACRO Ref, 5-6 to
5-8
branch• MACRO Ref, 5-20
determining• MACRO Ref, 6-67 to 6-68
displacement• MACRO Ref, 5-8 to 5-9
displacement deferred• MACRO Ref, 5-10 to
5-11
forced-immediate• Patch Ref, PA TCH-25
general• MACRO Ref, 5-17
general register• MACRO 'Ref, 5-1 to 5-13
immediate• MACRO Ref, 5-15 to 5-16
index• MACRO Ref, 5-17 to 5-19
literal• MACRO Ref, 5-11 to 5-13, 5-16
operand specifier formats• MACRO Ref, 8-14
to 8-24
program counter• MACRO Ref, 5-13 to 5-17
register• MACRO Ref, 5-4 to 5-5
register deferred• MACRO Ref, 5-5
relative• MACRO Ref, 5-13 to 5-14, 6-19,
6-22
relative deferred • MACRO Ref, 5-14 to 5-15,
6-19
summary• MACRO Ref, C-9 to C-12
ADDW2 (Add Word 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-9
ADDW3 (Add Word 3 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-9
$ADDX (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-1
Adjacent node• Networking, 1-1
on Ethernet• Networking, 2-7
$ADJSTK • System Management, SYS-5 System
Services Ref, SYS-5
$ADJWSL • System Management, SYS-7
System Services Ref, SYS-7
to decrease set size• System Management,
11-6 System Services Ref, 11-6
to increase set size• System Management,
11-6 System Services Ref, 11-6
ADP• Device Driver, 10-1
ADP (adapter-control block) • Device Driver, 1-10
ADP$B_NUMBER • Device Driver, A-6
ADP$B_TYPE• Device Driver, A-6
ADP$LA VECTOR• Device Driver, A-8
ADP$LBLONL Y • Device Driver, A-8
ADP$LCSR • Device Driver, A-6
ADP$LDPOBL • Device Driver, A-8
ADP$LDPQFL • Device Driver, A-7

lndex-9

Index

ADP$LINTD • Device Driver, A-8
ADP$LLINK • Device Driver, A-6
ADP$LMRACTMDRS • Device Driver, A-9
ADP$LMROBL • Device Driver, A-8
ADP$LMROFL • Device Driver, A-8
ADP$LUBASCB • Device Driver, A-8
ADP$LUCBSPTE • Device Driver, A-9
ADP$LVECTOR • Device Driver, A-7
ADP$W_ADPTYPE • Device Driver, A-6
ADP$W_DPBITMAP • Device Driver, A-9
ADP$W_MRFFENCE • Device Driver, A-9
ADP$W_MRFREGARY • Device Driver, A-10
ADP$W_MRNFENCE • Device Driver, A-9
ADP$W_MRNREGARY• Device Driver, A-9
ADP$W_SIZE• Device Driver, A-6
ADP$W_TR• Device Driver, A-6
ADP$W_UMFLDIS• Device Driver, A-10
ADV (advance) (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-244
ADV command• Text Processing, 4-5
ADVANCE (EDT keypad function)• Text
Processing, 2-4
ADVANCE (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-15
ADWC (Add with Carry) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-10
/AFTER qualifier• Debugger Ref, DBG-233,
DBG-265, DBG-270
SUBMIT command• Command Procedures,
8-4
AGAIN command • File Applications, 9-14
Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-16, ARMS-17
Aggregate
data• Debugger Ref, DBG-55
examination of an• Debugger Ref, DBG-213,
DBG-216
$AIMAG (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-382
$AIMAXO (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-5
$AIMINO (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-6
$AINT (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-5
$AJMAXO (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-5
$AJMINO (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-6
Alarm
ACE• System Security, 4-25
for failed file access attempt• System Security,
4-33
for sucessful file access• System Security,
4-33
security
applications• System Security, 4-54
Alarm ACE• System Management, 3-17 System
Services Ref, 3-1 7

lndex-10

Alarm ACE (cont'd.)
format of• System Management, 3-1 7
System Services Ref, 3-17
purpose of• System Management, 3-17
System Services Ref, 3-17
ALARM_JOURNAL
specifies alarm ACE• System Security, 4-32
ALF• System Security, 5-43 to 5-46
maintenance recommendations• System
Security, 5-44
ALFMAINT command procedure• System
Security, 5-44
See ALF
ALFMAINT.COM• System Security, 5-43
Algorithm
password encryption • System Security, 3-10
ALIGN command• Patch Ref, PATCH-22,
PA TCH-42, PA TCH-43
with /ABSOLUTE qualifier• Patch Ref,
PATCH-31
.ALIGN directive• MACRO Ref, 6-5 to 6-6
Aligning data • Programming, 9-22
Alignment boundary type field
in XABALL • RMS Ref, 8-2
Alignment of file• File Applications, 2-45
ALL keyword• Networking, 3-3, 6-2
/ALL qualifier• Debugger Ref, DBG-116, DBG229
in SET MODULE command• Patch Ref,
PATCH-80
SHOW QUEUE command• Command
Procedures, 8-9
with CANCEL DISPLAY command• Debugger
Ref, DBG-129, DBG-184
with CANCEL MODULE command• Debugger
Ref, DBG-187
with CANCEL TRACE command• Debugger
Ref, DBG-192
with CANCEL WATCH command• Debugger
Ref, DBG-194
with CANCEL WINDOW command• Debugger
Ref, DBG-134, DBG-195
with DELETE/KEY command • Intro to
VAX/VMS, 6-18 Debugger Ref, DBG-204
with RECALL command• Intro to VAX/VMS,
6-16
with SHOW KEY command• Intro to
VAX/VMS, 6-17
with the CANCEL BREAK command•. Debugger
Ref, DBG-183

Index

$ALLOC • System Management, SYS-8 System
Services Ref, SYS-8
example• System Management, 7-10 System
Services Ref, 7-10
ALLOCATE command• Disk & Tape, 3-30 DCL
Dictionary, DCL-138, DCL-139 Debugger Ref,
DBG-162, DBG-176
See also Allocation
and DEASSIGN command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-210
and DISMOUNT command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-275
using with magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 4-20,
5-3
Allocate Device ($ALLOC) system service• Rel
Notes, B-16
Allocate dynamic string• RTL Ref, RTL-668
Allocating file window mapping pointers with
MOUNT• Mount Ref, MOUNT-38
Allocating memory• Util Routines Ref, SMB-4
Allocation• File Applications, 2-34, 2-54, 2-56,
3-40, A-1
implicit• System·Management, 7-11 System
Services Ref, 7-11
of device• System Management, 7-9 DCL
Dictionary, DCL-138 System Services Ref,
7-9
of drive• Disk & Tape, 3-2
disk• Disk & Tape, 3-2
generic• Disk & Tape, 3-3, 3-4
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 3-3
of volume
disk• Disk & Tape, 4-10, 4-11
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 4-20
ALLOCATION attribute• File Applications, 2-34,
2-56, 3-41 FDL Ref, FDL-8, FDL-18
Allocation class• System Management, SYS-178
VAXclusters, 4-8 to 4-13 System Services
Ref, SYS-178
assigning value to HSC50s • VAXclusters,
4-11
assigning value to nodes• VAXclusters, 4-11
device name• VAXclusters, 4-10
rules for assignment• VAXclusters, 4-13
Allocation class identifier• VAXclusters, 4-10
Allocation of device
to display• DCL Dictionary, DCL-683
Allocation options field
in XABALL • RMS Ref, 8-4
/ALLOCATION qualifier• Sort Ref, SORT-39
Allocation quantity field

Allocation quantity field (cont'd.)
in FAB • RMS Ref, 5-3
in XABALL • RMS Ref, 8-3
Allocation quantity option• File Applications,
3-41
ALLOCLASS parameter• VAXclusters, 5-4
ALLOCLASS system parameter• SYSGEN Ref,.
SGN-59
$ALLOW_ESCAPE (SMG) • RTL Ref, 3-22,
RTL-476
ALLSPOOL privilege• System Security, A-1
$ALOG (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-383
$ALOG10 (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-387
$ALOG2 (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-385
Alphanumeric UIC • System Security, 4-4
Altering identifiers in rights database• Authorize
Ref, AUTH-42
Altering user records• Authorize Ref, AUTH-41
ALTERNA TE DAT A RECORD node•
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-6
Alternate index• FDL Ref, FDL-29
Alternate index structure• File Applications, 2-52
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-4
Alternate key• File Applications, 2-48, 2-49
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-7 FDL Ref,
FDL-7, FDL-29
duplicate values• File Applications, 2-54
performance of• File Applications, 2-53
Alternate record• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-

7
Alternate record structure• File Applications,
9-28
Alternate root• Software Installation, 4-25
creating on common system disk• Software
Installation, 6-22
for installing product• Software Installation,
5-5
specification format• Software Installation,
5-5
VMSINST AL option• Software Installation,
5-8
restriction • Software Installation, 5-8
Alternate start-1/0 routine• Device Driver, 1-13
ALTMODE, (terminal key)• 1/0 Ref I, 8-20
ALTPRI privilege• System Security, A-2
ALWAYS
GSMATCH option• Programming, 4-32
$AMAX 1 (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-5
Ambiguous keyword• Programming, 7-18
$AMIN 1 (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-6
$AMOD (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-6

lndex-11

Index

Ampersand (&)
and apostrophe substitution operator• DCL
Dictionary, OCL-100
as substitution operator• DCL Dictionary,
OCL-99
using to request symbol substitution•
Command Procedures, 2-20
Analysis
of dump file• DCL Dictionary, OCL-141
of file• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-1
of Files-11 disk volumes• DCL Dictionary,
OCL-142
of global symbol table• DCL Dictionary, OCL146
of image file• DCL Dictionary, OCL-144
of image file fixup section• DCL Dictionary,
OCL-146
of image file patch text records• DCL
Dictionary, OCL-146
of object files• DCL Dictionary, OCL-148
debugger information records• DCL
Dictionary, OCL-150
end-of-module records• DCL Dictionary,
OCL-150
global symbol directory records• DCL
Dictionary, OCL-150
link option specification records• DCL
Dictionary, OCL-150
module header records• DCL Dictionary,
OCL-150
module traceback records • DCL Dictionary,
OCL-151
relocation records• DCL Dictionary, OCL151
text• DCL Dictionary, OCL-151
of object modules• DCL Dictionary, OCL-148
of patch text records• DCL Dictionary, OCL146
of process dumps• DCL Dictionary, OCL-152
of RMS file• DCL Dictionary, DCL-154
of running system• DCL Dictionary, OCL-155
of shareable image file• DCL Dictionary,
OCL-144
/ANALYSIS qualifier• FOL Ref, FOL-1, FOL-44
Analysis section• File Applications, 3-6, 9-1,
9-35
Analysis sections, FOL• Analyze/RMS-File Ref,
ARMS-11
ANAL YSIS_QF_AREA attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-3,
FOL-5

lndex-12

ANAL YSIS_QF_AREA primary• File Applications,
9-1, 9-29
ANAL YSIS_OF_KEY attribute• FOL Ref, FOL-3,
FOL-5
ANAL YSIS_QF_KEY primary• File Applications,
9-1, 9-29
ANALYZE command• SDA Ref, SOA-1
ANALYZE default file name• Analyze/RMS_File
Ref, ARMS-13
/ANALYZE qualifier• File Applications, 9-35,
9-36
ANAL YZE/CRASH_OUMP command• DCL
Dictionary, OCL-141 SDA Ref, SOA-1
ANALYZE/DISl<-STRUCTURE command• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-142
See also Verify Utility
ANAL YZE/ERROfLLOG command• Error Log Ref,
ERR-1
See also Error Log Utility
ANALYZE/IMAGE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-144, OCL-145, OCL-146
ANAL YZE/MEOIA command• DCL Dictionary,
OCL-147
ANALYZE/OBJECT command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-148, OCL-149, DCL-150
ANALYZE/PROCESS_OUMP command• DCL
Dictionary, OCL-152
ANAL YZE/RMS_FILE
See Analyze/RMS_File Utility
ANALYZE/RMS_FILE command• Programming,
9-100 DCL Dictionary, OCL-154
Analyze/RMS_File Utility (ANALYZE/RMS_FILE) •
File Applications, 1-18, 9-1, 9-35 Disk &
Tape, 5-9 FOL Ref, FOL-37
ANAL YSIS_OF_AREA section• FOL Ref,
FOL-5
ANAL YSIS_QF_KEY section• FOL Ref, FOL-5
analyzing file structure interactively •
Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-2
commands• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-15
to ARMS-26
creating an• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-2
FOL Ref, FOL-39
creating an FOL file• FOL Ref, FOL-38
creating FOL files• FOL Ref, FOL-38
OCL qualifiers• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS9 to ARMS-15
directing output• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-1
duplicate key values• FOL Ref, FOL-7
examples• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-26
to ARMS-27

Index

Analyze/RMS_File Utility (ANALYZE/RMS_FILE)
examples (cont'd.)
analyzing a file interactively•
Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-27
analyzing a remote file• Analyze/RMS_File
Ref, ARMS-2 7
creating an FOL file• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e
Ref, ARMS-27
creating an FOL file from a remote file•
Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-27
exception• Analyze/RMS_file Ref, ARMS-8
exiting• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-1
file optimization• File Applications, 3-6
invoking• DCL Dictionary, DCL-154
Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-1
new features• Rel Notes, 2-1
prolog examination• File Applications, 2-48
restrictions• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-2
with DECnet-VAX• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-7
with FOL files• File Applications, 3-3
Analyze/RMS:--File Utility (ANALYZE/RMS_FILE)
creating an FOL file• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-2
ANALYZE/SYMBOL command• SDA Ref, SDA-1
ANALYZE/SYSTEM command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-155 SDA Ref, SDA-1
$ANALYZE_SDESC (LIB)• RTL Ref, 5-4, RTL-3
$ANALYZE_SDESC (STA)• RTL Ref, 5-4, RTL636
Analyzing file structure interactively•
Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-2
Analyzing object modules• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-149
Ancillary control process
See ACP
And (.AND.)• Programming, 6-13
AND operator• MACRO Ref, 3-16
$ANINT (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-6
ANL file type• File Applications, 9-7
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-13
Annotated command procedures• Command
Procedures, A-1 to A-38
Announcement message• System Security, 3-6
security disadvantage• System Security, 5-35
ANSI CRT (terminal characteristic) • 1/0 Ref I,
8-22
ANSI escape sequences, terminal• 1/0 Ref I,
B-10
ANSI file name• Disk & Tape, 4-24, B-12
ANSI-labeled volume• Disk & Tape, B-1, B-4

ANSI-labeled volume (cont'd.)
accessibility protection• Disk & Tape, 2-5
copying files from• Disk & Tape, 5-4
ANSWER command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-24
Mail Ref, MAIL-22 Phone Ref, PHONE-9
Answer file• Software Installation, 5-7
AOBLEO (Add One and Branch Less Than or
Equal) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-47
AOBLSS (Add One and Branch Less Than)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-48
AP symbol• SDA Ref, SDA-12
Apostrophe
as ASCII string delimiter• Debugger Ref,
DBG-97
as instruction delimiter• Debugger Ref, DBG99
as search string delimiter• Debugger Ref,
DBG-116
character constant• Programming, 6-14
Apostrophe (')
as substitution operator• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-98
using to request symbol substitution •
Command Procedures, 2-19
APPEND (EDT keypad function)• Text Processing,
2-15
APPEND (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-17
APPEND (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-245
$APPEND (STR) • RTL Ref, 5-9, RTL-638
Append access• Disk & Tape, 4-26
APPEND command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-9
DCL Dictionary, DCL-156, DCL-159, DCL-160
/APPEND qualifier• Conven Ref, CONV-1,
CONV-3, CONV-9
OPEN command• Command Procedures, 6-12
APPEND /PROTECTION command• System
Security, 5-19
Appending records to a file• Command
Procedures, 6-12
Appending to files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-156
.APPENDIX• Text Processing, 20-1 DSR
Reference, 2-2
Appendix
how to create an• Text Processing, 20-1
Appendix commands
.APPENDIX• DSR Reference, 2-2
.DISPLAY APPENDIX• DSR Reference, 2-16
.NUMBER APPENDIX• DSR Reference, 2-89
Application
See also Designing applications

lndex-13

Index

Application ACE• System Management, 3-19
System Services Ref, 3-19
format of• System Management, 3-19
System Services Ref, 3-19
purpose of• System Management, 3-19
System Services Ref, 3-19
/ APPLICA TION_KEYPAD qualifier• Intro to
VAX/VMS, 6-24
Applications user
function• Networking~ 1-4
Applying patches• Patch Ref, PATCH-9
Approximate key match• File Applications, 7-11
ARB$LUIC • Device Driver, A-39
ARB$D_PRIV • Device Driver, A-39
Arc cosine
in degrees• RTL Ref, RTL-337
in radians• RTL Ref, RTL-334
Arc sine
in degrees• RTL Ref, RTL-341
in radians• RTL Ref, RTL-339
Arc tangent
Hyperbolic• RTL Ref, RTL-351
in degrees• RTL Ref, RTL-345, RTL-349
in radians• RTL Ref, RTL-343, RTL-347
Area• File Applications, 2-54 Networking, 1-2
FDL Ref, FDL-28, FDL-29
default number• Networking, 2-2, 3-10
definition• Networking, 2-23
leakage• Networking, A-19
multiple• File Applications, 2-37, 2-55, 2-58
defining in an FOL file• File Applications,
2-56
on a volume set• File Applications, 2-55
number• Networking, 2-2, 2-21, 2-24, 3-10,
3-79
number in Ethernet address• Networking,
3-15
partitioning• Networking, A-14
path control parameters• Networking, 3-84
AREA attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-3, FDL-7, FDL-27,
FDL-28, FDL-29, FDL-39
AREA DESCRIPTOR node• Analyze/RMS_File
Ref, ARMS-4, ARMS-5, ARMS-6
AREA DESCRIPTOR structure • File Applications,
9-22
Area identification number field
in XABALL • RMS Ref, 8-2
Area leakage problem • Networking, A-19
AREA MAXIMUM COST parameter• Networking,
3-84

lndex-14

AREA MAXIMUM HOPS parameter• Networking,
3-84
AREA primary• File Applications, 3-41
ALLOCATION attribute• File Applications,
2-56
BEST_TRY_CONTIGUOUS attribute• File
Applications, 2-54, 3-41
BUCKET_SIZE attribute• File Applications,
2-37
CONTIGUOUS attribute• File Applications,
2-54
DAT A_AREA attribute• File Applications,
2-56
EXACT_POSITIONING attribute• File
Applications, 3-42
INDE>LAREA attribute• File Applications,
2-56
LEVEL 1_INDEX_AREA attribute• File
Applications, 2-56
POSITION attribute
ANY_CYLINDER option • File Applications,
3-42
CYLINDER option • File Applications, 3-42
FILE_IO option • File Applications, 3-43
FILE_NAME option• File Applications,
3-43
LOGICAL option • File Applications, 3-42
VIRTUAL option • File Applications, 3-43
VOLUME attribute• File Applications, 3-43
Area router
See Level 2 router
Area routing• Networking, 1-2, 1-3, 2-20
advantages• Networking, 2-23
alternate paths• Networking, A-4
avoiding problems• Networking, A-13
concepts• Networking, 2-23
configuration guidelines• Networking, A-2
converting to multiple areas• Networking,
A-11
design considerations• Networking, A-2
design redundancy• Networking, A-3
dropping area number• Networking, A-16
example of configuration procedure•
Networking, A-7
leakage problem• Networking, A-3, A-19
limiting number of areas• Networking, 3-81
on Ethernet• Networking, 2-27, A-21
partitioned area problem• Networking, A-14
Phase Ill node problem• Networking, A-15
techniques• Networking, A-1
Area selection

Index

Area selection (cont'd.)
DECnet-VAX option• Software Installation,
6-9
Areas option • File Applications, 3-4 1
Argument• Rel Notes, B-1 7
actual• Programming, 1-9
AST address• Rel Notes, B-20
AST parameter• Rel Notes, 8-20
buffer address• Programming, 1-37
byte• Programming, 1-27
channel number• Rel Notes, 8-20
common block• Programming, 1-12
device/function-dependent• Rel Notes, B-20
device/function-independent• Rel Notes, B-18
dummy• Programming, 1-9
event flag number• Rel Notes, B-19
function (func) • Rel Notes, B-20
$GETDVI • Rel Notes, 8-26
1/0 status block• Rel Notes, B-20
keyword • Rel Notes, B-18
list• Programming, 1-9
longword• Programming, 1-28
mask• Programming, 1-29, 1-34
passing• Programming, 1-9, 1-12
passing mechanisms• Programming, 1-25
position-dependent• Rel Notes, B-18
$010 • Rel Notes, B-18
$QIOW • Rel Notes, B-18
quadword• Programming, 1-32
system-defined procedure• Programming,
1-23
variable-length structure• Programming, 1-36
word• Programming, 1-27
Argument data types
in VAX Calling Standard • Intro to Routines,
2-12
Argument delimiters • RMS Ref, 3-8
Argument descriptor formats
in VAX Calling Standard• Intro to Routines,
2-18
Argument evaluation
order of• Intro to Routines, 2-5
Argument list
definition of an• Intro to Routines, 2-3
definition of an, in VAX Calling Standard• Intro
to Routines, 2-3
format, in VAX Calling Standard • Intro to
Routines, 2-4
Argument list format

Argument list format (cont'd.)
error completion routine address• RMS Ref,
2-4
in VAX Calling Standard • Intro to Routines,
2-4
success completion routine address • RMS Ref,
2-4
Argument lists• System Management, 2-4
System Services Ref, 2-4
creation of• System Management, 2-8
System Services Ref, 2-8
for AST service routine• System Management,
5-4 System Services Ref, 5-4
for system services • System Management,
2-4 System Services Ref, 2-4
to condition handler• System Management,
10-9 System Services Ref, 10-9
Argument pointer• SDA Ref, SDA-12
Argument specification• Debugger Ref, DBG-31
Argument transmission, language extensions for•
Intro to Routines, 2-6
Arguments
characteristics of• RTL Ref, 2-3, 2-6
passing mechanism• RTL Ref, 1-10
by descriptor• RTL Ref, 2-7
by reference• RTL Ref, 2-7
by value• RTL Ref, 2-6
data forms
array, passing of• RTL Ref, 2-9
scalar, passing of• RTL Ref, 2-9
string, passing of• RTL Ref, 2-9
default• DSR Reference, 1-2
definition• DSR Reference, 1-2
device/function-dependent• 1/0 Ref I, 1-2
in macro• MACRO Ref, 4-1 to 4-6
length• MACRO Ref, 6-63
list of• 1/0 Ref I, A-1 to A-10 1/0 Ref II, A-1
to A-5
LP A 11-K subroutine• 1/0 Ref I, 4-15
mechanism array• System Management,
10-10 System Services Ref, 10-10
null• DSR Reference, 1-4
number of• MACRO Ref, 6-62
passing• RMS Ref, 1-2
rules for• DSR Reference, 1-3
signal array• System Management, 10-9
System Services Ref, 10-9
specification of• System Management, 2-8
System Services Ref, 2-8
Arithmetic

lndex-15

Index

Arithmetic (cont'd.)
error• Programming, 6-11
operation • Programming, 6-8
Arithmetic comparison operation• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-90
operands for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-90
Arithmetic expression
evaluating• Patch Ref, PA TCH-62
special operators for• Patch Ref, PATCH-28
Arithmetic instructions• MACRO Ref, 9-139 to
9-162
floating-point• MACRO Ref, 9-100 to 9-121
integer• MACRO Ref, 9-6 to 9-33
Arithmetic operation • DCL Dictionary, DCL-88
operands for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-89
value conversion in• DCL Dictionary, DCL-88
Arithmetic operator• DELTA Ref, DELT A-9 SDA
Ref, SDA-11
Arithmetic shift operator• MACRO Ref, 3-15
Arithmetic shifting• SDA Ref, SDA-11
Arithmetic trap• Programming, 4-5
Array• Debugger Ref, DBG-55, DBG-79
adjustable• Programming, 1-21
assumed-size• Programming, 1-22
bounds• Programming, 6-30
character• Programming, 6-27
conversion of• RTL Ref, RTL-377
EQUIVALENCE elements• Programming, 2-8
examination of an• Debugger Ref, DBG-213,
DBG-216
1/0 • Programming, 9-20
initializing elements• Programming, 2-6
mechanism• System Management, 10-10
System Services Ref, 10-10
multidimensional• Programming, 6-31
numeric• Programming, 6-26
defining• Programming, 6-26
referencing• Programming, 6-27
passing• Programming, 1-20
processing with implied DO loop•
Programming, 8-14
referencing the full array• Programming, 6-29
signal• System Management, 10-9 System
Services Ref, 10-9
storage• Programming, 6-30
virtual address• System Management, 11-5
System Services Ref, 11-5
Array descriptor• Intro to Routines, 2-21
Array slice • Debugger Ref, DBG-55
Arrays• Programming, 4-40

lndex-16

Arrow keys• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-7 to
SHCL-8
command recall functions• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-9
ASC (ASCII) (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-246
$ASCEFC • System Management, SYS-11
System Services Ref, SYS-11
.ASCIC directive• MACRO Ref, 6-8
/ASCIC qualifier• Debugger Ref, DBG-205,
DBG-213
.ASCID directive• MACRO Ref, 6-9
effect on position independence• Linker Ref,
LINK-31
effect on shareability • Linker Ref, LINK-30
/ASCID qualifier• Debugger Ref, DBG-205,
DBG-213
ASCII
format in DIFFERENCES output• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-260
ASCII (8-bit) code• 1/0 Ref/, 2-7, 8-20
ASCII "a" character set• Disk & Tape, B-4
percent sign• Disk & Tape, 4-25
ASCII "a" characters• Disk & Tape, 5-5, B-1 ·
ASCII character set• DCL Dictionary, DCL-92
MACRO Ref, A-1 to A-2
See also Multinational character set
ASCII data
depositing of• Debugger Ref, DBG-97
length of• Debugger Ref, DBG-97
truncation of• Debugger Ref, DBG-97
.ASCII directive• MACRO Ref, 6-10
ASCII operator• MACRO Ref, 3-12
ASCII pad character• Convert Ref, CONV-20
/ASCII qualifier• Debugger Ref, DBG-205,
DBG-213
ASCII string
converting to binary• System Management,
SYS-23 System Services Ref, SYS-23
entering • Patch Ref, PA TCH-25
ASCII string storage directives• MACRO Ref, 6-7
to 6-11
counted (.ASCIC) • MACRO Ref, 6-8
string (.ASCII)• MACRO Ref, 6-10
string-descriptor (.ASCID) • MACRO Ref, 6-9
zero-terminated (.ASCIZ) • MACRO Ref, 6-11
ASCII time• System Management, 9-7 System
Services Ref, 9-7
/ ASCll-/NOASCll qualifier
in DELETE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-5 7
in DEPOSIT command• Patch Ref, PATCH-60,
PATCH-61

Index

/ASCll-/NOASCll qualifier (cont'd.)
in EVALUATE command• Patch Ref, PATCH63
in EXAMINE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-66
in REPLACE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-74
in SET MODE command• Patch Ref, PATCH78
in VERIFY command• Patch Ref, PATCH-92
ASCll-NOASCll mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-19
/ASCIW qualifier• Debugger Ref, DBG-205,
DBG-213
.ASCIZ directive• MACRO Ref, 6-11
/ ASCIZ qualifier• Debugger Ref, DBG-205,
DBG-213
$ASCTIM • System Management, 9-2, SYS-14
System Services Ref, 9-2, SYS-14
example• System Management, 9-2 System
Services Ref, 9-2
RTL jacket routine• RTL Ref, RTL-275
$ASCTOID • System Management, 3-7, SYS-17
System Services Ref, 3-7, SYS-17
ASHL (Arithmetic Shift Long) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-11
ASHP (Arithmetic Shift and Round Packed)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-145 to 9-146
ASHQ (Arithmetic Shift Quad) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-11
$ASIN (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-339
$ASIND (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-341
$ASN_WTH_MBX (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-27, RTL-5
Assembler• Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-2
invoking VAX MACRO• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-430
Assembler directives,
summary• MACRO Ref, C-1
Assembly language• Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-2
Assembly termination directive (.END)• MACRO
Ref, 6-25
Assembly-level debugging• Debugger Ref, DBG-

8
$ASSIGN• Networking, 5-2, 8-24 Device Driver,
5-2, 7-10 System Management, SYS-19
System Services Ref, SYS-19
example• System Management, 7-2 System
Services Ref, 7-2
format• Networking, 8-26, 8-43
_NET:• Networking, 8-43
nontransparent use of• Networking, 8-34
transparent use of• Networking, 8-24

ASSIGN command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-11
File Applications, 3-20 System Management,
6-2 DCL Dictionary, DCL-161, DCL-162,
DCL-164, DCL-166 Linker Ref, LINK-135
System Services Ref, 6-2
and DEASSIGN command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-210
/TRANSLA TION_A TTRIBUTES qualifier• File
Applications, 4-10
using to create a logical name• Command
Procedures, 2-2 ·
Assign 1/0 Channel ($ASSIGN) system service•
Rel Notes, B-15, B-20 1/0 Ref I, 7-2, 8-14
ASSIGN/MERGE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-168
ASSIGN/QUEUE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-170, DCL-171
and DEASSIGN/QUEUE command• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-215
Assigning work files• Sort Ref, SORT-8
in specification file• Sort Ref, SORT-70
Assignment
of logical queue to a execution queue• DCL
Dict,ionary, DCL-170
of queue name• DCL Dictionary, DCL-327
of symbols interactively• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-338
Assignment statement• Programming, 6-3 DCL
Dictionary, DCL-125, DCL-126 MACRO Ref,
1-1 , 3-16 to 3-1 7
equates a symbol to a string expression• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-86
equates a symbol to character string • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-80
equates symbol to string or integer value• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-77
record • Programming, 6-42
special-purpose•· DCL Dictionary, DCL-80
Assignment statement := • DCL Dictionary, DCL130
/ASSIST qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-8
ASSIST ANT PHYSICAL ADDRESS parameter•
Networking, 7-16
Associate common event flag cluster ($ASCEFC)
system service
shared memory use• Rel Notes, E-5
Associated variables• Programming, 2-8
Assumed-size
character string• Programming, 6-14
AST• Device Driver, 8-13, 8-19
execution
delivery• Programming, 3-27

lndex-17

Index

AST (cont'd.)
kernel-mode• Device Driver, 5-22, 8-10
user-mode• Device Driver, 5-23
writing• Programming, 3-26
AST (asynchronous system trap) • Rel Notes,
B-24 RTL Ref, 8-27
access mode• System Management, 5-2
System Services Ref, 5-2
address (astadr) argument• Rel Notes, B-19,
B-20
blocking• System Management, 12-9, 12-14
System Services Ref, 12-9, 12-14
declaration of• System Management, 5-3
System Services Ref, 5-3
declaring• System Management, SYS-102
System Services Ref, SYS-102
delivery• System Management, 5-5 System
Services Ref, 5-5
disabling• System Management, SYS-294
System Services Ref, SYS-294
disabling of• Debugger Ref, DBG-32
enabling• System Management, SYS-294
System Services Ref, SYS-294
example• System Management, 5-5 System
Services Ref, 5-5
1/0 completion• Rel Notes, B-17, B-23
parameter (astprm) argument• Rel Notes,
B-19, B-20
quota• Rel Notes, B-5 1/0 Ref I, 3-14, 4-13,
6-8, 7-6, 8-40
service routine• System Management, 5-4
System Services Ref, 5-4
setting for power recovery• System
Management, SYS-302 System Services
Ref, SYS-302
setting timer for• System Management, SYS300 System Services Ref, SYS-300
specification of quota• DCL Dictionary, DCL496
system service• System Management, 5-1
System Services Ref, 5-1
use with connect-to-interrupt feature• Rel
Notes, C-9
AST limit (ASTLM) • Software Installation, 5-2
$AST_IN_PROG (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-27, RTL-8
Asterisk (•)
as multiplication operator• Debugger Ref,
DBG-82
as wildcard character• DCL Dictionary, DCL4 7, DCL-48 Debugger Ref, DBG-108
in HELP• Debugger Ref, DBG-222

lndex-18

Asterisk (*) (cont'd.)
used in output file specification • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-50
used to indicate temporary default• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-50
used to specify output directory• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-51, DCL-52, DCL-53
Asterisk ( * ) • SDA Ref, SDA-11
ASTLM quota • Networking, 5-36
effect of canceling wakeup• System
Management, SYS-39 ·System Services
Ref, SYS-39
ASY option• FOL Ref, FDL-11
ASYNCHRONOUS attribute• File Applications,
8-11, 8-20, 8-24, 8-28, 8-29 FOL Ref,
FDL-11
Asynchronous circuit
See Circuit
See DDCMP
Asynchronous DDCMP driver
See DMP 11 /DMF32
see DMP 11 /DMF32
Asynchronous input/ output• Programming, 8-61
Asynchronous- line
See DDCMP
See Line
Asynchronous operations• File Applications,
7-19, 7-21 RMS Ref, 2-6
performance• File Applications, 8-11
Asynchronous system trap
See AST
Asynchronous system traps
see AST
Asynchronous terminal
See X.29 terminal
Asynchrony• Device Driver, 1-4
At sign(@)
as ,. contents of" operator• Debugger Ref,
DBG-82
as "execute procedure" command• Debugger
Ref, DBG-22
@ (at sign) operator• SDA Ref, SDA-11
At-sign character• Device Driver, 7-7
$ATAN (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-343
$ATAN2 (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-347
$AT AND (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-345
$ATAND2 (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-349
$AT ANH (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-351
Atomic data types
in VAX Calling Standard• Intro to Routines,
2-12

Index

$ATTACH (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-9, RTL-9
ATTACH command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-172,
DCL-173 Debugger Ref, DBG-178
Attached processor
show state• DCL Dictionary, DCL-680
start• DCL Dictionary, DCL-751
stop• DCL Dictionary, DCL-765
Attack
security
forms of• System Security, 6-1
Attention AST
DEUNA/DEONA • 1/0 Ref II, 6-19
DMC11/DMR11 • 1/0 Ref II, 1-7
DMP 11 /DMF32 • 1/0 Ref II, .2-20
DR11-W• 1/0 Ref II, 3-13
read mailbox• 1/0 Ref I, 7-9
terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-40
write mailbox• 1/0 Ref I, 7-9
Attribute• File Applications, 3-3, 3-13
global • Debugger Ref, DBG-5 7
in symbol declaration • Debugger Ref, DBG-53
resource • System Security, 4-35
video• Programming, 8-20
Attribute, resource• System Security, 5-20
example• System Security, 5-20
Attributes• System Management, 6-7 FOL Ref,
FDL-3, FDL-43 System Services Ref, 6-7
ACP-010 • 1/0 Ref I, 1-17 to 1-20
record• 1/0 Ref I, 1-2 1
statistics block• 1/0 Ref I, 1-23
ACP-010 interface• 1/0 Ref I, 1-17
Attributes of program sections
absolute• Linker Ref, LINK-62
concatenated• Linker Ref, LINK-62
executable• Linker Ref, LINK-63
global• Linker Ref, LINK-63, LINK-70
in image section generation• Linker Ref,
LINK-73
in shareable images• Linker Ref, LINK-29
local• Linker Ref, LINK-63
modification of• Linker Ref, LINK-61
non-position-independent• Linker Ref, LINK-64
nonexecutable • Linker Ref, LINK-63
nonshareable • Linker Ref, LINK-64
nonvector• Linker Ref, LINK-64
nonwriteable • Linker Ref, LINK-63
overlaid• Linker Ref, LINK-62
position-independent• Linker Ref, LINK-64
relocatable• Linker Ref, LINK-62

Attributes of program sections (cont'd.)
shareable• Linker Ref, LINK-64
vector• Linker Ref, LINK-64
writeable• Linker Ref, LINK-63
Attributes statistics block, ACP-010 • 1/0 Ref I,
1-23
Audit trail
in security model• System Security, 2-2
role in security• System Security, 2-6
Audit trail, changing the value of• SUMSLP Ref,
SUM-11
Auditing
applications• System Security, 6-6
as security feature• System Security, 6-6
security• System Security, 4-52
Authenticating
users• System Security, 3-9
through visual verification • System
Security, 3-22
Authorization Database
role in security• System Security, 2-5
Authorization database
concept• System Security, 4-17
considerations on a V AXcluster • System
Security, 8-2
defined• System Security, 2-2
AUTHORIZE
See Authorize Utility
AUTHORIZE command• Networking, 5-6
Authorize Utility (AUTHORIZE)• VAXclusters,
A-1 Authorize Ref, AUTH-1
commands• Authorize Ref, AUTH-18 to
AUTH-58
DCL qualifiers• Authorize Ref, AUTH-7 to
AUTH-14
default password• Authorize Ref, AUTH-19
DEFAULT record• Authorize Ref, AUTH-19
directing output• Authorize Ref, AUTH-1
exiting • Authorize Ref, AUTH-1
invoking• Authorize Ref, AUTH-1
MODIFY SYSTEM command• Software
Installation, 5-3
new features• Rel Notes, 2-1
restrictions• Authorize Ref, AUTH-1
SHOW SYSTEM command• Software
Installation, 5-3
to check UAF limits• Software Installation,
5"'."3
to modify user accounts• VAXclusters, A-3

lndex-19

Index

AUTO prefix• Networking, 3-4 7 NCP Ref,
NCP-180
AUTO REST ART switch• Software Installation,
2-4
AUTO REST ART /BOOT switch• Software
Installation, 2-11
installation setting• Software Installation,
2-11
operational setting• Software Installation,
2-11
Auto-answer
VMSINST AL option• Software Installation,
5-7
Autoanswer
and backup synchronous dialup • System
Security, 7-9
Autobauding • System Security, 3-12
AUTOCONFIGURE command• Device Driver, 7-5
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-13
Autodecrement mode• MACRO Ref, 5-8
operand specifier format• MACRO Ref, 8-17
AUTOGEN
running after cluster boot• VAXclusters, 5-11
using to change system paramters •
Performance Management, 4-1
AUTOGEN facility• Networking, 5-33
AUTOGEN.PAR
creation of• Software Installation, 6-19
Autoincrement deferred mode• MACRO Ref, 5-6
to 5-8
operand specifier format• MACRO Ref, 8-16
to 8-17
Autoincrement mode• MACRO Ref, 5-6
operand specifier format• MACRO Ref, 8-16
.AUTOJUSTIFY • DSR Reference, 2-3
Autologin
account
as security problem• System Security,
5-46
See ALF• System Security, 5-43
Autologin file
V AXcluster requirements • System Security,
8-2
Automatic
login file
See ALF
Automatic generation
·of password • System Security, 3-15
Automatic password generator
use to obtain initial password • System
Security, 5-24

lndex-20

Automatic password generator (cont'd.)
when to require• System Security, 5-32
/AUTOMATIC qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-9
Automatic rebooting
preventing • DELTA Ref, DELT A-5
Automatic record locking and unlocking• File
Applications, 6-13 to 6-14
Automatic shutdown• Software Installation, 5-6
Automatic volume labeling (A VL)
and operator functions• Disk & Tape, 7-5
Automatic volume recognition (A VR)
and operator functions• Disk & Tape, 7-5
Automatic working set adjustment
See AWSA
.AUTOPARAGRAPH • DSR Reference, 2-4
example• DSR Reference, 2-4
.AUTOSUBTITLE • DSR Reference, 2-6
.AUTOT ABLE• DSR Reference, 2-7
example• DSR Reference, 2-7
Available pool
of devices• DCL Dictionary, DCL-208
AWSA
adjusting• Performance Management, 2-18
enabling • Performance Management, 4-11
in relation to performance management•
Performance Management, 2-19
in relation to system parameters• Performance
Management, 2-18
investigating status • Performance
Management, 3-15
overview• Performance Management, 2-9
tuning to respond to increased demand•
Performance Management, 4-9
A WSMIN parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-59
A WSTIME parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-60

B
Babble timer• Networking, 3-52
BACK (N)• EDT Reference, EDT-247
BACK command• Text Processing, 4-5 Mail Ref,
MAIL-25
Background color
screen• Programming, 8-19
Backplane interconnect• Device Driver, 1-2, 1-20
Backslash (\)
as global symbol specifier• Debugger Ref,
DBG-63, DBG-68

Index

Backslash (\) (cont'd.)
as last-value symbol • Debugger Ref, DBG-53
as pathname delimiter• Debugger Ref, DBG53, DBG-59, DBG-60 DBG-111
BACKSPACE (K)• EDT Reference, EDT-19
BACKSPACE key• DCL Dictionary, DCL-8
/BACKSPACE qualifier• DCL Dictionary, DCL-506
DSR Reference, 4-5
BACKUP
See Backup Utility
See Backup Utility (BACKUP)
Backup
dual-RL02 • Software Installation, 4-21
online vs stand-alone• Software Installation,
4-18
R80/RL02 • Software Installation, 4-20
RC25 • Software Installation, 4-21, 4-22
use during installation • Software Installation,
4-18
BACKUP (EDT keypad function)• Text Processing,
2-4
BACKUP (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-20
BACKUP attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-17
BACKUP command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-174
Backup date and time field
in XABDA T • RMS Ref, 9-2
Backup home block• Disk & Tape, A-3
Backup index file header• Disk & Tape, A-3
Backup log file• Disk & Tape, A-5
BACKUP media• Backup Ref, BACKUP-12
Files-11 disk• Backup Ref, BACKUP-12
save set• Backup Ref, BACKUP-12
magnetic tape• Backup Ref, BACKUP-12
magnetic tape save set• Backup Ref,
'BACKUP-12
multivolume save set• Backup Ref, BACKUP14
remote Files-11 disk• Backup Ref, BACKUP12
remote save set• Backup Ref, BACKUP-12
sequential disk• Backup Ref, BACKUP-12
sequential-disk save set• Backup Ref,
BACKUP-12
use of• Backup Ref, BACKUP-12
Backup of system disk
VAX-11/730• Software Installation, 4-20,
4-21
VAX-11/750• Software Installation, 4-19
V AX-11 /780 • Software Installation, 4-19
Backup operations
I

Backup operations (cont'd.)
general recommendations• System Security,
5-74
performed as captive privileged account•
System Security, 5-59
/BACKUP qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKUP-41
Backup Utility (BACKUP)• File Applications, 9-2
Backup Ref, BACKUP-1
backup media
Files-11 disk• Disk & Tape, 6-9, 6-18
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 6-8, 6-15
remote save set• Disk & Tape, 6-11
rotating backup set• Disk & Tape, 6-11
sequential-disk• Disk & Tape, 6-9
use of• Disk & Tape, 6-7
/COMPARE qualifier• Disk & Tape, 6-31
See also Compare operation
comparing files• Disk & Tape, 6-31 Backup
Ref, BACKUP-11
See also Compare operation
copy
See Copy operation
copying files• Backup Ref, BACKUP-7,
BACKUP-8
creating a save set• Backup Ref, BACKUP-9
description• Backup Ref, BACKUP-4
directing output• Backup Ref, BACKUP-3
directing output with /LOG qualifier• Disk &
Tape, 6-13
eliminating extents• File Applications, 8-11
examples
comparing files• Backup Ref, BACKUP-11,
BACKUP-21
copying files• Backup Ref, BACKUP-8
creating a journal file• Backup Ref,
BACKUP-32
image operation• Backup Ref, BACKUP-26
incremental backup• Backup Ref,
BACKUP-28
initializing an output disk• Backup Ref,
BACKUP-30
listing files• Backup Ref, BACKUP-11
protecting an output save-set• Backup Ref,
BACKUP-68
quick-reference table• Backup Ref,
BACKUP-71
restoring files• Backup Ref, BACKUP-10
saving files• Backup Ref, BACKUP-9
specifying block size• Backup Ref,
BACKUP-61

lndex-21

Index

Backup Utility (BACKUP)
examples (cont'd.)
specifying 1/0 buffers• Backup Ref,
BACKUP-20
/EXCLUDE qualifier• Disk & Tape, 6-24
exiting• Backup Ref, BACKUP-3
Files-11 disk save set• Backup Ref, BACKUP12
full-volume save• Disk & Tape, 6-20
/IMAGE qualifier• Disk & Tape, 6-15, 6-17,
6-20, 6-28
See also Image operation
incremental backup• Backup Ref, BACKUP-8
/INITIALIZE qualifier• Disk & Tape, 6-19
initializing a magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 6-15
invoking• Disk & Tape, 6-7 DCL Dictionary,
DCL-174 Backup Ref, BACKUP-2
journal files• Disk & Tape, 6-31
to list• Disk & Tape, 6-32
/JOURNAL qualifier• Disk & Tape, 6-31
/LIST qualifier• Disk & Tape, 6-30, 6-32
See also List operation
listing files• Disk & Tape, 6-30 Backup Ref,
BACKUP-11
See also List operation
/LOG qualifier• Disk & Tape, 6-13
magnetic tape save set• Backup Ref,
BACKUP-12
making archive copies• File Applications,
9-39
multivolume save set• Backup Ref, BACKUP14
new features• Rel Notes, 2-2
operations• Backup Ref, BACKUP-4
See also Compare operation
See also Copy operation
See also List operation
See also Restore operation
See also Save operation
compare• Disk & Tape, 6-31
copy• Disk & Tape, 6-13 to 6-15
image• Disk & Tape, 6-15, 6-17, 6-20
restoring from• Disk & Tape, 6-28
list• Disk & Tape, 6-30
overview of• Disk & Tape, 6-3 to 6-6
physical• Disk & Tape, 6-18
restore• Disk & Tape, 6-26 to 6-30
save• Disk & Tape, 6-15 to 6-21
volume-by-volume• Disk & Tape, 6-22
operator assistance requests• Disk & Tape,
7-9

lndex-22

Backup Utility (BACKUP) (cont'd.)
overview of• Disk & Tape, 6-2
/OWNEILUIC qualifier• Disk & Tape, 6-24,
6-25
/PHYSICAL qualifier• Disk & Tape, 6-18
/PROTECTION qualifier• Disk & Tape, 6-25
qualifiers• Backup Ref, BACKUP-18 to
BACKUP-70
restore
See Restore operation
restoring files• Backup Ref, BACKUP-10
restrictions• Backup Ref, BACKUP-3
/REWIND qualifier• Disk & Tape, 6-8, 6-15
running in batch mode• Disk & Tape, 7-9
save
See Save operation
save set
See also Save set
protection• Disk & Tape, 6-25
restoring from• Disk & Tape, 6-26
saving entire volumes• Backup Ref, BACKUP-

7
saving files• Backup Ref, BACKUP-9
selective backup• Backup Ref, BACKUP-8
selective backups• Disk & Tape, 6-23 to 6-25
using creation date• Disk & Tape, 6-24
using expiration date• Disk & Tape, 6-24
using the /EXCLUDE qualifier• Disk & Tape,
6-24
using UIC • Disk & Tape, 6-24
using wildcards • Disk & Tape, 6-23
sequential-disk save set• Disk & Tape, 6-19
Backup Ref, BACKUP-12
multivolume • Disk & Tape, 6-20
specifying a save-set label • Backup Ref,
BACKUP-66
specifying density for magnetic tape• Backup
Ref, BACKUP-64
specifying redundancy group blocks• Backup
Ref, BACKUP-65
stand-alone BACKUP• Backup Ref, BACKUP15
using command procedures• Disk & Tape,
6-34
using wildcards • Backup Ref, BACKUP-6
using with magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 6-8
wildcard characters
in selective backups• Disk & Tape, 6-23
BACKUP.SYS• Disk & Tape, A-5
BAD
See Bad Block Locator Utility

Index

Bad block data
on disks• DCL Dictionary, DCL-325
Bad block file• Disk & Tape, A-3
Bad Block Locator Utility (BAD) • BAD Ref, BAD-

1
DCL qualifiers• BAD Ref, BAD-7 to BAD-13
directing output• BAD Ref, BAD-1
exiting • BAD Ref, BAD-1
invoking• BAD Ref, BAD-1
locating bad blocks• BAD Ref, BAD-2
new features• Rel Notes, 2-2
recording bad blocks• BAD Ref, BAD-2
restrictions• BAD Ref, BAD-1
running BAD from command procedures• BAD
Ref, BAD-4
running BAD in compatibility mode• BAD Ref,
BAD-3
running BAD in native mode• BAD Ref, BAD-3
running BAD interactively• BAD Ref, BAD-4
running BAD on converted devices• BAD Ref,
BAD-3
to check new console volume• Software
Installation, 6-11, 6-15
Bad blocks
locating• BAD Ref, BAD-2
recording• BAD Ref, BAD-2
/BAD_BLOCKS qualifier• BAD Ref, BAD-7
BADBLK.SYS • Disk & Tape, A-3
BADLOG.SYS• Disk & Tape, A-5
Balance set
swapping• System Management, 11-7
System Services Ref, 11-7
BALSETCNT
increasing • Performance Management, 4-13
reducing • Performance Management, 4-12
BALSETCNT parameter
adjusting• Performance Management, 4-12
BALSETCNT system parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-60
Bar commands
.BEGIN BAR• DSR Reference, 2-26
.DISABLE BAR• DSR Reference, 2-26
.ENABLE BAR• DSR Reference, 2-26
.END BAR• DSR Reference, 2-26
example• DSR Reference, 2-26
Base address
cluster• Linker Ref, LINK-73
defaults for images• Linker Ref, LINK-19
image section, in map• Linker Ref, LINK-55

Base address (cont'd.)
specification of• Linker Ref, LINK-20
system image• Linker Ref, LINK-19, LINK-133
Base message number directive (.BASE)
in message source file• Message Ref, MSG16
Base operand specifier• MACRO Ref, 8-21
Base priority
establishment for batch job• DCL Dictionary,
DC~330,DC~622,DC~754

of circuit• Networking, 3-51
Base register• SDA Ref, SDA-12
Based image
creation of• Linker Ref, LINK-19
memory allocation for• Linker Ref, LINK-19,
LINK-30
rules for upward compatibility• Linker Ref,
LINK-35
BATCH
as system identifier• System Security, 4-22
identifier• System Security, 5-9
Batch
end of job on cards• DCL Dictionary, DCL-296
BATCH clause
for QUALIFIER clause• CDU Ref, CDU-26,
CDU-35
Batch execution of command procedure•
Command Procedures, 1-7
Batch job• Intro to VAX/VMS, 5-19
accessing devices• Disk & Tape,, 3-32
beginning• DCL Dictionary, DCL-341
definition of default working set• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-345
definition of maximum CPU time limit• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-342
definition of maximum working set size• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-346
end of on cards• DCL Dictionary, DCL-296
files, to delete after processing• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-785
flushing output buffer• DCL Dictionary, DCL600
log file• DCL Dictionary, DCL-778
on remote network node• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-784
password• DCL Dictionary, DCL-450
priority• DCL Dictionary, DCL-783
queue
change entry• DCL Dictionary, DCL-627

lndex-23

Index

Batch job
queue (cont'd.)
enter command procedure in• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-778
to display entries• DCL Dictionary, DCL718
to modify characteristics of• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-752
to start• DCL Dictionary, DCL-752
submission through cards• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-341
synchronization• DCL Dictionary, DCL-787
to delete log file of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-343,
DCL-782
to hold• DCL Dictionary, DCL-343, DCL-782
to keep log file of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-343,
DCL-782
to limit CPU time of• DCL Dictionary, DCL343, DCL-782
to pass parameters to• DCL Dictionary, DCL783
to stop process• DCL Dictionary, DCL-763
what is a• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-4
working set
quota• DCL Dictionary, DCL-785
specification of default• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-785
Batch job command procedure
deleting (stopping) after submission •
Command Procedures~ 8-10
log file• Command Procedures, 8-6
providing input to• Command Procedures, 8-5
restarting• Command Procedures, 8-11
specifying a queue• Command Procedures,
8-4
submitting• Command Procedures, 8-1
synchronizing multiple procedures• Command
Procedures, 8-13
uses of• Command Procedures, 8-1
using a card reader• Command Procedures,
B-1
Batch jobs
affected by shift restrictions• System Security,
3-31
establishing values for• Performance
Management, 4-8
Batch login • System Security, 3-4
Batch queue• VAXc/usters, 3-7
assigning unique name to• VAXclusters, 3-8
cluster-wide generic• VAXclusters, 3-10

lndex-24

Batch queue (cont'd.)
definition of default CPU time limit• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-331, DCL-623, DCL-755
definition of default working set• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-336, DCL-625, DCL-759
definition of maximum CPU time limit• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-331, DCL-623, DCL-755
definition of working set extent• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-336, DCL-626, DCL-759
definition of working set page size• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-336, DCL-626, DCL-760
deletion• DCL Dictionary, DCL-248
deletion of entries• DCL Dictionary, DCL-243
establishment of base priority for jobs• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-330, DCL-622, DCL-754
generic• VAXclusters, 1-6
initializing • VAXclusters, 3-8 DCL Dictionary,
DCL-327, DCL-328
sample configuration • VAXclusters, 3-7
setting up• VAXclusters, 3-8 to 3-10
starting• VAXclusters, 3-8
SYS$BA TCH • VAXclusters, 3-8
types of• VAXclusters, 3-7
Batch subsystem
new features• Rel Notes, 4-1 to 4-5
restrictions• Rel Notes, 8-6
Batch-oriented editor
see EDIT /SUM command
Batching output operations• RTL Ref, 3-20
Battery backup• Software Installation, 2-10
Baud rate
automatic setting of• System Security, 3-12
terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-38
characteristic• 1/0 Ref I, 8-22
BBC (Branch on Bit Clear) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-51
BBCC (Branch on Bit Clear and Clear) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-52
BBCCI (Branch on Bit Clear and Clear Interlocked)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-53
$BBCCI (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-11
BBCS (Branch on Bit Clear and Set) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-52
BBS (Branch on Bit Set) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-51
BBSC (Branch on Bit Set and Clear) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-52
BBSS (Branch on Bit Set and Set) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-52
BBSSI (Branch on Bit Set and Set Interlocked)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-53

Index

$BB551 (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-13
BCC (Branch on Carry Clear) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
BCS (Branch on Carry Set) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
BCUG (bilateral closed user group) • Networking,
2-5, 3-32, 3-96
/BEFORE qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-9
Backup Ref, BACKUP-42 Error Log Ref,
ERR-4 Librarian Ref, LIB-14
.BEGIN BAR• DSR Reference, 2-26
example• DSR Reference, 2-26
$BEGIN_OISPLA Y_UPDATE (SMG) • RTL Ref,
3-20, RTL-477
$BEGIN_PASTEBOARO_UPDATE (SMG) • RTL
Ref, 3-21, RTL-478
/BEGINNING qualifier• Monitor Ref, MON-17
Beginning-of-tape
See Magnetic tape, BOT marker
Beginning-of-tape marker
See BOT
/BEGINNING=time qualifier• Show Cluster Ref,
5HCL-13
BELL (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-248
BEOL (Branch on Equal) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-49 to 9-50
BEOLU (Branch on Equal Unsigned) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
BEST- TRY_CONTIGUOUS attribute• File
_Applications, 2-34, 2-54, 3-41 FDL Ref,
FDL-8, FDL-19
BGEO (Branch on Greater Than or Equal)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
BGEOU (Branch on Greater Than or Equal
Unsigned) instruction • MACRO Ref, 9-49 to
9-50
BGTR (Branch on Greater Than) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
BGTRU (Branch on Greater Than Unsigned)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
BICB2 (Bit Clear Byte 2 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-12
BICB3 (Bit Clear Byte 3 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-12
BICL2 (Bit Clear Long 2 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-12
BICL3 (Bit Clear Long 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-12
BICPSW (Bit Clear PSW) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-71
BICW2 (Bit Clear Word 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-12

BICW3 (Bit Clear Word 3 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-12
Bilateral closed user group
See BCUG
BIN2 value• FDL Ref, FDL-31
BIN4 value• FDL Ref, FDL-31
BINS value• FDL Ref, FDL-31
Binary data• Disk & Tape, B-1
Binary file
not appropriate for MAIL transfer• System
Security, 7-20
Binary mode, DUP 11 • 1/0 Ref II, 5-1
Binary operator• MACRO Ref, 3-15 to 3-16
summary• MACRO Ref, C-8
Binary output• Accounting Ref, ACC-4
Binary overlay in symbol name• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-93
/BINARY qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-10
Error Log Ref, ERR-5 Debugger Ref, DBG210, DBG-212, DBG-214
Binary value
converting to ASCII string • System
Management, SYS-142 System Services
Ref, SYS-142
/BIND qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-10
$BINTIM • System Management, 9-3, SYS-23
System Services Ref, 9-3, SYS-23
BIO option • FDL Ref, FDL-4, FDL-11
BIOLM quota• Networking, 5-36
BISB2 (Bit Set Byte 2 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-13
BISB3 (Bit Set Byte 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-13
BISL2 (Bit Set Long 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-13
BISL3 (Bit Set Long 3 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-13
BISPSW (Bit Set PSW) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-72
BISW2 (Bit Set Word 2 Operand) instrcution •
MACRO Ref, 9-13
BISW3 (Bit Set Word 3 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-13
Bit
manipulation• Programming, 6-22
8-bit characters• DSR Reference, 2-14
Bit field
replace field• RTL Ref, RTL-166
return sign-extended to longword • RTL Ref,
RTL-94
4-bit fields• FDL Ref, FDL-31

lndex-25

Index

Bit map
index file• Disk & Tape, A-3
storage• Disk & Tape, A-3
BITB (Bit Test Byte) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-14
BITL (Bit Test Long) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-14
BITMAP.SYS• Disk & Tape, A-3
Bits per inch (bpi)
definition of• File Applications, 1-11
BITW (Bit Test Word) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-14
BIX files• DSR Reference, 6-6
BJOBLIM system parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-60
.BLANK• Text Processing, 12-4, 14-1, 14-2,
17-1, 17-4 DSR Reference, 2-9
BLBC (Branch on Low Bit Clear) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-54
BLBS (Branch on Low Bit Set) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-54
BLEQ (Branch on Less Than or Equal) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
BLEQU (Branch on Less Than or Equal Unsigned)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
Blink• Programming, 8-20
BLISS-32 • FDL Ref, FDL-39
BLK option • FDL Ref, FDL-32
Block• File Applications, 2-36, 2-37
anonymous (unnamed) • Debugger Ref, DBG62
control • FDL Ref, FDL-3
definition of• File Applications, 1-5, 2-2
Debugger Ref, DBG-60
Input/Output• File Applications, 7-14 to 7-15
name of in pathname• Debugger Ref, DBG-60
spanning• File Applications, 2-41
specifying cluster size on disk• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-320
Block allocation
specifying• Sort Ref, SORT-39
BLOCK DAT A statement• Programming, 1-15
Block 1/0
processing• RMS Ref, 4-26
processing services• RMS Ref, 2-6
RMS services for• RMS Ref, 4-26
using RAB$LBKT field with• RMS Ref, 7-2
using with Record 1/0 processing• RMS Ref,
4-28
Block identifier field

lndex-26

Block identifier field (cont'd.)
in FAB • RMS Ref, 5-3
in NAM block• RMS Ref, 6-4
in RAB• RMS Ref, 7-2
Block length field• Disk & Tape, B-17
in FAB• RMS Ref, 5-4
in NAM block• RMS Ref, 6-4
in RAB• RMS Ref, 7-3
in XABALL • RMS Ref, 8-5
in XABDA T • RMS Ref, 9-2
in XABFHC • RMS Ref, 10-3
in XABKEY • RMS Ref, 11-2
in XABPRO • RMS Ref, 12-4
in XABRDT • RMS Ref, 13-2
in XABSUM • RMS Ref, 14-1
in XABTRM • RMS Ref, 15-2
Block mode (terminal characteristic) • 1/0 Ref I,
8-22
Block size
for files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-269
Block size (magnetic tape)
default• Sort Ref, SORT-42
restrictions • Sort Ref, SORT-42
Block size field
for non-disk files
in FAB • RMS Ref, 5-5
Block size option• File Applications, 3-38
Block storage
use during installation• Software Installation,
4-12
VAX-11 /730 • Software Installation, 2-21
VAX-11/750• Software Installation, 2-21
V AX-11 /780 • S'!ftware Installation, 2-13
Block storage allocation directives (.BLKx) •
MACRO Ref, 6-12 to 6-13
BLOCl<-10 attribute • File Applications, 6-5 FDL
Ref, FDL-4, FDL-11
/BLOCl<-SIZE qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKUP-61
BLOCl<-SPAN attribute• File Applications, 2-41,
3-40 FDL Ref, FDL-32
Blocked records• Disk & Tape, B-16
Blocking AST
description• System Management, 12-9
System Services Ref, 12-9
use• System Management, 12-14 System
Services Ref, 12-14
/BLOCKSIZE qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-11
BLSS (Branch on Less Than) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-49 to 9-50

Index

BLSSU (Branch on Less Than Unsigned) instruction
• MACRO Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
BLUE function• Debugger Ref, DBG-135, DBG138
BNEQ (Branch on Not Equal) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
BNEQU (Branch on Not Equal Unsigned) instruction
• MACRO Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
Bold• Programming, 8-20
Bold flag• Text Processing, 23-1
default• DSR Reference, 3-6
description • DSR Reference, 3-6
pairing• DSR Reference, 3-6
recognizing• DSR Reference, 2-43
/BOLD qualifier• DCL Dictionary, DCL-513 DSR
Reference, 4-6, 5-3
/BOLD[=n] qualifier• DCL Dictionary, DCL-506
Boldfacing text• Text Processing, 23-1 DSR
Reference, 2-29, 3-6
Boot
nodes to form cluster• VAXclusters, 5-10 to
5-11
single-node system• VAXclusters, 2-5
using conversational bootstrap procedure•
VAXclusters, 5-10
BOOT command• Software Installation, 2-2
Boot command procedure
creating• Software Installation, 4-27
editing• VAXclusters, C-2 Software
Installation, 4-7, 4-10
naming convention• Software Installation,
4-27
BOOT DEVICE switch• Software Installation,
2-8, 2-21
setting for booting V AX-11 /750 during
upgrade• Software Installation, 6-4
Boot name• Software Installation, 4-4
short form• Software Installation, 4-4
V AX-11 /750 • Software Installation, 4-15
V AX-11 /785 • Software Installation, 4-14
Boot procedure
name code• Software Installation, 4-4
BOOT switch• Software Installation, 2-4
BOOT58 • Software Installation, 2-21
use in booting VAX-11/750• Software
Installation, 4-3
Booting
during installation• Software Installation, 4-2
from HSC disk• VAXclusters, C-1 Software
Installation, 4-4
V AX-11 /750 • Software Installation, 4-3

Booting
VAX-11/750 (cont'd.)
from disk• Software Installation, 4-3
using BOOT DEVICE switch• Software
Installation, 4-3
using BOOT58 • Software Installation, 4-3
Bootstrap
primary• Networking, 4-4, 4-18
ROM• Networking, 4-4
Bootstrap Block• File Applications, 1-10
Bootstrap block• Disk & Tape, 1-6, A-2
Bootstrap command file for XDELTA• DELTA
Ref, DELT A-4
Bootstrap device for XDELTA• DELTA Ref,
DELTA-4
Bootstrapping
See Booting
a MicroVAX I with XDELTA• DELTA Ref,
DELTA-4
a V AX-11 /730 with XDELTA• DELTA Ref,
DELTA-5
a VAX-11/750 from a TU58• DELTA Ref,
DELTA-5
a VAX-11 /750 with XDELTA• DELTA Ref,
DELTA-4
a V AX-11 /780 with XDELTA• DELTA Ref,
DELTA-4
with XDELTA• DELTA Ref, DELT A-4
Border
virtual display• Programming, 8-21
Borrowing
analyzing problems• Performance
Management, 3-14
deciding when too generous• Performance
Management, 3-28
tuning to make more effective• Performance
Management, 4-8
BORROWLIM system parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-60
BOT• Disk & Tape, B-2
marker• Disk & Tape, B-4
BOTH
NCP parameter• System Security, 7-18
BOTTOM (EDT keypad function)• Text
Processing, 2-4
BOTTOM (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-21
/BOTTOM qualifier• Debugger Ref, DBG-132,
OBG-226
Bottom specifier (L)
with SET CURSOR (L) • EDT Reference, EDT166

lndex-27

Index

Bounds
array• Programming, 6-30
BPT (Breakpoint Fault) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-73
Brackets
use in UICs • System Security, 4-5
Branch
within tree structure• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-2
Branch access type• MACRO Ref, 8-14
Branch instruction
calculating the location for• Patch Ref,
PATCH-71
.
calculating the relative displacement for• Patch
Ref, PATCH-71
Branch mode• MACRO Ref, 5-20
operand specifier format• MACRO Ref, 8-24
/BRANCH qualifier• Debugger Ref, DBG-192,
DBG-233, DBG-265
with the CANCEL BREAK command• Debugger
Ref, DBG-183
Branching instructions• Device Driver, 6-2
BRB (Branch Byte Displacement) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-55
$BRDCST • System Management, A-2 System
Services Ref, A-2
See also $BRKTHRU
Breach
handling• System Security, 6-7
.BREAK• Text Processing, 14-1, 14-2 DSR
Reference, 2-10
Break flag
default• DSR Reference, 3-7
description• DSR Reference, 3-7
recognizing• DSR Reference, 2-44
BREAK key
and secure server• System Security, 5-42
Breakin
attempts
and security audit• System Security, 4-54
counteraction through dual password• System
Security, 5-29
detection· and evasion
controlling • System Security, 5-38 to
5-41
loopholes• System Security, 5-41
evasion • System Security, 3-32
Breakin attempt
dialup type• System Security, 3-32
Breakin evasion

lndex-28

Breakin evasion (cont'd.)
as cause of login failures• System Security,
5-40
Breakpoint
See also Exception breakpoint
at a routine name• Debugger Ref, DBG-34
canceling of• Debugger Ref, DBG-34, DBG183
definition of• Debugger Ref, DBG-33
delayed activation of• Debugger Ref, DBG233
displaying of• Debugger Ref, DBG-34, DBG274
in exit handler• Debugger Ref, DBG-48
setting a • DELTA Ref, DELT A-6
setting of• Debugger Ref, DBG-33, DBG-233
source display at• Debugger Ref, DBG-114
VAX/VMS routine• DELTA Ref, DELT A-6
XDELTA's number 1 • DELTA Ref, DELTA-7
/BRIEF
LINK/MAP• Programming, 4-43
Brief map• Linker Ref, LINK-51, LINK-118
module information in• Linker Ref, LINK-52,
LINK-53
sections in• Linker Ref, LINK-52
BRIEF prompt• FDL Ref, FDL-52
/BRIEF qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-11
Backup Ref, BACKUP-19 Error Log Ref,
ERR-6 Linker Ref, LINK-118
/BRIEF qualifier (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-114
with SUBSTITUTE (L) • EDT Reference, EDT234
with TYPE (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-241
$BRKTHRU • System Management, SYS-26
System Services Ref, SYS-26
$BRKTHRUW • System Management, SYS-33
System Services Ref, SYS-33
BRN files• DSR Reference, 5-1, 5-2, 6-6
See also intermediate file
BRO option• FDL Ref, FDL-5
Broadcast• Programming, 8-56
Broadcast address• Networking, 1-9, 3-17
Broadcast message, terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-15,
8-20, 8-22, 8-44
Broadcast messages
receiving• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-11
Broadcast routing timer• Networking, 2-31
BROADCAST ROUTING TIMER parameter•
Networking, 3-86
Browser
catching

Index

Browser
catching (cont'd.)
with alarm• System Security, 4-55
identification of• System Security, 6-8
Browsers
handling the problem• System Security, 6-8
how to catch • System Security, 6-6
tricks of• System Security, 3-25
BRW (Branch Word Displacement) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-55
BSBB (Branch to Subroutine Byte Displacement)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-56
BSBW (Branch to Subroutine Word Displacement)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-56
BSC (binary synchronous communications) mode,
DUP11 • 1/0 Ref II, 5-1
BTC files.• DSR Reference, 5-1, 5-2
Bucket• File Applications, 2-36, 2-50
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-3 FDL Ref,
FDL-7, FDL-27
boundary• File Applications, 2-52 FDL Ref,
FDL-34
definition of• File Applications, 2-2
examination of• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-7
fill• FDL Ref, FDL-28
fill percentage• Convert Ref, CONV-16
list of free• Convert Ref, CONV-6
reclaiming in Prolog 3 indexed files• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-186
reclamation of• File Applications, 2-50, 9-38
Convert Ref, CONV-1
size
and index depth• File Applications, 2-57
for indexed files• File Applications, 2-37,
2-57, 6-28
for relative files• File Applications, 2-36,
2-44, 6-27
performance• File Applications, 2-5 7
with multiple areas• File Applications,
2-55
split• File Applications, 2-37, 2-53, 8-18
Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-7
Bucket code field
in RAB• RMS Ref, 7-2
Bucket size• File Applications, A-2
Bucket size field
in FAB • RMS Ref, 5-3
in XABALL • RMS Ref, 8-4
in XABFHC • RMS Ref, 10-3
Bucket size option• File Applications, 3-38

BUCKET_lo attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-11
BUCKET_SIZE attribute• File Applications, 236, 2-44, 2-57, 3-38, 6-27, 6-28 FDL Ref,
FDL-8, FDL-19
/BUCKET_SIZE qualifier• Sort Ref, SORT-40
BUFFER
buffer signal (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-115
Buffer• Text Processing, 6-1
cache• File Applications, 6-26, 6-29
definition of• File Applications, 6-7
CLEAR MAIN command• Text Processing,
6-3
COPY command• Text Processing, 6-4
global• File Applications, 2-39, 2-60, 6-25,
6-29 to 6-32, 8-12
how to create a• Text Processing, 6-3
how to delete a• Text Processing, 6-3
how to see a• Text Processing, 6-2
1/0 • File Applications, 6-23
size• File Applications, 2-31
INCLUDE command• Text Processing, 6-4
key• File Applications, 7-22, 8-18, 8-20,
8-25
local• File Applications, 6-29
MAIN• Text Processing, 6-1
moving text between buffers• Text Processing,
6-4
moving text from a file into a• Text
Processing, 6-4
moving text to a file from a• Text Processing,
6-4
multiple• File Applications, 2-38
number of• File Applications, 2-42, 2-45,
2-59
trade-offs with• File Applications, 2-60
PASTE• Text Processing, 6-1
record• File Applications, 6-24, 7-22, 8-26,
8-28
record header• File Applications, 8-23, 8-26,
8-28
SHOW BUFFER command• Text Processing,
6-2
user• File Applications, 8-23, 8-24
WRITE command• Text Processing, 6-4
Buffer deallocation • Device Driver, 3-11
Buffer handling
locate mode• RMS Ref, 4-21
move mode• RMS Ref, 4-21
Buffer overrun, LPA 11-K • 1/0 Ref I, 4-11
Buffer signal

lndex-29

Index

Buffer signal (cont'd.)
BUFFER (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-115
equal sign (=) (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-115
equal sign (=) (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-249
Buffer size
changing for executor• Networking, 3-25
decreasing• Networking, 3-26
for executor• Networking, 2-4
for line• Networking, 3-24, 3-70
increasing• Networking, 3-26
requirements• Networking, 3-24
setting for executor• Networking, . 3-12, 3-24
BUFFER SIZE parameter• Networking, 3-12
for executor• Networking, 3-24
Buffer specifier (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-115
with <null> (L)• EDT Reference, EDT-148
with CHANGE (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-117
with CLEAR (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-119
with DELETE (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-130
with FILL (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-136
with FIND (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-138
with INCLUDE (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-141
with INSERT (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-142
with PRINT (L)• EDT Reference, EDT-151
with REPLACE (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-15 7
with RESEQUENCE (L) • EDT Reference, EDT159
with SUBSTITUTE (L) • EDT Reference, EDT234
with TAB ADJUST (L) • EDT Reference, EDT239
with TYPE (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-241
with WRITE (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-243
Buffer specifier (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-249
with APPEND (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-245
with CUT (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-259
with PASTE (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-281
Buffer-1 specifier (L)
with COPY (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-120
with MOVE (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-144
Buffer-2 specifier (L)
with COPY (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-120
with MOVE (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-144
Buffer-offset length field• Disk & Tape, B-19
/BUFFEfLCOUNT qualifier• File Applications,
6-27, 6-28, 6-29 Backup Ref, BACKUP-20
Buffered byte count quota limit (BYTLM) •
Sohware Installation, 5-2
Buffered data path • Device Driver, 4-4, 4-7

lndex-30

Buffered 1/0• Device Driver, 7-14
buffer deallocation• Device Driver, 8-10
in relation to terminal operation problems•
Performance Management, 3-40
overhead • Device Driver, 7-14
postprocessing • Device Driver, 8-10
writing operation • Device Driver, 8-9
Buffered 1/0 byte count quota• Rel Notes, B-4
File Applications, 8-11
Buffered 1/0 count• Convert Ref, CONV-26
Buffered 1/0 limit (BIOLM) • Sohware Installation,
5-2
Buffered 1/0 quota• Rel Notes, B-4 1/0 Ref I,
3-14, 6-8, 7-6
Buffered input/output operation• Programming,
6-45
Buffered-read-function bit• Device Driver, 13-6
Buffering• File Applications, 6-22 to 6-32 RTL
Ref, 3-20
'
for indexed files• File Applications, 6-28 to
6-29, 7-22
for relative files• File Applications, 6-27 to
6-28
for sequential files• File Applications, 6-26 to
6-27
performance,• File Applications, 8-13
strategies• File Applications, 6-24 to 6-26
Bugcheck
halt/restart• SDA Ref, SDA-8
Bugcheck codes• SDA Ref, SDA-13
BUGCHECKFA T AL system parameter• SYSGEN
Ref, SGN-60
BUGCHK privilege• System Security, A-2
BUGL (Bugcheck Longword Message Identifier)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-191
BUGREBOOT system parameter• DELTA Ref,
DELTA-4, DELTA-5, DELTA-7 SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-60
BUGW (Bugcheck Word Message Identifier)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-191
Bulleted lists
See List
Busy device• Device Driver, 8-23
BVC (Branch on Overflow Clear) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
BVS (Branch on Overflow Set) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-49 to 9-50
/BY_NODE qualifier• Monitor Ref, MON-18
BYPASS privilege• Rel Notes, B-7 System
Security, 4-9, A-3 Networking, 5-2

Index

BYPASS privilege (cont'd.)
affect on ownership privilege• System
Security, 4-3 7
Byte• MACRO Ref, 8-1
in longword• Programming, 1-28
in quadword• Programming, 1-32
passing• Programming, 1-27
BYTE data type• Programming, 6-4
.BYTE directive• MACRO Ref, 6-14 to 6-15
Byte dump• DCL Dictionary, DCL-280
BYTE mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20
/BYTE qualifier• Debugger Ref, DBG-206,
DBG-214
in ALIGN command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-42
in DELETE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-56
in DEPOSIT command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-59,
PATCH-61
in EVALUATE command• Patch Ref, PATCH62
in EXAMINE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-65
in REPLACE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-73
in SET MODE command• Patch Ref, PATCH78
in VERIFY command• Patch Ref, PATCH-91
Byte-offset bit• Device Driver, 4-10, 10-7, 10-8
BYTLM quota• Networking, 5-36

c
$CABS (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-353
/CACHE qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-12
Cached buffer• File Applications, 6-7, 6-26,
6-29
Call
destination of X.25 call• Networking, 2-37
OLM incoming and outgoing• Networking,
3-59
outgoing from DTE• Networking, 3-31
CALL command• Debugger Ref, DBG-31, DBG179
CALL command (Debugger)• Programming, 5-20
Call frames• MACRO Ref, 9-63
removing from stack• System Management,
SYS-386 System Services Ref, SYS-386
Call handler
server module• Networking, 2-37
CALL MASK parameter for incoming X.25 calls•
Networking, 3-97

/CALL qualifier• Debugger Ref, DBG-192, DBG234, DBG-266
with the CANCEL BREAK command• Debugger
Ref, DBG-183
Call stack
building of• Debugger Ref, DBG-44
display of• Debugger Ref, DBG-44, DBG-49,
DBG-275
removing frames from• System Management,
SYS-386 System Services Ref, SYS-386
unwinding • System Management, 10-13
System Services Ref, 10-13
CALL statement
array processing• Programming, 6-30
CALL TIMER parameter• Networking, 3-36
CALL VALUE parameter for incoming X.25 calls•
Networking, 3-97
CALLG
RTL routine to access• RTL Ref, RTL-15
CALLG (Call Procedure with General Argument
List) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-65 to 9-66
example• System Management, 2-11 System
Services Ref, 2-11
macro• System Management, 2-10 System
Services Ref, 2-10
$CALLG (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-16, RTL-15
Calling RMS services
allowable program execution modes• RMS Ref,
2-8
reserved event flags• RMS Ref, 2-8
Calling sequence• RMS Ref, 2-4
Calling sequence, in VAX Calling Standard• Intro
to Routines, 2-4
Calling standard• RTL Ref, 1-1, 2-1
Calling Standard, VAX• Intro to Routines, 2-1
CALLS
argument• System Management, 2-6 System
Services Ref, 2-6
example• System Management, 2-10 System
Services Ref, 2-10
macro• System Management, 2-10 System
Services Ref, 2-10
CALLS (Call Procedure with Stack Argument List)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-67 to 9-68
$CANCEL• Networking, 8-42 System
Management, SYS-34 System Services
Ref, SYS-34 1/0 Ref I, 4-13
example• System Management, 7-9 System
Services Ref, 7-9
CANCEL ALL command• Debugger Ref, DBG182

lndex-31

Index

CANCEL BREAK command• Debugger Ref,
DBG-34, DBG-183
CANCEL BREAK/EXCEPTION command•
Debugger Ref, DBG-37
CANCEL command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-177
Debugger Ref, DBG-181
CANCEL DISPLAY command• Debugger Ref,
DBG-129, DBG-184
CANCEL DISPLAY command (Debugger)•
Programming, 5-13
CANCEL EXCEPTION BREAK command•
Debugger Ref, DBG-37, DBG-185
Cancel 1/0 routine• Rel Notes, C-15
CANCEL MODE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-44
Debugger Ref, DBG-87, DBG-186
CANCEL MODULE command• Patch Ref, PATCH45 Debugger Ref, DBG-51, DBG-66, DBG187
CANCEL PA TCH_AREA command• Patch Ref,
PATCH-23, PATCH-47
CANCEL RADIX command• Debugger Ref, DBG188
CANCEL RADIX/OVERRIDE command• Debugger
Ref, DBG-189
CANCEL SCOPE command• Patch Ref, PATCH48 Debugger Ref, DBG-68, DBG-190
CANCEL SOURCE command• Debugger Ref,
DBG-109, DBG-191
CANCEL TRACE command• Debugger Ref,
DBG-40, DBG-192
CANCEL TYPE/OVERRIDE command• Debugger
Ref, DBG-193
CANCEL WATCH command• Debugger Ref,
DBG-39, DBG-194
CANCEL WINDOW command• Debugger Ref,
DBG-134, DBG-195
Cancel-1/0 bit• Device Driver, 12-9, 13-8
Cancel-1/0 request• Device Driver, 12-8
Cancel-1/0 routine• Device Driver, 1-3, 1-17,
7-9, 1-8
circumstances in which VAX/VMS calls a •
Device Driver, 13-5
codes• Device Driver, 13-7
device-dependent• Device Driver, 13-8
device-independent• Device Driver, 13-8
drivers that do not need a• Device Driver,
13-7
execution context• Device Driver, 13-6
$CANCELINPUT (SMG)• RTL Ref, 3-5, RTL-479
Cancellation
of detached process wakeup request• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-496

lndex-32

Cancellation (cont'd.)
of 1/0 request• System Management, 7-9
System Services Ref, 7-9
of logical name assignments• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-210
of subprocess wakeup request• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-496
$CANDEF macro• Device Driver, 13-7
$CANEXH • System Management, SYS-36
System Services Ref, SYS-36
$CANTIM • System Management, SYS-37
System Services Ref, SYS-3 7
example• System Management, 9-6 System
Services Ref, 9-6
$CANWAK • System Management, 9-6, SYS-39
System Services Ref, 9-6, SYS-39
Capitalize flag
default• DSR Reference, 3-8
description• DSR Reference, 3-8
recognizing• DSR Reference, 2-45
Captive
account
defined • System Security, 3-13
Captive account• System Security, 5-79 to 5-86
and locked password • System Security, 5-80
as target for penetrators • System Security,
5-79
creation • System Security, 5-79
danger of process spawning • System Security,
5-79
disabling mail and notification of delivery•
System Security, 5-3 7
example of production account• System
Security, 5-61
for network environment• System Security,
7-8
special case
allowed privileges• System Security, 5-59
Card reader• DCL Dictionary, DCL-545
capabilities• 1/0 Ref I, 2-1
card punch combinations• 1/0 Ref/, 2-1
026 card reader code• 1/0 Ref/, 2-2, 2-7
029 card reader code• 1/0 Ref /, 2-2, 2-7
device characteristics• 1/0 Ref /, 2-3
driver• 1/0 Ref/, 2-1
end of batch job• DCL Dictionary, DCL-296
end-of-file status• 1/0 Ref I, 2-2
error recovery• 1/0 Ref /, 2-2
failure categories• 1/0 Ref/, 2-2
function codes• 1/0 Ref/, 2-5, A-2

Index

Card reader (cont'd.)
function modifiers
10$M_BINARY • 1/0 Ref I, 2-1, 2-6
10$M_PACKED • 1/0 Ref I, 2-1, 2-6
1/0 functions
10$_READLBLK • 1/0 Ref I, 2-5
10$_READPBLK • 1/0 Ref I, 2-5
10$_READVBLK • 1/0 Ref I, 2-5
10$_SENSEMODE • 1/0 Ref I, 2-6
10$_SETCHAR • 1/0 Ref I, 2-10
10$_SETMODE • 1/0 Ref I, 2-7
1/0 status block• 1/0 Ref I, 2-10
read function• 1/0 Ref I, 2-5
read modes• 1/0 Ref I, 2-1
sense mode function• 1/0 Ref I, 2-6
set mode function• 1/0 Ref I, 2-7
set translation mode• 1/0 Ref I, 2-2
status returns• 1/0 Ref I, A-2
supported device• 1/0 Ref I, 2-1
using for batch job command procedures•
Command Procedures, B-1
Card-reader driver • Device Driver, 11-8
Cards
submitting batch job on• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-341
Carriage control • Programming, 8-16 Convert
Ref, CONV-3
converting formats• Convert Ref, CONV-3
effect of CARRIAGE_RETURN keyword• FOL
Ref, FDL-32
FORTRAN• Convert Ref, CONV-3
line printer• 1/0 Ref I, 5-6
options• Exchange Ref, EXCH-13
CARRIAGE_RETURN • Exchange Ref,
EXCH-13
FORTRAN• Exchange Ref, EXCH-13
NONE• Exchange Ref, EXCH-13
PRINT• Convert Ref, CONV-3
STREAM• Convert Ref, CONV-3
terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-34
Carriage control device• FOL Ref, FDL-32
Carriage return terminator• File Applications,
2-41
Carriage return-line feed terminator• File
Applications, 2-41
CARRIAGE_CONTROL attribute• File Applications,
3-40 FOL Ref, FDL-32
CARRIAGE_RETURN keyword• FOL Ref, FDL-32
Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision
Detect
See CSMA/CD

Carrier sense on Ethernet• Networking, 1-9
Carry condition code (C) • MACRO Ref, 8-11
Case control flags
capitalize flag• DSR Reference, 3-8
lowercase flag• DSR Reference, 3-13
uppercase flag• DSR Reference, 3-20
Case control indexing utility• DSR Reference, 6-1
CASE macro• Device Driver, B-2
$CASE_BLIND_COMPARE (STR) • RTL Ref,
RTL-640
CASEB (Case Byte) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-57
CASEL (Case Long) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-57
CASEW (Case Word) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-57
Catchall handler• Programming, 10-7
Catching probers • System Security, 6-6
Catching probing outsiders • System Security,
6-6
Categories
of user• System Security, 4-1
CBT option• FOL Ref, FDL-8, FDL-19
CCB (channel-control block) • Device Driver,
1-10, 5-4
CCITT recommendation
X.25• Networking, 1-3, 1-15
X.29• Networking, 1-3, 1-15
CCO option • FOL Ref, FDL-15
$CCOS (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-355
$CDABS (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-353
$COCOS (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-355
/CDD_PA TH_NAME qualifier• Sort Ref, SORT49
$CDEXP (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-357
$CDLOG (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-359
$CDSIN (MTH) • RTL Ref, .RTL-372
$CDSQRT (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-37 4
CDU
See Command Definition Utility
Cell• File Applications, 2-44 Analyze/RMS_File
Ref, ARMS-3 FOL Ref, FDL-34
CELL AND R[°CORD structure• File Applications,
9-20
.CENTER• Text Processing, 12-4 DSR Reference,
2-11
$CEXP (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-357
CFCB • Device Driver, 14-22
CFVB • Device Driver, 14-21
$CGABS (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-353

lndex-33

Index

$CGCOS (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-355
$CGEXP (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-357
$CGLOG (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-359
$CGSIN (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-372
$CGSORT (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-374
Chaining • RTL Ref, 8-5
command and data (DR32) • 1/0 Ref II, 4-2
Change
virtual display• Programming, 8-26
CHANGE (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-117
Change bars
in DIFFERENCES output• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-261
Change mode handler• System Management,
10-6 System Services Ref, 10-6
declaring• System Management, SYS-103
System Services Ref, SYS-103
$CHANGE_ACL • System Management, 3-16,
3-23, SYS-41 System Services Ref, 3-16,
3-23, SYS-41
/CHANGE_BARS qualifier• DSR Reference, 4-7
/CHANGE-8ARS[="character"] qualifier• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-506
$CHANGE_PBD_CHARACTERISTICS (SMG) • RTL
Ref, 3-3, RTL-480
$CHANGE-RENDITION (SMG) • RTL Ref, 3-12,
RTL-483
$CHANGE_VIRTUALDISPLA Y (SMG) • RTL Ref,
3-12, RTL-486
CHANGES attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-27
Changing
UIC-based protection • System Security, 4-14
to 4-16
Changing memory• DCL Dictionary, DCL-251
Changing section numbers• Text Processing,
18-5
Changing the system password • Authorize Ref,
AUTH-44
Channel• Networking, 8-14 Device Driver, 3-24
RTL Ref, 8-27
assigning for logical link• Networking, 8-14,
8-26, 8-43
assigning 1/0• System Management, 72, SYS-19 System Services Ref, 7-2,
SYS-19
canceling 1/0 • System Management, SYS-34
System Services Ref, SYS-34
communications• Networking, 1-6, 1-10
deassigning• Networking, 8-18, 8-25 System
Management, 7-7 System Services Ref,
7-7

lndex-34

Channel (cont'd.)
information• System Management, A-9
System Services Ref, A-9
input/output• Programming, 8-58, 8-63
keeping• Device Driver, 9-8
_NET: • Networking, 8-34
releasing • Device Driver, 9-8
Channel access mode protection field
in FAB • RMS Ref, 5-5
Channel assignment, 1/0 • Rel Notes, B-15
See Device allocation
mailbox• Rel Notes, B-15
Channel number (chan) argument • Rel Notes,
B-19, B-20
CHANNEL parameter
for PVC• Networking, 3-57
Channel, 1/0
debugger use of• Debugger Ref, DBG-122,
DBG-244
limiting use of• Debugger Ref, DBG-122,
DBG-244
Channel-arbitration routine• Device Driver, 3-26
Channel-control block
See CCB
Channel-index number• Device Driver, 5-2, 13-8
Channel-request block• Device Driver, 5-4, 10-3,
13-3
See CRB
Channel-wait queue • Device Driver, 9-3
CHANNELS parameter
for DTE • Networking, 3-31
.CHAPTER• Text Processing, 19-1 DSR
Reference, 2-13
Chapter commands
.CHAPTER• DSR Reference, 2-13
.DISPLAY CHAPTER• DSR Reference, 2-18
.NUMBER CHAPTER• DSR Reference, 2-90
Chapter numbers
indicated by letters• Text Processing, 19-1
indicated by roman numerals• Text Processing,
19-1
Chapters
formatting text into• Text Processing, 19-1
CHAR (EDT keypad function)• Text Processing,
2-6
CHAR (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-22
$CHAR (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-17
CHAR intrinsic function• Programming, 6-17
Character
array• Programming, 6-27

Index

Character (cont'd.)
comment• FDL Ref, FDL-39
constant• Programming, 6-14, 6-18
conversion• Programming, 6-24
conversion from number• Programming, 6-25
data • Programming, 6-13
decimal value• EDT Reference, A-1
G• SDA Ref, SDA-11, SDA-12
H• SDA Ref, SDA-11, SDA-12
nonprintable • Programming, 6-17
pad• Convert Ref, CONV-20
string• Programming, 6-13
concatenation• Programming, 6-16
defining• Programming, 6-14
padding• Programming, 6-16
referencing• Programming, 6-15
size• Programming, 6-15
truncation• Programming, 6-16
terminator (terminal)• 1/0 Ref/, 8-26
+ character• Device Driver, 7-10
@ character• Device Driver, 7-7
Character case• Librarian Ref, LIB-5
Character formatting
line printer• 1/0 Ref I, 5-2
Character set
in source statement• MACRO Ref, 3-1 to 3-2
multinational• EDT Reference, A-1 1/0 Ref I,
8-1 1/0 Ref //, A-1
special characters• MACRO Ref, C-6 to C-7
table• MACRO Ref, A-1 to A-2
terminal lower case• 1/0 Ref I, 8-20
Character specifier (N)
with circumflex (_") (N) • EDT Reference,
EDT-253
Character string
See also String
assumed-size • Programming, 6-14
counted• Programming, 6-18
data type• MACRO Ref, 8-6 to 8-7
fixed-length• Programming, 6-14
instructions• MACRO Ref, 9-122 to 9-135
length• MACRO Ref, 6-63
operations
$CHAR (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-17
passed-iength • Programming, 1-19
passing• Programming, 1-19
specification of case for search• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-521
symbol assignment• DCL Dictionary, DCL-t29

Character string (cont'd.)
to find in file• DCL Dictionary, DCL-521
Character string procedures• RTL Ref, 8-15
$LOCC (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-15
$MA TCHC (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-15
$MOVC3 (LIB) • RTL Ref, 8-15
$MOVC5 (LIB) • RTL Ref, 8-15
$SCANC (LIB) • RTL Ref, 8-15
$SKPC (LIB) • RTL Ref, 8-15
$SPANC (LIB) • RTL Ref, 8-15
Character string translation procedures
$MOVTC (LIB) • RTL Ref, 8-15
$MOVTUC (LIB) • RTL Ref, 8-15 .
Character symbol• EDT Reference, A-1
Characteristics
NCP display• System Security, 7-18
of file• ·File Applications, 3-20
terminal• Programming, 8-66
CHARACTERISTICS display type• Networking,
3-115
Characteristics of files• File Applications, 3-20
Characteristics, device
See Device characteristics
Charging
disk space usage
by identifiers• System Security, 4-35
/CHECK
FORTRAN command• Programming, 4-5
Check
occlusion of virtual display• Programming,
8-23
CHECK ECO command• Patch Ref, PATCH-49,
PATCH-50
CHECK NOT ECO command• Patch Ref, PATCH51
/CHECK qualifier• File Applications, 9-2
Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-10
Check report• File Applications, 9-2, 9-6
/CHECK=BOUNDS
FORTRAN command • Programming, 6-31
/CHECK=NOOVERFLOW
FORTRAN command• Programming, 6-11
/CHECK=NOUNDERFLOW
FORTRAN command• Programming, 6-11
$CHECl<-FOFLOCCLUSION (SMG) • RTL Ref,
3-8, RTL-489
/CHECl<-SEOUENCE qualifier• Sort Ref, SORT12, SORT-50
Checkin/ checkout
system program units• Programming, 4-16

lndex-35

Index

Checkpointing RSX-11 S tasks• Networking,
4-28
$CHFDEF macro• System Management, 10-9
System Services Ref, 10-9
CHGC (change case) (N) • EDT Reference, EDT250
CHGL (change case lower) (N) • EDT Reference,
EDT-251
CHGU (change case upper) (N) • EDT Reference,
EDT-252
$CHKPRO • System Management, 3-27, SYS-45
System Services Ref, 3-27, SYS-45
CHME (Change Mode to Executive) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-184 to 9-185
CHMK (Change Mode to Kernel) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-184 to 9-185
CHMS (Change Mode to Supervisor) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-184 to 9-185
CHMU (Change Mode to User) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-184 to 9-185
CHNGCASE (EDT keypad function)• Text
Processing, 2-18
CHNGCASE (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-23
Cl (computer interconnect)
as DECnet line• Networking, 5-10
as V AXcluster connector• Networking, 1-12
as V AXcluster data link• Networking, 1-12,
2-27
cable• Networking, 1-12
circuit• Networking, 2-6
circuit device• Networking, 2-11
configuration• Networking, 1-5
controller• Networking, 2-11
driver• Networking, 2-11
end node• Networking, 2-27
environment for upgrading • Software
Installation, 6-8
line• Networking, 2-13
line device• Networking, 2-17
node addressing• Networking, 3-41
router• Networking, 2-27
Cl-750 device• Networking, 2-11, 2-14
Cl-780 device• Networking, 2-11, 2-14
Cl780 • VAXclusters, 1-2
CIF option• FOL Ref, FDL-20
Circuit• Networking, 1-1, 1-23
asynchronous DDCMP devices• Networking,
2-8
Cl (computer interconnect)• Networking, 2-6
commands• Networking, 3-39
cost• Networking, 2-29, 3-81

lndex-36

Circuit (cont'd.)
counters• Networking, 3-63 NCP Ref, NCP165, NCP-167
database• Networking, 3-2
DDCMP • Networking, 1-11 , 2-6, 3-43
definition• Networking, 2-6
determining cost• Networking, 3-82
device name• Networking, 3-39
devices• NCP Ref, NCP-178
OLM• Networking, 1-2, 2-13, 3-43, 3-58
Ethernet• Networking, 1-8, 2-6, 3-42, 3-43
identification• Networking, 3-39, 3-42
loopback test• Networking, 7-9
multiaccess • Networking, 2-7
multipoint control• Networking, 2-6
multipoint tributary• Networking, 2-6
name• Networking, 2-8
parameters• Networking, 3-43
point-to-point• Networking, 2-6
polling• Networking, 3-50
service• Networking, 4-2
service operations• Networking, 3-48
setting base priority• Networking, 3-51
states• Networking, 2-8, 3-47 NCP Ref,
NCP-180 to NCP-183
synchronous DDCMP devices• Networking,
2-8
timers• Networking, 3-48
transitions• NCP Ref, NCP-180 to NCP-183
types• Networking, 3-43
verification • System Security, 7-9
Networking, 3-49
virtual• Networking, 1-2, 1-3, 1-8, 1-11
X.25• Networking, 2-6, 2-13, 3-43, 3-57
Circuit counter summary• NCP Ref, NCP-165,
NCP-167
Circuit database
guidelines• System Security, 7-9
Circuit-level loopback test• Networking, 7-1
Ethernet• Networking, 7-13
CIRCUITS class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-21 to
SHCL-22
Circumflex (")
See also Logical predecessor
See Logical predecessor
Circumflex (_A) (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-253
Class types
component classes• Monitor Ref, MON-3
system classes • Monitor Ref, MON-3
Class-name qualifiers• Monitor Ref, MON-4

Index

Class-name qualifiers (cont'd.)
/ALL• Monitor Ref, MON-34
/A VERA GE• Monitor Ref, MON-34
/CPU• Monitor Ref, MON-52
/CURRENT• Monitor Ref, MON-34
/ITEM• Monitor Ref, MON-38, MON-62
/MAXIMUM• Monitor Ref, MON-34
/MINIMUM• Monitor Ref, MON-34
/PERCENT• Monitor Ref, MON-38
/TOPBIO • Monitor Ref, MON-59
/TOPCPU • Monitor Ref, MON-59
/TOPDIO • Monitor Ref, MON-59
/TOPFAULT• Monitor Ref, MON-59
Classes of data
description of• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-3
Clauses
summary of• CDU Ref, CDU-2 to CDU-3
CLEAR (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-119
CLEAR CIRCUIT command• NCP Ref, NCP-13
CLEAR EXECUTOR command• Networking, 3-23
NCP Ref, NCP-16
CLEAR EXECUTOR NODE command• NCP Ref,
NCP-20
description • Networking, 3-7
CLEAR LINE command• NCP Ref, NCP-21
CLEAR LOGGING command• NCP Ref, NCP-23
CLEAR LOGGING EVENTS command• NCP Ref,
NCP-25
CLEAR LOGGING NAME command• NCP Ref,
NCP-27
CLEAR MODULE X25-ACCESS command• NCP
Ref, NCP-28
CLEAR MODULE X25-PROTOCOL command• NCP
Ref, NCP-29
CLEAR MODULE X25-SERVER command• NCP
Ref, NCP-32
CLEAR MODULE X25-TRACE command• NCP
Ref, NCP-34
CLEAR MODULE X29-SERVER command• NCP
Ref, NCP-32
CLEAR NODE CIRCUIT command• NCP Ref,
NCP-39
CLEAR NODE command• Networking, 3-23, 7-5
NCP Ref, NCP-36
CLEAR OBJECT command• NCP Ref, NCP-40
/CLEAR qualifier
with the DISPLAY command• Debugger Ref,
DBG-130, DBG-208
CLEAR TIMER parameter• Networking, 3-36
Clearing

Clearing (cont'd.)
screen of video terminal • System Security,
3-43
CU (command language interpreter) • RTL Ref,
8-2
function of• CDU Ref, CDU-4
CU (command language interpreter) symbols•
RTL Ref, RTL-235
CU access procedures• RTL Ref, 8-3
$ATTACH (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-3
$DELETE_LOGICAL (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-3
$DELETE_SYMBOL (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-3
$DISABLE_CTRL (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-3
$DO_COMMAND (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-3
$ENABLE_CTRL (LIB) • RTL Ref, 8-3
$GET_FOREIGN (LIB) • RTL Ref, 8-3
$GET_SYMBOL (LIB) • RTL Ref, 8-3
$RUN_PROGRAM (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-3
$SET_LOGICAL (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-3
$SET_SYMBOL (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-3
$SP AWN (LIB) • RTL Ref, 8-3
CU routines
command string parsing • Util Routines Ref,
CLl-5 to CU-7
determine presence of entity in command
string • Util Routines Ref, CLl-12 to CLl-13
dispatch to action routine • Util Routines Ref,
CLl-8
example• Util Routines Ref, CLl-1 to CLl-4
CU symbols
get value of• RTL Ref, RTL-146
RTL routines• RTL Ref, RTL-75, RTL-146
CLl$_ABSENT• Programming, 7-16, 7-20
CLl$_COMMA • Programming, 7-20
CLl$_CONCAT • Programming, 7-20
CLl$_DEFAULTED• Programming, 7-16
CLl$_LOCNEG • Programming, 7-22
CLl$_LOCPRES • Programming, 7-21
CLl$_NEGA TED• Programming, 7-17
CLl$_PRESENT • Programming, 7-16
CLl$DCLPARSE• Programming, 7-25 CDU Ref,
CDU-19, CDU-50 Util Routines Ref, CLl-5 to
CLl-7
CLl$DISPATCH • Programming, 7-28 CDU Ref,
CDU-19, CDU-50 Util Routines Ref, CLl-8
CLl$GET_ ALUE. CDU Ref, CDU-19' CDU-49'
CDU-50 Util Routines Ref, CLl-9 to CLl-11
CLl$PRESENT • CDU Ref, CDU-19, CDU-49,
CDU-50 Util Routines Ref, CLl-12 to CLl-13

lndex-37

Index

CLISYMTBL system parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-61
/CUT ABLES qualifier
AUTHORIZE• System Security, 5-50, 5-80
Clock
to set system • System Management, 9-7
System Services Ref, . 9-7
Clock rate, LPA 11-K • 1/0 Ref I, 4-9
$CLOG (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-359
Close
library
LBR$ procedure• Programming, 9-78
CLOSE command• Command Procedures, 6-1
DCL Dictionary, DCL-178, DCL-179
See also OPEN command
using the /ERROR qualifier• Command
Procedures, 6-13
Close operation• Disk & Tape, 4-26, 4-27
Close service• RMS Ref, RMS-35
condition values• RMS Ref, RMS-36
See also Completion status codes
special cases• RMS Ref, A-2
function• RMS Ref, 4-1
CLOSE statement• Programming, 9-17
Closed user group
See CUG
Closing a file• Programming, 9-17
CLRB (Clear Byte) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-15
CLAD (Clear O_floating) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-106.
$CLREF • System Management, 4-4, SYS-51
System Services Ref, 4-4, SYS-51
CLRF (Clear F_floating) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-106
CLRG (Clear G_floating) instruction • MACRO Ref,
9-106
CLRH (Clear H_floating) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-106
CLRL (Clear Long) instruction • MACRO Ref, 9-15
CLRO (Clear Octa) instruction• MACRO Ref,· 9-15
CLRQ (Clear Quad) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-15
CLAW (Clear Word) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-15
CLSS (clear search string) (N) • EDT Reference,
EDT-254
Cluster
See VAXcluster
common system disk• Software Installation,
6-8

lndex-38

Cluster (cont'd.)
creation of• linker Ref, LINK-20, LINK-66,
LINK-68
current• linker Ref, LINK-70
default• linker Ref, LINK-66
definition of• File Applications, 1-5
dismounting volumes• DCL Dictionary, DCL276
empty•. linker Ref, LINK-69
event flag• System Management, 4-2 System
Services Ref, 4-2
for transfer vector• linker Ref, LINK-34
in a based image• linker Ref, LINK-19
memory allocation for• linker Ref, LINK-72
name• System Management, 4-8 System
Services Ref, 4-8
nf;!w features• Rel Notes, 6-2
order of processing• linker Ref, LINK-66,
LiNK-69
protection of• linker Ref, LINK-24
shareable image• linker Ref, LINK-65
CLUSTER class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-22 to
SHCL-23 · ·
Cluster manager
and security manager• System Security, 8-1
CLUSTER optior'i • Programming, 4-28
Cluster partitioning
prevention• VAXclusters, 2-5
/CLUSTER qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-14
CLUSTER report• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-3
default• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-4 to SHCL-5
classes• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-4 to
SHCL-5
display• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-5
description of• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-3
Cluster size
specifying on disk• DCL Dictionary, DCL-320
CLUSTER SYSGEN parameters• VAXclusters,
5-4 to 5-6
Cluster-accessible disk• VAXclusters, 4-1, 4-2
4-8
and MSCP server• VAXclusters, 4-2, 4-3
MASSBUS disk• VAXclusters, 4-2, 4-3
setting up• VAXclusters, 4-1
UDA disk• VAXclusters, 4-2, 4-3
UNIBUS disk• VAXclusters, 4-2, 4-3
Cluster-based shareable image• linker Ref,
LINK-73
Cluster-based user• linker Ref, LINK-73
Cluster-wide device

Index

Cluster-wide device (cont'd.)
dismounting• DCL Dictionary, DCL-276
CLUSTEFLSIZE attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-19
Clustering algorithm• Linker Ref, LINK-66
CLUSTRLOA symbol• SDA Ref, SDA-12
$CMEXEC • System Management, SYS-52
System Services Ref, SYS-52
CMEXEC privilege• System Security, A-3 Device
Driver, 14-2
$CMKRNL • System Management, SYS-54
System Services Ref, SYS-54
CMKRNL privilege• System Security, A-4
Networking, 5-2 Device Driver, 14-2 SDA
Ref, SDA-9
CMPB (Compare Byte) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-16
CMPC3 (Compare Characters 3 Operand)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-124 to 9-125
CMPC5 (Compare Characters 5 Operand)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-124 to 9-125
CMPD (Compare D_floating) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-107
CMPF (Compare F_floating) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-107
CMPG (Compare G_floating) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-107
CMPH (Compare H_floating) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-107
CMPL (Compare Long) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-16
$CMPLX (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-361
CMPP3 (Compare Packed 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-147
CMPP4 (Compare Packed 4 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-147
CMPV (Compare Field) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-39
CMPW (Compare Word) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-16
CMPZV (Compare Zero Extended Field) instruction
• MACRO Ref, 9-39
CNDRIVER• Networking, 5-5, 5-10
$CNTREG • System Management, SYS-55
System Services Ref, SYS-55
See also $DELTV A
Cntrl (condition value field) • Intro to Routines,
2-8
$CNV~IN_DEFG (FOR)• Rel Notes, F-19
$CNV_IN_I (FOR)• Rel Notes, F-13
$CNV_IN_L (FOR) • Rel Notes, F-15
$CNV_IN_O (FOR)• Rel Notes, F-17
$CNV_IN_Z (FOR)• Rel Notes, F-22

$CNV_OUT_I (FOR)• Rel Notes, F-9
$CNV_OUT_L (FOR)• Rel Notes, F-10
$CNV_OUT_O (FOR) • Rel Notes, F-11
$CNV_OUT_z. (FOR) • Rel Notes, F-12
COBOL intermediate temporary data type• Intro
to Routines, 2-17
Code
card reader• 1/0 Ref I, 2-7
controller• Software Installation, 4-12
device• Software Installation, 7-6, 7-37
device type• Software Installation, 4-12
If0-function • Device Driver, 9-5
Status• System Management, 2-14 System
Services Ref, 2-14
system service status return• Networking,
8-26, 8-42
unit address• Software Installation, 4-13
user identification (UIC) • Software Installation,
7-7
Code sharing
overview• Performance Management, 1-14
Collating sequence• Sort Ref, SORT-6
ASCII• Sort Ref, SORT-6, SORT-13, SORT-53
table of• Sort Ref, SORT-20
default• Sort Ref, SORT-6
EBCDIC• Sort Ref, SORT-6, SORT-13, SORT53
folding • Sort Ref, SORT-53
ignoring characters in • Sort Ref, SORT -53
modifying• Sort Ref, SORT-52, SORT-53
MULTINATIONAL• Sort Ref, SORT-6, SORT13, SORT-53
table of• Sort Ref, SORT-13
restriction in user-defined• Sort Ref, SORT-52
specifying in specification file• Sort Ref,
SORT-53
/COLLA TING_SEQUENCE qualifier• Sort Ref,
SORT-13, SORT-51
Collection interval• Monitor Ref, MON-24
Collision
password• System Security, 5-25
Collision detect
Ethernet• Networking, 1-9
Colon
as range delimiter• Debugger Ref, DBG-90
Colon(:)
in label field• MACRO Ref, 2-2
COM$DELA TTNAST • Device Driver, C-2
COM$DRVDEALMEM • Device Driver, C-3
COM$FLUSHA TTNS • Device Driver, C-4

lndex-39

Index

COM$POST• Device Driver, 8-24, C-5
COM$SET A TTNAST • Device Driver, C-6
Comma(, )
replacing as digit separator• RTL Ref, RTL-77
Command• Networking, 1-27
parsing
delete• Programming, 7-15
description• Programming, 7-1
format of debugger commands• Debugger Ref,
DBG-174
image• Programming, 7-1
input• Programming, 7-1
line• Programming, 7-23
name• Programming, 7-1
string • Debugger Ref, DBG-1 7 4
usage restrictions • System Security, 5-50
verb• Programming, 7-23
COMMAND (EDT keypad function)• Text
Processing, 2-18
COMMAN9 (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-25
Command definition file
creation of• CDU Ref, CDU-7 to CDU-16
for samplE! program • CDU Ref, CDU-49,
CDU-50
processing of• CDU Ref, CDU-17 to CDU-19
rules for formatting • CDU Ref, CDU-7
statements in• CDU Ref, CDU-7, CDU-20 to
CDU-39
syntax change definition• CDU Ref, CDU-9
verb definition • CDU Ref, CDU-8 · · ,
Command Definition Utility (CDU) • Rel Notes,
9-4
command definition file statements• CDU Ref,
CDU-20 to CDU-39
command language routines• CDU Ref, CDU19
command processing• CDU Ref, CDU-4 to
CDU-5
command tables• CDU Ref, CDU-5
creation of command definition file• CDU Ref,
CDU-7 to CDU-16
directing output• CDU Ref, CDU-2
disallowing entities• CDU Ref, CDU-11 to
CDU-16
examples• CDU Ref, CDU-49 to CDU-52
. format• CDU Ref, CDU-1
how to use• CDU Ref, CDU-5
identification of modules• CDU Ref, CDU-16
invoking• DCL Dictionary, DCL-549
new features• Rel Notes, 2-3

,II''

lndex-40

Command Definition Utility (CDU) (cont'd.)
overview• CDU Ref, CDU-1
processing the command definition file • CDU
Ref, CDU-17 to CDU-19
restriction• CDU Ref, CDU-2
SET COMMAND command qualifiers• CDU Ref,
CDU-1, CDU-40 to CDU-48
summary of statements and clauses• CDU Ref,
CDU-2 to CDU-3
syntax change definition• CDU Ref, CDU-9
usage summary• CDU Ref, CDU-1 to CDU-3
value definition • CDU Ref, CDU-10 to CDU-11
verb definition e. CDU Ref, CDU-8
Command file, running SUMSLP from a• SUMSLP
Ref, SUM-12
Command interpreter
evaluation of string• DCL Dictionary, DCL-97
replacement of undefined symbol • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-104
specification of alternate• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-425
steps in symbol substitution • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-101
to control error checking of• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-599
Command language routines• CDU Ref, CDU-4
See CLI routines
summary of• CDU Ref, CDU-19
use of• CDU Ref, CDU-49, CDU-50
Command level, definition• Command Procedures,
1-8
Command line
continuing to a second line • Command
Procedures, 1-4
deletion of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-8
examples• DSR Reference, 5-6
Command line examples• DSR Reference, 6-9
Command line qu~lifiers
See Command qualifiers
Command node• Networking, 4-2
Command packets, DR32 • 1/0 Ref II, 4-4
Command procedure•· Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-1,
5-1, 5-5 Networking, 8-5, 8-56 Software
Installation, 7-41 Patch Ref, PA TCH-6 to
PATCH-8, PATCH:37 to PATCH-38
accessing foreign volumes• Disk & Tape,
4-28
and ON command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-442
batch job• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-9
copying• Software Installation, 4-7, 4-1 O

Index

Command procedure (cont'd.)
created using CREA TE command • Patch Ref,
PA TCH-6, PA TCH-52
created using text editor• Patch Ref, PATCH-7
default file type• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-9
definition of• Debugger Ref, DBG-22
description of• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-9 to
SHCL-10
display of prompts in• DCL Dictionary, DCL338
displaying commands in• Debugger Ref,
DBG-23
DXCOPY • Software Installation, 4-27
editor-created• Debugger Ref, DBG-23
example• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-9
example for task-to-task operations•
Networking, 8-56
execution• DCL Dictionary, DCL-133
EXIT command in• Debugger Ref, DBG-177
file specification • Patch Ref, PA TCH-52
for object• Networking, 3-92
for starting object• Networking, 8-56
function of symbol name in • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-77
identification• Networking, 3-92
in DO command sequence• Debugger Ref,
DBG-22
label• DCL Dictionary, DCL-307
magnetic tape
restriction• Disk & Tape, 4-2
master• Software Installation, 7-35, 7-46
nesting• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-9
nesting of• Debugger Ref, DBG-23
parameters for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-133
passing symbol to interactively• DCL
Dictionary,, DCL-338
processing selected patches in • Patch Ref,
PATCH-37 to PATCH-38
resume execution of• DCL Dictionary, DCL183
setting up volumes• Disk & Tape, 3-31
disk• Disk & Tape, 3-31
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 3-33
SHOW_CLUSTER$1NIT • Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-9
ST ABACKIT • Software Installation, 4-23
submitting more than one• Command
Procedures, 8-3
symbol substitution in • DCL Dictionary, DCL97

Command procedure (cont'd.)
system building• Programming, 4-12
termination • DCL Dictionary, DCL-303
testing expressions• DCL Dictionary, DCL-315
to boot stand-alone BACKUP• Software
Installation, 4-27
to control error checking in • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-599
to copy files with DCL • Disk & Tape, 5-15
to delay processing of• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-796
to display command lines of• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-661
to enter in batch queue• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-778
to stop
and return to command ·1evel 0 • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-7 63
transferring control within • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-307
use of log file as• Debugger Ref, DBG-24
using DEFINE command in• Patch Ref,
PATCH-7
using symbolic references in• Patch Ref,
PA TCH-6 to PA TCH-8
using user-defined symbols in • Patch Ref,
PATCH-7
with backup operations• Disk & Tape, 6-34
Command procedures
common• VAXclusters, D-2
creating• VAXclusters, 2-7, 2:..0
execution of• VAXclusters, 2-7
invoking• VAXclusters, 2-6
on shared disks• VAXclusters, 2-6
setting up• VAXclusters, 2-9
SYLOGIN.COM • VAXclusters, 2-9
coordinating• VAXclusters, 2-1, 2-6 to 2-10
debugger• Programming, 5-4 1
declaring parameters to• Debugger Ref, DBG167
for setting up disks • VAXclusters, 4-15 to
4-21
for setting up queues• VAXclusters, 3-11 to
3-19
node-specific• VAXclusters, 2-9
startup• VAXclusters, D-1 , D-2
system-specific• VAXclusters, D-1, D-2
Command processing• Linker Ref, LINK-66
Command prompting
See Prompt syntax
/COMMAND qualifier• Text Processing, 11-2

lndex-41

Index

Command qualifiers• DSR Reference, 5-3 Backup
Ref, BACKUP-18 to BACKUP-39 SDA Ref,
SDA-10
/INTERMEDIATE• DSR Reference, 6-5
Command recall• DCL Dictionary, DCL-9
Command string• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-9
Exchange Ref, EXCH-5
entities in• CDU Ref, CDU-4
processing of• CDU Ref, CDU-4 to CDU-5
Command symbol
See Symbol
Command syntax• Backup Ref, BACKUP-5
DTS/DTR Ref, DTS-3
See Syntax
changing• Programming, 7-9
defining • Programming, 7-1
Command table
adding commands to• CDU Ref, CDU-6,
CDU-17, CDU-45
create• Programming, 7-12
creating a new table• CDU Ref, CDU-18
creating object module for• CDU Ref, CDU-6
DCL• Programming, 7-12
deleting commands from• CDU Ref, CDU-18,
CDU-41
input table• CDU Ref, CDU-4 7
listing file for• CDU Ref, CDU-42
modify• Programming, 7-12
object module for• CDU Ref, CDU-18, CDU43
output file• CDU Ref, CDU-44
process. table• CDU Ref, CDU-5
system table• CDU Ref, CDU-5
user-defined • Programming, 7-13
Command terminal, heterogeneous• Networking,
1-4, 1-27, 8-1
Command, DCL
RUN• Debugger Ref, DBG-13
Command, debugger
CTRL/Z • Debugger Ref, DBG-1
@file-spec• Debugger Ref, DBG-177
Commands• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-8 Exchange
Ref, EXCH-5 Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-18 to
SHCL-60
abbreviating• DSR Reference, 1-4 SDA Ref,
SDA-10
cancellation• DCL Dictionary, DCL-8
command qualifiers• DCL Dictionary, DCL-21
rules for entering• DCL Dictionary, DCL-20
comment• DCL Dictionary, DCt-17 SDA Ref,
SDA-10

lndex-42

Commands (cont'd.)
continuation of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-17
defaults• DSR Reference, 1-4
DSR• DSR Reference, 1-1
enter DCL • DCL Dictionary, DCL-3
entering• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-8
for Analyze/RMS_File Utility• File Applications,
9-14
for Edit/FOL Utility• File Applications, 3-4
for setting up queues
See DCL commands
format of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-15 DSR
Reference, 1-2 SDA Ref, SDA-10
interactive• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-16
multiple• DSR Reference, 1-2
Network Control Program (NCP)
functions~ Networking, 3-4
keywords• Networking, 3-4
parameters• SDA Ref, SDA-10
file specification • DCL Dictionary, DCL-19
parts of• DSR Reference, 1-2
prompt• DCL Dictionary, DCL-4
~emote execution of• Networking, 3-7
rules
for abbreviating keywords• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-18
for abbreviating parameters• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-18
for abbreviating qualifier values• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-18
for abbreviating qualifiers • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-18
for abbreviation • DCL Dictionary, DCL-18
for entering• DCL Dictionary, DCL-15,
DCL-16
for entering qualifier• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-21
RUNOFF /INDEX• DSR Reference, 6-5
separating arguments• DSR Reference, 1-3
symbol
to display• DCL Dictionary, DCL-730
synonym
to display• DCL Dictionary, DCL-730
syntax• Networking, 3-6
syntax rules• DCL Dictionary, DCL-15, DCL16, DCL-17, DCL-18
target• DCL Dictionary, DCL-183
terminating• DSR Reference, 1-3
to. open files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-446

Index

Commands, repeating of• Debugger Ref, DBG224
Comment
entering• Patch Ref, PA TCH-28
format of• Debugger Ref, DBG-175
formatting source program• Programming,
4-3
in FOL files• FOL Ref, FDL-39
on command lines• DCL Dictionary, DCL-17
Comment character (I)• Command Procedures,
1-3
Comment characters
DIFFERENCES command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-258
Comment delimiter
DIFFERENCES command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-257
Comment flag
default• DSR Reference, 3-9
description• DSR Reference, 3-9
pairing• DSR Reference, 3-9
recognizing• DSR Reference, 2-46
Comment lines
help files• Librarian Ref, LIB-8
/COMMENT qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKUP-62
Monitor Ref, MON-19 Mount Ref, MOUNT15
COMMON (FORTRAN)• Programming, 1-12
Common block• Programming, 1-12, 2-10, 4-20
align• Programming, 9-22
BLOCK DAT A• Programming, 1-15
contents• Programming, 1-12
initializing• Programming, 1-15
installing • Programming, 3-46
interprocess• Programming, 3-46
passing• Programming, 1-36
uses• Programming, 1-13
Common command procedures
creating• VAXclusters, 2-7, 2-8
Common database
authorization
benefits for VAXcluster security• System
Security, 8-2
Common event flag• Programming, 3-20
Common event flag cluster• System
Management, 4-5 System Services Ref,
4-5
permanent• Programming, 3-24
temporary• Programming, 3-24
Common file

Common file (cont'd.)
job controller• VAXc/usters, 3-1
system• VAXclusters, 2-11
COMMON statement
array processing• Programming, 6-29
record processing• Programming, 6-42
COMMON statement (FORTRAN)• Programming,
2-10
Common system disk
on cluster• Software Installation, 6-8
common system disk• VAXclusters, C-1
Communication
interprocess• System Management, 8-7, 8-10
System Services Ref, 8-7, 8-10
task-to-task• Networking, 1-4, 1-26, 8-1
$COMPARE (STA)• RTL Ref, 2-16, RTL-642
Compare operation (BACKUP)• Disk & Tape,
6-6, 6-31
/COMPARE qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKUP-21
$COMPARE_EQL (STA)• RTL Ref, 2-16, RTL644
$COMPARE_MULTl (STR) • RTL Ref, RTL-645
Comparing files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-255
Backup Ref, BACKUP-11, BACKUP-21
disk files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-174
example• Backup Ref, BACKUP-11
Comparison
of characters in records • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-256
of SYSUAF .DAT• VAXclusters, A-1
Comparison of file organizations• File
Applications, 2-25
Compatibility mode handler• System
Management, 10-6 System Services Ref,
10-6
declaring• System Management, SYS-103
System Services Ref, SYS-103
Compile
development system_• Programming, 4-5
listing• Programming, 4-36
production system• Programming, 4-6
program• Programming, 4-4
Compiler• Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-2
restricting use with ACLs • System Security,
5-70
Compiler listing
example of• Debugger Ref, DBG-77
line numbers in • Debugger Ref, DBG-107
obtaining of• Debugger Ref, DBG-76
Compiler optimization • Debugger Ref, DBG-123

lndex-43

Index

Compiling message source file• Message Ref,
MSG-8
Complement operator• MACRO Ref, 3-14
Completion
lock• System Management, 12-8 System
Services Ref, 12-8
of 1/0 or lock request• System Management,
7-3 System Services Ref, 7-3
status• System Management, 7-7 System
Services Ref, 7-7Completion code• System Management, 2-14
System Services Ref, 2-14
Completion codes
signaling in VAX MACRO• RMS Ref, 3-10
using the Debugger• RMS Ref, A-2
Completion routines
conventions• RMS Ref, 3-8
service macro argument• RMS Ref, 3-8
Completion status• Rel Notes, B-21, B-23
Completion status code field
function • RMS Ref, 2-6
in FAB• RMS Ref, 5-26
in RAB• RMS Ref, 7-16
severity codes• RMS Ref, 2-7
Completion status codes
descriptions• RMS Ref, A-8 to A-17
hexadecimal values• RMS Ref, A-2 to A-7
recovery strategies• RMS Ref, A-1
using• RMS Ref, A-1
using debugger with• RMS Ref, A-2
Completion status value field• File Applications,
4-18
COMPLEX data type• Programming, 6-7
Complex number• Programming, 6-7
constant• Programming, 6-7
Complex numbers• RTL Ref, 4-3, RTL-372,
RTL-374, RTL-382, RTL-391
absolute value of• RTL Ref, RTL-353
conjugate of• RTL Ref, RTL-363
cosine of• RTL Ref, RTL-355
division of• RTL Ref, RTL-440
exponential• RTL Ref, RTL-357
make from floating-point• RTL Ref, RTL-361
multiplication of• RTL Ref, RTL-447
natural logarithm of• RTL Ref, RTL-359
COMPLEX•16 data type• Programming, 6-7
COMPLEX•8 data type• Programming, 6-7
Component• Networking, 3-1
keyword• Networking, 3-116

lndex-44

Composed input• Programming, 8-39
COMPRESS command• Mail Ref, MAIL-26
/COMPRESS qualifier• Librarian Ref, LIB-15
used with /OUTPUT• Librarian Ref, LIB-35
Compression• File Applications, 2-49 FOL Ref,
FDL-7, FDL-28
in indexed files• File Applications, 2-32, 2-49
key• File Applications, 2-49
negative values• FOL Ref, FDL-6
of data record• FOL Ref, FDL-27
performance• File Applications, 2-50
within data record • FOL Ref, FDL-6
within primary key• FOL Ref, FDL-6, FDL-27
Compute-bound process
controlling growth • Performance Management,
4-14
curtailing• Performance Management, 4-13
suspending • Performance Management, 4-13
Computer interconnect
See Cl
Computer interconnect (Cl)• VAXclusters, 1-2
$CONCA T (STR) • RTL Ref, 5-9, RTL-64 7
Concatenate
character strings • Programming, 6-16
CONCA TENA TE clause
for VALUE clause• CDU Ref, CDU-25, CDU-34
Concatenating rooted directory specifications •
File Applications, 5-21 to 5-23
Concatenation
of files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-187, DCL-190
of input files• Convert Ref, CONV-1
of strings• DCL Dictionary, DCL-86
of symbol names• DCL Dictionary, DCL-99
Concealed device• DCL Dictionary, DCL-65
Concealed device name• File Applications, 4-10
Condition
definition of• Intro to Routines, 2-37
signaling a• Intro to Routines, 2-40
Condition code• Programming, 10-2 MACRO
Ref, 8-11 to 8-12, 9-5
as symbol $SEVERITY• Command Procedures,
7-2
as symbol $ST A TUS • Command Procedures,
7-1
carry (C) • MACRO Ref, 8-11
chaining • Programming, 10-32
defining • Programming, 10-10
definition • Command Procedures, 7-1
ERRSNS • Programming, 10-19

Index

Condition code (cont'd.)
FORTRAN error code• Programming, 10-19
modifying • Programming, 10-30
negative (N) • MACRO Ref, 8-12
overflow (V) • MACRO Ref, 8-12
signaling• Programming, 10-6
SS$_EXQUOT A• Programming, 10-5
SS$_NOPRIV • Programming, 10-5
zero (Z)• MACRO Ref, 8-12
Condition Code and Message• Programming,
10-2
Condition handler• Intro to Routines, 2-38 RTL
Ref, 7-12
See also signal argument vector
argument list• System Management, 10-9
System Services Ref, 10-9
arithmetic• Programming, 10-37
catch-all • RTL Ref, 7-14
condition code• Programming, 10-25
course of action• System Management, 1012 System Services Ref, 10-12
debugging• Programming, 10-29
default• RTL Ref, 7-13
deleting a• Intro to Routines, 2-40
establish• RTL Ref, RTL-92
establishing• Programming, 10-22
establishing a• Intro to Routines, 2-40
establishment of• RTL Ref, 7-20
example• System Management, 10-12
System Services Ref, 10-12
execution of• Debugger Ref, DBG-3 7
exiting• Programming, 10-26
interaction between default and user-supplied
handlers• RTL Ref, 7-15
interaction with default handler • Intro to
Routines, 2-41
last-chance• RTL Ref, 7-14
mechanism array• Programming, 10-24
multiple active signals• Intro to Routines,
2-46
operations involving a• Intro to Routines,
2-39
options• Intro to Routines, 2-39
parameters and invocation • Intro to Routines,
2-42
properties of a• Intro to Routines, 2-42
register values• Intro to Routines, 2-46
returning from a• Intro to Routines, 2-44
signal array• Programming, 10-23
software supplied• RTL Ref, 7-13

Condition handler (cont'd.)
specification of• System Management, 10-7
System Services Ref, 10-7
traceback• RTL Ref, 7-13
use of• Programming, 10-21, 10-29
user supplied • RTL Ref, 7-13
writing• Programming, 10-22
writing of• RTL Ref, 7-20
to continue• RTL Ref, 7-21
to resignal• RTL Ref, 7-21
to unwind• RTL Ref, 7-21
Condition handling• RTL Ref, 7-2
See also Condition handler
See also Condition Handling Facility
See also Condition value
See also Exception
See also Exception condition
See also Message utility
See also Signaling
arithmetic• Programming, 10-37
condition handler• Programming, 10-22
continuing • RTL Ref, 7-14
default• Programming, 10-7
displaying messages• RTL Ref, 7-16
FORTRAN 1/0 errors• Programming, 10-17
handlers• Programming, 10-20
Last-chance exception vectors• Programming,
10-21
logging error messages• RTL Ref, 7-4
logging error messages to a file• RTL Ref,
7-27
Primary exception vectors• Programming,
10-20
resignaling • Programming, 10-27 RTL Ref,
7-14
return status• Programming, 10-4
returning to other locations• Programming,
10-27
Secondary exception vectors• Programming,
' 10-21
services for• System Management, 10-1
System Services Ref, 10-1
signal• Programming, 10-6
stack traceback• RTL Ref, 7-4
stack unwind• RTL Ref, 7-4, 7-14
unwinding• Programming, 10-27
user-defined messages• RTL Ref, 7-4
Condition Handling Facility• RTL Ref, 7-19
definition of• RTL Ref, 7-2
function of• RTL Ref, 7-3

lndex-45

Index

Condition Handling Standard, VAX• Intro to
Routines, 2-37
Condition identification (condition value field) •
Intro to Routines, 2-7
/CONDITION qualifier• Sort Ref, SORT-56
Condition value• System Management, 2-14
System Services Ref, 2-14 RTL Ref, 2-5,
2-15, 7-5 to 7-7, 7-24, RTL-184 RMS Ref,
2-6
See also Completion status codes
definition of a• Intro to Routines, 2-3
fields to describe• Intro to Routines, 2-7
high-level language• System Management,
2-19 System Services Ref, 2-19
information• System Management, 2-15
System Services Ref, 2-15
severity• RTL Ref, 7-6
signaling convention• RMS Ref, 2-7
symbols for• Intro to Routines, 2-9
testing• System Management, 2-16 System
Services Ref, 2-16
use of• Intro to Routines, 2-10
Condition value, definition of a
in VAX Calling Standard• Intro to Routines,
2-3
Condition value, in VAX Calling Standard• Intro to
Routines, 2-7
Condition, definition of a• Intro to Routines, 2-37
Condition-handling services• System
Management, 10-1 System Services Re(,
10-1
/CONDITION_ VALUE qualifier• Debugger Ref,
DBG-210, DBG-214
Conditional assembly block directives
.ENDC • MACRO Ref, 6-26
.IF• MACRO Ref, 6-39 to 6-41
listing unsatisfied code• MACRO Ref, 6-87
Conditional commands
.ELSE• DSR Reference, 2-66
.ENDIF• DSR Reference, 2-66
example• DSR Reference, 2-68, 2-131
.IF• DSR Reference, 2-66
.IF NOT• DSR Reference, 2-66
Conditional execution• Programming, 2-15
Conditional logic
block IF• Programming, 2-17
exclusive conditional• Programming, 2-18
inclusive IF• Programming, 2-21
multiple conditions• Programming, 2-16
nesting• Programming, 2-24
single condition• Programming, 2-16, 2-17

lndex-46

Conditional tests• Sort Ref, SORT-5 7
Conditions
for exception• System Management, 10-1
System Services Ref, 10-1
special return• System Management, 2-13
System Services Ref, 2-13
Conduit
application for network security• System
Security, 7-6
Conference call • Phone Ref, PHONE-3
Configuration
automatic• Networking, 1-22 Device Driver,
14-13
driver control of• Device Driver, 14-20
batch queue• VAXclusters, 3-7
Cl (computer interconnect)• Networking, 1-5
database• Networking, 1-18, 3-1
displaying information about• Device Driver,
14-11
end node• Networking, 2-22
Ethernet• Networking, 1-5, 1-6
for area routing• Networking, A-1
guidelines for area routing• Networking, A-2
guidelines for system• Networking, 5-33 to
5-42
how many units to include in the • Device
Driver, 14-20
multipoint• Networking, 1-5, 1-10
NETCONFIG.COM • Networking, 1-22, 5-6 to
5-10
network• Networking, 1-5, 5-1
of a DDCMP multipoint network• Networking,
5-15
of a DDCMP point-to-point network•
Networking, 5-13, 5-18
of a DECnet-VAX node• Networking, 1-22
of a OLM (data link mapping) network•
Networking, 5-22
of a multiple-area network• Networking, 1-2,
A-3
of a PSI DTE• Networking, 1-20, 1-23, 2-5
of a single-area network• Networking, 1-2
of an Ethernet network• Networking, 5-20
of an X.25 multihost mode network•
Networking, 5-28
of an X.25 native-mode network• Networking,
5-26
point-to-point• Networking, 1-5, 1-10
prerequisites• Networking, 5-_1
printer queue• VAXclusters, 3-2

Index

Configuration (cont'd.)
procedure examples• Networking, 5-12 to
5-32
procedure for automatic• Networking, 5-6 to
5-10
required privileges• Networking, 5-2
routing considerations• Networking, 2-18
rules for• Device Driver, 14-22
sample Phase IV DECnet-VAX• Networking,
1-6
typical V AXcluster • Networking, 1-12
UNIBUS example• Device Driver, 14-23
VAX PSI• Networking, 1-6, 5-1, 5-2
Configuration database• Networking, 2-1, 5-6,
5-12
circuit entry• Networking, 2-8
DECnet-VAX• Networking, 1-22, 3-2
line entry• Networking, 2-13
logging entry• Networking, 2-41
node entry• Networking, 2-2, 3-6
VAX PSI• Networking, 1-23, 3-4
X.25 access module entry• Networking, 2-6
X.25 protocol module entry• Networking, 2-4
X.25 server module entry• Networking, 2-37
Configuration-control block
See ACF
Configurator module
disabling surveillance • Networking, 3-56
enabling surveillance• Networking, 3-54
Ethernet• Networking, 1-23, 2-12, 3-54
NICONFIG • Networking, 1-20
CONFIGURE command• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-16
/CONFIRM qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKUP-43
Verify Ref, VER-5
CONINTERR
see connect-to-interrupt driver
$CONJG (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-363
Conjugate of complex number• RTL Ref, RTL363
CONNECT attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-3, FDL-10
CONNECT command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-180
DTS/DTR Ref, DTS-6 1/0 Ref I, 8-14
CONNECT CONSOLE command• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-21
Connect console volume
how to• VAXclusters, C-1 Software
Installation, 4-6, 4-9
CONNECT NODE command• Networking, 4-29
NCP Ref, NCP-42

CONNECT NODE command (cont'd.)
PHYSICAL ADDRESS parameter• Networking,
4-29
SERVICE CIRCUIT parameter• Networking,
4-29
SERVICE PASSWORD parameter• Networking,
4-29
CONNECT primary
ASYNCHRONOUS attribute• File Applications,
8-11, 8-20, 8-24, 8-28, 8-29
DELETE_ON_CLOSE attribute • File
Applications, 8-16
END_OF_FILE attribute• File Applications,
8-14
FAST_DELETE attribute• File Applications,
8-12, 8-17, 8-29
FILLBUCKETS attribute • File Applications,
8-18, 8-25
GLOBALBUFFEFLCOUNT attribute• File
Applications, 8-12
KEY_GAEA TEFLEOUAL attribute • File
Applications, 7-8, 7-9, 8-17, 8-21
KEY_GAEA TEFLTHAN attribute• File
Applications, 7-8, 7-9, 8-17, 8-21
KEY_LIMIT attribute• File Applications, 8-18,
8-21
KEY_OF_REFERENCE attribute• File
Applications, 8-17, 8-21
LOCA TE_MODE attribute• File Applications,
8-12, 8-21
LOCILON_READ attribute• File Applications,
6-15, 8-22
LOCILON_WRITE attribute• File Applications,
6-15, 8-22, 8-25
MANUALLOCKING attribute• File
Applications, 8-22
MANUALUNLOCKING attribute• File
Applications, 6-14, 6-16
MULTIBLOCILCOUNT attribute • File
Applications, 2-42, 6-26, 8-12
MULTIBUFFEFLCOUNT attribute• File
Applications, 2-42, 2-45, 2-59, 6-25,
6-26, 6-27, 6-28, 8-13
NOLOCK attribute• File Applications, 6-15,
8-20
NONEXISTENT_RECORD attribute• File
Applications, 6-15, 7-8, 8-22
READ_AHEAD attribute• File Applications,
8-13, 8-22
READ_REGARDLESS attribute• File
Applications, 6-16, 8-22

lndex-47

Index

CONNECT primary (cont'd.)
TIMEOUT_PERIOD attribute• File Applications,
6-16, 8-23, 8-26
TRUNCA TE_ON_PUT attribute • File
Applications, 8-14, 8-26
UPDATE_IF attribute• File Applications, 7-6,
8-15, 8-27
WAIT_FOFL.RECORD attribute• File
Applications, 6-16, 8-24
WRITE_BEHIND attribute• File Applications,
8-13, 8-27
Connect service• File Applications, 7-3 RMS Ref,
RMS-37
and asynchronous operations• File
Applications, 7-21
and next record• File Applications, 7-17, 7-18
condition values• RMS Ref, RMS-39
See also Completion status codes
function• RMS Ref, 4-14
CONNECT VIA command• Networking, 4-29
NCP Ref, NCP-43
Connect-to-interrupt driver (CONINTERR) • Rel
Notes, C-8, C-17, C-19, C-21
Connect-to-interrupt feature• Rel Notes, C-5
CONNECT/ ADAPTER=adapter-spec command•
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-18
CONNECT /CONTINUE command• System
Security, 3-44
CONNECT /NO ADAPTER command• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-20
Connecting a symbiont with a device• Util
Routines Ref, SMB-5
Connection manager• VAXclusters, 1-5, 5-1 to
5-4, 8-1
handling of state transitions• VAXclusters,
5-11
messages• VAXclusters, B-1
CONNECTIONS class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL23 to SHCL-24
Connector node
See X.25
Console commands
BOOT• Software Installation, 2-2
DEPOSIT• Software Installation, 2-2
HALT• Software Installation, 2-2
Console dialog• Software Installation, 7-3, 7-14,
7-17, 7-18
Console disk (RXO 1) • 1/0 Ref /, 3-5
Console floppy
inserting• Software Installation, 2-13
Console mode

lndex-48

Console mode (cont'd.)
console subsystem• Software Installation, 2-1
entering• Software Installation, 2-2, 2-12, 4-2
Console prompt• Software Installation, 2-2, 4-2
Console report• Software Installation, 7-14
error message• Software Installation, 7-17,
7-21
format• Software Installation, 7-17
Console subsystem• Software Installation, 2-1
components• Software Installation, 2-1
console mode• Software Installation, 2-1
operating modes• Software Installation, 2-1
program mode• Software Installation, 2-1
Console terminal• Software Installation, 2-12 1/0
Ref/, 8-1
Console volume
build to boot from SYSF • Software Installation,
6-10, 6-14
building new site-specific• Software
Installation, 6-10, 6-13
Constant• Programming, 6-2
character• Programming, 6-14, 6-18
complex number• Programming, 6-7
hexadecimal • Programming, 6-19
Hollerith• Programming, 6-21
integer• Programming, 6-5
logical• Programming, 6-12
octal• Programming, 6-20
real number• Programming, 6-6
Constructing messages• Message Ref, MSG-3
Contents
producing table• DSR Reference, 5-1
Context
of symbol• DCL Dictionary, DCL-82
context argument
using with reentrancy • Util Routines Ref,
SOR-4
CONTEXT attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-11, FDL-19
Context field
in XABPRO • RMS Ref, 12-2
Context modes• Patch Ref, PA TCH-18
See also Entry and display mode
Contiguity• File Applications, 2-34, 2-56, 9-36
CONTIGUOUS attribute• File Applications, 2-34,
2-56, 3-41 FOL Ref, FDL-8, FDL-19
Contiguous best try option• File Applications,
3-41
Contiguous option • File Applications, 3-4 1
/CONTIGUOUS qualifier• Linker Ref, LINK-119
Sort Ref, SORT-41

Index

CONTIN.SYS • Disk & Tape, A-4
Continuation character (-) • Command Procedures,
1-4 DCL Dictionary, DCL-17
in source statement• MACRO Ref, 2-1
Continuation file• Disk & Tape, A-4
Continuation line
source program• Programming, 4-2
Continuation of command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-17
Continuation of program execution
after an exception break• Debugger Ref,
DBG-37
with CALL• Debugger Ref, DBG-31, DBG-179
with GO• Debugger Ref, DBG-31 , DBG-221
with STEP• Debugger Ref, DBG-27
Continuation volume
mounting• Disk & Tape, 3-25
CONTINUE command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-183
Debugger Ref, DBG-25
Continuing execution
of an image• DCL Dictionary, DCL-183
of command procedure• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-183
of DCL command • DCL Dictionary, DCL-183
of program • DCL Dictionary, DCL-183
/CONTINUOUS qualifier• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-14
Control
interprocess• System Management, 8-7
System Services Ref, 8-7
of access to files• VAXclusters, 2-11
of line traffic• Networking, 3-69
of logical link activity• Networking, 2-31,
3-87
of logins• VAXc/usters, 2-11
of mail• VAXclusters, 2-11
of proxy login access• VAXclusters, 2-11
of tributaries• Networking, 3-50
resource• System Management, 8-6 System
Services Ref, 8-6
station • Networking, 1-10, 2-9
CONTROL access• System Security, 4-8
See Access
and FAL account• System Security, 7-8
and READ ALL privilege• System Security,
4-10
changing directory protection • System
Security, 4-15
meaning for directory file• System Security,
4-12

CONTROL access (cont'd.)
meaning for disk file• System Security, 4-11
meaning for volume• System Security, 4-14
meaning in ACL • System Security, 4-28
Control actions
inhibit• Programming, 8-55
Control and Status Register (CSR)
DR 11-W • 1/0 Ref II, 3-3
Control blocks• Device Driver, 1-7 FDL Ref,
FDL-3
for file services• RMS Ref, 1-2
for record services• RMS Ref, 1-3
macros• RMS Ref, 3-2
purpose of• RMS Ref, 1-2, 1-4
symbolic bit offset• RMS Ref, 2-3
symbolic constant value• RMS Ref, 2-3
symbolic naming conventions• RMS Ref, 2-2
symbolic naming exceptions• RMS Ref, 2-3
symbolic offsets• RMS Ref, 2-2
types of macros• RMS Ref, 3-1
use with VAX languages• RMS Ref, 2-1
.CONTROL CHARACTERS• DSR Reference, 2-14
Control characters• Phone Ref, PHONE-3
CTRL/Y • Programming, 5-3
list of• 1/0 Ref/, B-1
terminal • 1/0 Ref /, 8-3 to 8-7, 8-9
Control flag
default• DSR Reference, 3-10
definition• DSR Reference, 1-2
description• DSR Reference, 3-10
recognizing• DSR Reference, 2-4 7
Control information• Programming, 1-15
flag• Programming, 1-16
global symbols• Programming, 1-15
indicative value• Programming, 1-17
mask• Programming, 1-16
Control instructions• MACRO Ref, 9-43 to 9-62
Control mask• Device Driver, 9-6
Control region
adding page to• System Management, SYS140 System Services Ref, SYS-140
deleting page from• System Management,
SYS-55 System Services Ref, SYS-55
Control region (P 1) • System Management, 11-2
System Services Ref, 11-2
Control routines
See also Completion status codes
SYS$RMSRUNDWN • RMS Ref, RMS-113
condition values• RMS Ref, RMS-114

lndex-49

Index

Control routines (cont'd.)
SYS$SETDDIR • RMS Ref, RMS-115
condition values• RMS Ref, RMS-115
SYS$SETDFPROT • RMS Ref, RMS-116
condition values• RMS Ref, RMS-116
Control sequences
terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-8
CONTROLFIELD_SIZE attribute• File
Applications, 3-39 FOL Ref, FDL-33, FDL-34
$CONTROLMODE (SMG) • RTL Ref, 3-19,
RTL-491
Controller• Software Installation, 7-35, 7-36
access to• Device Driver, 9-3
code• Software Installation, 4-12
data channel• Device Driver, 9-3, 9-8
releasing• Device Driver, 12-3
dedicated• Device Driver, 3-24, 5-6, 11-8,
12-3
designation• Software Installation, 7-37
enabling interrupts on • Device Driver, 13-1
initialization • Device Driver, 14-7
maximum units attached to a• Device Driver,
14-7
multiunit • Device Driver, 5-6
number of units created for a • Device Driver,
7-5
number of units supported by a • Device Driver,
7-5
obtaining control of a MASSBUS • Device
Driver, G-8
phase
See UETPHASOO.EXE
shared• Device Driver, 3-24
with several devices• Device Driver, 9-3
with single device• Device Driver, 9-3
Controller designator• Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-5
Controller interrupt
enabling • Device Driver, 13-1
Controller loopback test• Networking, 7-9, 7-11
Controller-initialization routine• Device Driver,
9-5, 13-3, 14-10, 1-14
address of• Device Driver, . 7-3
input• Device Driver, 13-4
Controlling quota checking•. Mount Ref, MOUNT31
Controlling the display• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL7 to SHCL-11
refreshing the screen • Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-10
CONV routines

lndex-50

CONV routines (cont'd.)
examples• Util Routines Ref, CONV-1 to
CONV-7
CONV$CONVERT • Util Routines Ref, CONV-8
CONV$PASS_FILES • Util Routines Ref, CONV11
CONV$PASS_OPTIONS • Util Routines Ref,
CONV-13
CONV$RECLAIM • Util Routines Ref, CONV-16
CONV$RECLAIM routine• Convert Ref, CONV-7
Conventions
call• System Management, 2-1 System
Services Ref, 2-1
Conversation text• Phone Ref, PHONE-3
Conversational bootstrap• VAXclusters, 5-1 O
Conversion• Convert Ref, CONV-4
automatic• Programming, 6-25
binary text to unsigned integer• RTL Ref,
RTL-424
character• Programming, 6-24
data• Programming, 6-22
formatted• Programming, 6-24
Hexadecimal text to unsigned integer• Rel
Notes, F-22
hexadecimal text to unsigned integer• RTL Ref,
RTL-437
input data • Programming, 8-8
integer to binary text• RTL Ref, RTL-413
integer to FORTRAN L format• Rel Notes,
F-10 RTL Ref, RTL-417
Integer to Hexadecimal • Rel Notes, F-12
integer to hexadecimal• RTL Ref, RTL-422
Integer to Octal• Rel Notes, F-11
lock• System Management, 12-9 System
Services Ref, 12-9
lowercase to uppercase• Programming, 8-55
numeric• Programming, 6-23
numeric text to floating-point• Rel Notes, F-19
.
RTL Ref, RTL-434
of operands in expression• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-85
of VFC records • Convert Ref, CONV-17
timer service• System Management, 9-1
System Services Ref, 9-1
unsigned decimal to integer• RTL Ref, RTL432
Unsigned octal to signed integer• Rel Notes,
F-17
unsigned octal to signed integer• RTL Ref,
RTL-430
CONVERT
See Convert Utility

Index

CONVERT command• DCL Dictionary, OCL-185
Convert numeric next to binary• RTL Ref, RTL-42
Convert routines
See CONV routines
$CONVERT routine• File Applications, 3-32
creating data files• FDL Ref, FOL-39
$PASS_FILES routine• File Applications, 3-32
$PASS_OPTIONS routine • File Applications,
3-32
Convert Utility (CONVERT)• File Applications,
1-18, 0..:11 Convert Ref, CONV-1, CONV-2
FDL Ref, FOL-5
and exceptions file• VAXclusters, A-2, A-3
and non-file-structured volumes• Disk & Tape,
5-9
appending a remote file• Convert Ref, CONV31
comparison with RMSCNV • Convert Ref,
CONV-5
comparison with RMSIFL • Convert Ref,
CONV-5
converting a carriage control to stream •
Convert Ref, CONV-32
converting a remote file• Convert Ref, CONV31
converting carriage control formats• Convert
Ref, CONV-3
creating data files• File Applications, 3-24,
3-25 FDL Ref, FOL-39
creating output files• Convert Ref, CONV-3
OCL qualifiers• Convert Ref, CONV-7 to
CONV-30
directing output• Convert Ref, CONV-2
establishing RF As• Convert Ref, CONV-7
examples• Convert Ref, CONV-30 to CONV32
converting a carriage control file to variablelength • Convert Ref, CONV-32
converting fixed format to variable-length•
Convert Ref, CONV-32
converting record formats• Convert Ref,
CONV-31
improving a file's performance• Convert
Ref, CONV-31
reorganizing a remote file• Convert Ref,
CONV-31
exception conditions• Convert Ref, CONV-4
exiting• Convert Ref, CONV-2
FOL output data file• FDL Ref, FOL-39
invocation• DCL Dictionary, OCL-185
invoking• Convert Ref, CONV-2

Convert Utility (CONVERT) (cont'd.)
library routine• FDL Ref, FOL-39
loading output files• Convert Ref, CONV-3
making file contiguous• File Applications,
9-37
.
new features• Rel Notes, 2-4
optimizing data files• File Applications, 9-36
populating a file• File Applications, 3-32
reorganizing files• File Applications, 9-38
reorganizing noncontiguous files• File
Applications, 2-59, 9-37
restrictions• Convert Ref, CONV-2
to merge SYSUAF.OAT files• VAXclusters,
A-2
with corrupted files• File Applications, 9-1,
9-2
with OECnet-V AX• Convert Ref, CONV-4
with FOL files• File Applications, 3-3
with Prolog ·1 and 2 files• File Applications,
.. 2-49
with Prolog 3 files• File Applications, 2-50
CONVERT /FOL command• Programming, 9-103
CONVERT /RECLAIM
See Convert/Reclaim Utility
CONVERT /RECLAIM command• DCL Dictionary,
OCL-186
Convert/Reclaim Utility (CONVERT /RECLAIM) •
File Applications, 1-19, 2-49 Convert Ref,
CONV-1, CONV-6
OCL-qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV-26
directing output• Convert Ref, CONV-2
examples
reclaiming buckets• Convert Ref, CONV31
exiting• Convert Ref, CONV-2
invocation• DCL Dictionary, OCL-186
invoking• Convert Ref, CONV-2
restrictions• Convert Ref, CONV-2
with OECnet-V AX• Convert Ref, CONV-4
with Prolog 3 files• File Applications, 2-50,
9-38
Converting file formats• DCL Dictionary, OCL185
Coordination
of access to data • VAXclusters, 5-1
of cluster membership• VAXclusters, 5-1
of system command procedures• VAXclusters,
2-6 to 2-10
of system files• VAXclusters, 2-10 to 2-17
of system libraries• VAXclusters, 2-10 to
2-17

lndex-51

Index

Coordination (cont'd.)
of UIC• VAXclusters, A-1
of user accounts• VAXclusters, 2-13 to 2-15
COPY (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-120
COPY command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-13 Text
Processing, 3-11 Disk & Tape, 5-1, 5-2 DCL
Dictionary, DCL-187, DCL-188, DCL-189,
DCL-192, DCL-193, DCL-194 Authorize Ref,
AUTH-25 Exchange Ref, EXCH-16 Debugger
Ref, DBG-71
and disk files• Disk & Tape, 5-2
and non-file-structured volumes• Disk & Tape,
5-7
ANSI-labeled volumes
copying from• Disk & Tape, 5-5
/CONTIGUOUS qualifier• File Applications,
9-37
copying files with DCL • Disk & Tape, 4-2
/LOG qualifier• Disk & Tape, 5-8
using with magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 4-20
copying from• Disk & Tape, 5-4
copying to• Disk & Tape, 5-3
Copy operation (BACKUP)• Disk & Tape, 6-13 to
6-15
copying a disk volume
image• Disk & Tape, 6-15
copying a disk volume set• Disk & Tape, 6-15
copying an entire directory tree• Disk & Tape,
6-14
copying files• Disk & Tape, 6-5, 6-13
multiple• Disk & Tape, 6-14
full volumes and volume sets• Disk & Tape,
6-20
Copy Strings• RTL Ref, RTL-465
COPY /CONTIGUOUS command• File
Applications, 8-11
COPY /PROTECTION command• System Security,
5-19
$COPY_DX (STR) • RTL Ref, 5-6, 5-8, RTL-650
$COPY_R (STR) • RTL Ref, RTL-652
Copying
directory• DCL Dictionary, DCL-187
disk files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-17 4
records of different formats• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-185
Copying files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-187 Backup
Ref, BACKUP-8
example• Backup Ref, BACKUP-8
Copying text• Text Processing, 3-11, 4-8
Core image file• Disk & Tape, A-4
CORIMG.SYS • Disk & Tape, A-4

lndex-52

Corruption of file• File Applications, 9-2
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-11
$COS (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-365
$COSD (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-367
$COSH (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-369
Cosine
complex• RTL Ref, RTL-355
hyperbolic• RTL Ref, RTL-369
in degrees• RTL Ref, RTL-367, RTL-397
in radians• RTL Ref, RTL-365, RTL-394
Cost
circuit• Networking, 3-81
control for circuit• Networking, 2-29
determining circuit cost• Networking, 3-82
for routing• Networking, 2-28
COST parameter
for circuit• Networking, 3-81
Costs
of security• System Security, 1-10
Count specifier (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-258
wit~ "move" (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-279
with APPEND (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-245
with CHGC (change case) (N) • EDT Reference,
EDT-250
with CHGL (change case lower) (N) • EDT
Reference, EDT-251,
with CHGU (change case upper) (N) • EDT
Reference, EDT-252
wit~ circumflex (_A) (N)•· EDT Reference,
EDT-253
with CUT (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-259
with D (delete) (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-260
with FILL (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-272
with PASTE (N)• EDT Reference, EDT-281
.\
with R (replace) (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-285
with S (substitute) (N) • EDT Reference, EDT288
with SHL (shift left) (N) • EDT Reference,
EDT-292
with SHR (shift right) (N) • EDT Reference,
EDT-293
with SN (substitute next) (N) • EDT Reference,
EDT-294
with TAB (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-298
with T ADJ (tab adjust) (N) • EDT Reference,
EDT-300
with TD (tab decrement) (N) • EDT Reference,
EDT-303
with Tl (tab increment) (N) • EDT Reference,
EDT-306

Index

Count specifier (N) (cont'd.)
with UNDC (undelete character) (N) • EDT
Reference, EDT-309
with UNDL (undelete line) (N) • EDT Reference,
EDT-310
with UNDW (undelete word) (N) • EDT
Reference, EDT-312
Counted string• Programming, 6- 18
Counter timer• Networking, 3-29
COUNTER TIMER parameter
for circuit• Networking, 3-63
for executor• Networking, 3-29
for node• Networking, 3-29
Counters• Software Installation, 7-43, 7-44
circuit• Networking, 3-63 NCP Ref, NCP-165,
NCP-167
line• Networking, 3-76 NCP Ref, NCP- 170
logging• Networking, 3-29
node• Networking, 3-28 NCP Ref, NCP-17 4
summary of network• NCP Ref, NCP-165
X.25 protocol module• Networking, 3-39
NCP Ref, NCP-176
X.25 server module• NCP Ref, NCP- 178
zeroing• Networking, 3-29
COUNTERS class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-24
COUNTERS display type• Networking, 3-115
CPU (Cenral processing unit)
adding capacity • Performance Management,
3-49
determining when capacity is reached •
Performance Management, 3-49
time spent in in compatibility mode•
Performance Management, 3-49
time spent in in supervisor mode• Performance
Management, 3-49
CPU (central processing unit)
definition of default time limit for batch jobs•
DCL Dictionary, DCL-331, DCL-623,
DCL-755
definition of maximum time limit for batch job•
DCL Dictionary, DCL-342
definition of maximum time limit for batch
jobs• DCL Dictionary, DCL-331, DCL-623,
DCL-755
identification for downline load• Networking,
4-17
time requirements• Networking, 5-38
to display error count for• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-690
CPU limitation

CPU limitation (cont'd.)
compensating for• Performance Management,
4-25
isolating.• Performance Management, 3-43
CPU time• Programming, 6-45 Convert Ref,
CONV-26
to limit for batch job• DCL Dictionary, DCL629, DCL-781
used by current process • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-729
CR character• FOL Ref, FDL-33
CR LF terminator• File Applications, 2-41
CR terminator• File Applications, 2-41
CRB (channel-request block) • Device Driver, 1-9,
3-5, 5-4, 5-6, 10-3, 10-4, 13-3
creation • Device Driver, 14-7
CRB address• Device Driver, 3-6
CRB$B_MASK • Device Driver, A-13
CRB$B_TT_TYPE• Device Driver, A-13
CRB$B_TYPE• Device Driver, A- 13
CRB$LAUXSTRUC • Device Driver, A-14
CRB$LDUETIME • Device Driver, A- 14
CRB$LINTD• Device Driver, 11-2, A-14
CRB$LINTD2 • Device Driver, A- 15
CRB$LINTD2+4 • Device Driver, A-27
CRB$LINTD+2 • Device Driver, 11-2
CRB$LINTD+4• Device Driver, 7-3, A-27
CRB$LINTD+VEC$B_DA TAP• Device Driver,
10-12
CRB$LINTD+VEC$B_DAT APA TH• Device
Driver, 10-3
CRB$LINTD+VEC$B_NUMREG • Device Driver,
10-6
CRB$LINTD+VEC$LINITIAL • Device Driver,
7-3, 13-3, 14-7
CRB$LINTD+VEC$LUNITINIT • Device Driver,
14-8
CRB$LINTD+VEC$W_MAPREG • Device Driver,
9-6, 10-6
CRB$LLINK • Device Driver, A- 14
CRB$LTIMELINK • Device Driver, A-14
CRB$LTdUTROUT • Device Driver, A-14
CRB$LWOBL • Device Driver, A-13
CRB$LWOFL • Device Driver, A-13
CRB$W_REFC • Device Driver, A-13
CRB$W_SIZE• Device Driver, A- 13
CRBLINTD+VEC$LUNITINIT • Device Driver,
7-3
CRC (Calculate Cyclic Redundancy Check)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-137 to 9-138

lndex-53

Index

$CRC (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-16, RTL-23
/CRC qualifier
as input save-set qualifier• Backup Ref,
BACKUP-51
as output save-set qualifier• Backup Ref,
BACKUP-63
$CRC_TABLE (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-17, RTL-25
CRDENABLE system parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-61
/CREATE
LIBRARY command• Programming, 4-8
Create
library
LBR$ procedure• Programming, 9-78
object library• Programming, 4-8
options
LBR$0PEN • Programming, 9-78
Create and map section ($CRMPSC) system
service
shared memory use~ Rel Notes, E-8
CREATE corpmand • Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-6
DCL DictiQnary, DCL-196, DCL-197, DCL-199
Disk Quota Ref, DQT-6 FDL Ref, FDL1, FDL-39 Install Ref, INS-8 Patch Ref,
PATCH-6, PATCH-?2 SYSGEN Ref, SGN-22
/DIRECTORY qualifier• Disk & Tape, 4-20
with magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 4-27
CREA TE DIRECTORY /PROTECTION command•
System Security, 4-40
Create file, ACP-010 function• 1/0 Ref I, 1-25
Create Mailbox and Assign Channel ($CREMBX)
system service• Rel Notes, B-15, B-20 1/0
Ref I, 7-2
/CREA TE qualifier• File Applications, 3-16
Convert Ref, CONV-1 , CONV-10, CONV-19
Fpl Ref, FDL-1 Librarian Ref, LIB-2, LIB-17
EDIT /FOL• FDL Ref, FDL-45
CREATE service• Rel Notes, 9-3
Create service• File Applications, 3-24, 4-13,
4-14 RMS Ref, RMS-40
condition values• RMS Ref, RMS-48
See also Completion status codes
for process-permanent files• File Applications,
5-26
function• RMS Ref, 4-1
prolog level• RMS Ref, RMS-48
$CREA TE system service
Create-if option• File Applications, 3-24, 3-37,
4-14

lndex-54

CREA TE/DIRECTORY command• Intro to
VAX/VMS, 3-10 DCL Dictionary, DCL-200,
DCL-201
and DELETE access•. System Security, 4-13
restriction• Rel Notes, 8-1
CREA TE/DIRECTORY /OWNER_UIC command•
System Security, 4-38
CREATE/FOL
See Create/FOL Utility
CREA TE/FOL command• Programming, 9-102
DCL Dictionary, DCL-203
Create/FOL Utility (CREATE/FOL)• File
Applications, 1-20, 3-3, 3-24, 3-25, 9-1
FDL Ref, FDL-1, FDL-39
creating data files• FDL Ref, FDL-39
DCL-qualifier• FDL Ref, FDL-40 to FDL-42
directing output• FDL Ref, FDL-2
exiting• FDL Ref, FDL-2
invocation• DCL Dictionary, DCL-203
invoking• FDL Ref, FDL-2
restrictions• FDL Ref, FDL-2
CREA TE/NAME_._TABLE command• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-204
CREA TE/PROXY AUTHORIZE command• System
Security, 7-15
CREA TE/PROXY command• Authorize Ref,
AUT.H-27
CREA TE/RIGHTS AUTHORIZE command• System
Security, 5-9
example• System Security, 5-10
CREA TE/RIGHTS command• Authorize Ref,
AUTH-28
$CREATE_DIR (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-28, RTL-19
CREATE_IF attribute• File Applications, 3-37
FDL Ref, FDL-20
$CREA TE_KEY_TABLE (SMG) • RTL Ref, 3-18,
RTL-494
$CREATE_PASTEBOARD (SMG)• RTL Ref, 3-2,
3-24, RTL-495
$CREA TE_RDB • System Management, 3-5,
SYS-85 System Services Ref, 3-5, SYS-85
$CREA TE_VIRTUALDISPLA Y (SMG) • RTL Ref,
3-4, RTL-497
$CREA TE_VIRTUALKEYBOARD (SMG) • RTL
Ref, 3-5, RTL-499
Created local label • MACRO Ref, 4-6 to 4-7
range• MACRO Ref, 3-7
/CREA TED qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKUP-44
Creating alternate roots on a common system
disk• Software Installation, 6-22
Creating data files• File Applications, 3-24

Index

Creating data files (cont'd.)
with FDL$CREA TE routine• File Applications,
3-21, 3-26
Creating FOL files• FDL Ref, FDL-38
Creating MAIL distribution lists• Mail Ref, MAIL12
Creating network UAF file• Authorize Ref,
AUTH-27
Creating rights database• Authorize Ref, AUTH28
Creating user accounts• Authorize Ref, AUTH19, AUTH-21
Creating utility• FDL Ref, FDL-20
Creation
of batch queue• DCL Dictionary, DCL-327
of data files• FDL Ref, FDL-38, FDL-39,
FDL-40
of directory• DCL Dictionary, DCL-200
of empty data files using FOL Utility• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-203
of FOL files• FDL Ref, FDL-1
of files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-196
with EDT editor• DCL Dictionary, DCL-285
with FOL editor• DCL Dictionary, DCL-289
with TECO editor• DCL Dictionary, DCL291
of HELP library• DCL Dictionary, DCL-309
of library• DCL Dictionary, DCL-422
of logical name tables• System Management,
6-14 System Services Ref, 6-14
of logical names• System Management, 611 DCL Dictionary, DCL-161, DCL-220
System Services Ref, 6-11
of printer queue• DCL Dictionary, DCL-327
of program images from object modules• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-423
of subdirectory• DCL Dictionary, DCL-200
of subprocess
with SPAWN command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-745
CREATION attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-17
Creation date and time field
in XABDAT• RMS Ref, 9-3
Creation date field• Disk & Tape, B-15
zero creation date• Disk & Tape, B-15
Creation-time options• File Applications, 2-39,
3-1, 3-3, 3-24, 3-37, 3-38
See also File opening options
CREDITS class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-25
$CRELNM • System Management, 6-11, SYS-5 7
System Services Ref, 6-11 , SYS-5 7

$CRELNT • System Management, 6-14, SYS-62
System Services Ref, 6-14, SYS-62
$CRELOG • System Management, A-5 System
Services Ref, A-5
See also $CRELNM
$CREMBX • Networking, 5-2, 8-35 System
Management, SYS-67 System Services Ref,
SYS-67
CREMBX system service• Programming, 3-32
$CREPRC • Networking, 5-2 System
Management, SYS-7 2 System Services
Ref, SYS-72
example• System Management, 8-3 System
Services Ref, 8-3
$CRETV A• System Management, SYS-86
System Services Ref, SYS-86
See also $EXPREG
$CRF_INS_KEY (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-26
$CRF_INS_REF (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-28
$CRF_OUTPUT (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-30
$CR~PSC • System Management, SYS-88
System Services Ref, SYS-88
$CRMPSC system service• Programming, 9-22
shared memory use• Rel Notes, E-8
.CROSS directive• MACRO Ref, 6-16 to 6-17
Cross-reference directives
.CROSS• MACRO Ref, 6-16 to 6-17
.NOCROSS• MACRO Ref, 6-16 to 6-17, 6-65
Cross-reference of symbols• Linker Ref, LINK-51,
LINK-120
in map• Linker Ref, LINK-56
/CROSS_REFERENCE
FORTRAN/LIST• Programming, 4-41
/CROSS_REFERENCE qualifier• Librarian Ref,
LIB-19 Linker Ref, LINK-120
used with /ONLY• Librarian Ref, LIB-34
used with /OUTPUT• Librarian Ref, LIB-35
$CSIN (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-372
CSMA/CD• Networking, 1-8, 1-9
$CSQRT (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-37 4
CSR address• Device Driver, 5-18
locating • Device Driver, 10-10
CSR and EIR bit assignments
DR11-W• 1/0 Ref II, 3-15
CTG option• FDL Ref, FDL-8, FDL-19
CTRL/A
See Tabbing facility
CTRL/A (K)• EDT Reference, EDT-27
CTRL/B command • System Security, 3-41
CTRL/B key

lndex-55

Index

CTRL/B key (cont'd.)
command recall function• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-9
CTRL/C • Programming, 8-45 Software
Installation, 7-19, 7-20 DCL Dictionary,
DCL-8 Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-3
See also CTRL/Y
and CONTINUE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-183
and debugging• DCL Dictionary, DCL-216
continue after• DCL Dictionary, DCL-183
to enable or disable interrupt• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-550
using to correct typing errors • Intro to
VAX/VMS, 1-11
CTRL/C (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-29
CTRL/C (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-122
CTRL/C (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-256
CTRL/C command• Debugger Ref, DBG-25,
DBG-196
CTRL/C handling routine• Debugger Ref, DBG-25
CTRL/D
See Tabbing facility
CTRL/D (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-31
CTRL/E
See Tabbing facility
CTRL/E (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-33
CTRL/F (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-66
CTRL/H (K) • EDT Reference,. EDT-19
CTRL/I (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-104
CTRL/J (K)• EDT Reference, EDT-78
CTRL/K (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-35
CTRL/L (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-38
CTRL/M (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-40
CTRL/O
See also TYPE command
CTRL/0
See also TYPE command
resuming scrolling of terminal display• Intro to
VAX/VMS, 2-8
CTRL/R (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-42
CTRL/R (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-123
CTRL/S
See also TYPE command
stopping scrolling of terminal display• Intro to
VAX/VMS, 2-8
CTRL/T
See Tabbing facility
to enable or disable interrupt• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-550
CTRL/T (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-43

lndex-56

CTRL/U • Text Processing, 2-13 DCL Dictionary,
DCL-8
using to correct typing errors• Intro to
VAX/VMS, 1-11
CTRL/U (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-45
CTRL/W (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-46
CTRL/W command• Debugger Ref, DBG-135,
DBG-196
CTRL/Y • Programming, 8-45 Software
Installation, 7-19 DCL Dictionary, DCL-8
Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-3
See also CTRL/C
action taken during execution• Command
Procedures, 7-8
and captive accounts• System Security, 5-79,
5-82
and CONTINUE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-183
and debugging• DCL Dictionary, DCL-216
and EXIT command • DCL Dictionary, DCL-303
and login procedure• DCL Dictionary, DCL424
and ON command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-442
continue after• DCL Dictionary, DCL-183
default action for nested procedure• Command
Procedures, 7-13
disabling• Command Procedures, 7-14
to enable or disable interrupt• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-550
using to correct typing errors• Intro to
VAX/VMS, 1-11
using to interrupt a command procedure•
Command Procedures, 7-9
using with ON command• Command
Procedures, 7-10
CTRL/Y command• Debugger Ref, DBG-24,
DBG-196
CTRL/Z• Text Processing, 4-2, 4-6
Programming, 8-9, 8-69 Show Cluster
Ref, SHCL-3 Debugger Ref, DBG-1
use with ACL Editor• System Security, 5-12
with I (insert) (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-275
with INSERT (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-142
with R (replace) (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-285
with REPLACE (L)• EDT Reference, EDT-157
CTRL/Z (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-47
CTRL/Z (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-124
CTRL/Z (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-257
CTRL/Z command• Debugger Ref, DBG-196
CTRL/Z response• File Applications, 3-4

Index

CUG (closed user group)• Networking, 2-5,
3-32, 3-96
%CURDISP • Debugger Ref, DBG-129
$CURRENCY (LIB) • RTL Ref, RTL-34
Current
time• Programming, 6-49
CURRENT command• Mail Ref, MAIL-29
Current display (%CURDISP) • Debugger Ref,
DBG-129
Current entity
as a simple address• Debugger Ref, DBG-78
setting of• Debugger Ref, DBG-79
symbol (.) • Debugger Ref, DBG-52, DBG-78
symbol (%CURLOC) • Debugger Ref, DBG-78
type associated with• Debugger Ref, DBG-7 5,
DBG-79
Current floating-vector base • Device Driver,
14-21
Current location counter• MACRO Ref, 3-17
Current record
and adding sequential records• File
Applications, 7-23
Current record context• File Applications, 7-15
to 7-19
and updating records• File Applications, 7-25
current record• File Applications, 7-17
next record • File Applications, 7-1 8 to 7-19
Cursor• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-10
position on screen• Programming, 8-28
$CURSOFLCOLUMN (SMG) • RTL Ref, 3-10,
RTL-501
$CURSOFLROW (SMG)• RTL Ref, 3-10, RTL502
CUT (EDT keypad function)• Text Processing,
2-14
CUT (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-48
CUT (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-259
CUT command• Text Processing, 4-8
CVT option • FDL Ref, FDL-15
$CVT_D_G (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-376
$CVT_DA_GA (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-377
$CVT_OTB (LIB) • RTL Ref, RTL-42
$CVT_DX_DX (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-36
$CVT_G_D (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-376
$CVT_GA_DA (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-377
$CVT_HTB (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-42
$CVT_LTB (OTS) • RTL Ref, RTL-413
$CVT_LTl (OTS) • RTL Ref, RTL-415
$CVT_LTL (OTS) • RTL Ref, RTL-417
$CVT_LTO (OTS)• RTL Ref, RTL-418

$CVT_LTU (OTS) • RTL Ref, RTL-420
$CVT_LTZ (OTS) • RTL Ref, RTL-422
$CVT_ T_z (OTS) • RTL Ref, RTL-434
$CVT_ TB_L (OTS) • RTL Ref, RTL-424
$CVT_ TLL (OTS) • RTL Ref, RTL-426
$CVT_ TLL (OTS) • RTL Ref, RTL-428
$CVT_ TQ_L (OTS) • RTL Ref, RTL-430
$CVT_ TU_L (OTS) • RTL Ref, RTL-432
$CVT_ TZ_L (OTS) • RTL Ref, RTL-437
$CVT_xTB (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-42
CVTBD (Convert Byte to D_floating) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTBF (Convert Byte to F_floating) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTBG (Convert Byte to G_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTBH (Convert Byte to H_floating) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTBL (Convert Byte to Long) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-17
CVTBW (Convert Byte to Word) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-17
CVTDB (Convert D_floating to Byte) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTDF (Convert D_floating to F_floating)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTDH (Convert D_floating to H_floating)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTDL (Convert D_floating to Long) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTDW (Convert D_floating to Word) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTFB (Convert F_floating to Byte) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTFD (Convert F_floating to D_floating)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTFG (Convert F_floating to G_floating)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTFH (Convert F_floating to H_floating)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTFL (Convert F_floating to Long) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTFW (Convert F_floating to Word) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTGB (Convert G_floating to Byte) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTGF (Convert G_floating to F_floating)
instruction • MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTGH (Convert G_floating to H_floating)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTGL (Convert G_floating to Long) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110

lndex-57

Index

CVTGW (Convert G_floating to Word) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTHB (Convert H_floating to Byte) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTHD (Convert H_floating to D_floating)
instruction • MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTHF (Convert H_floating to F_floating)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTHG (Convert H_floating to G_floating)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTHL (Convert H_floating to Long) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTHW (Convert H_floating to Word) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTLD (Convert Long to D_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTLF (Convert Long to F_floating) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTLG (Convert Long to G_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTLH (Convert Long to H_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTLP (Convert Long to Packed) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-148
CVTLW (Convert Long to Word) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-17
CVTPL (Convert Packed to Long) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-149
CVTPS (Convert Packed to Leading Separate
Numeric) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-150 to
9-151
CVTPT (Convert Packed to Trailing Numeric)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-152 to 9-153
CVTRDL (Convert Rounded D_floating to Long)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTRFL (Convert Rounded F_floating to Long)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTRGL (Convert Rounded G_floating to Long)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTRHL (Convert Rounded H_floating to Long)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTSP (Convert Leading Separate Numeric to
Packed) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-154
CVTTP (Convert Trailing Numeric to Packed)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-155 to 9-156
CVTWB (Convert Word to Byte) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-17
CVTWD (Convert Word to D_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTWF (Convert Word to F_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTWG (Convert Word to G_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108
to 9-110
,,

lndex-58

CVTWH (Convert Word to H_floating) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-108 to 9-110
CVTWL (Convert Word to Long) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-17
Cyclic redundancy check instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-136 to 9-138
Cyclic redundancy check table• RTL Ref, RTL-25
Cylinder• File Applications, 2-37
boundary• File Applications, 2-45
definition of• File Applications, 1-8
Cylinder boundary option • File Applications,
3-41
Cylinder position option• File Applications, 3-42

D
D (delete) (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-260
D command • Text Processing, 4-7
/D_FLOAT qualifier• Debugger Ref, DBG-206,
DBG-214
D_floating data type• MACRO Ref, 9-101
.D_FLOATING directive• MACRO Ref, 6-20
D_floating format• Programming, 6-6
$DABS (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-4
$DACEFC • System Management, SYS-98
System Services Ref, SYS-98
$DACOS (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-334
$DACOSD (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-337
$DALLOC • System Management, SYS-99
System Services Ref, SYS-99
$DASIN (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-339
$DASIND (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-341
$DASSGN • Networking, 8-18, 8-25, 8-31, 855 System Management, SYS-101 System
Services Ref, SYS-101 1/0 Ref/, 7-4
example• System Management, 7-7 System
Services Ref, 7-7
format• Networking, 8-31
$DASSGN system service• Programming, 9-29
DAT file type• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-1
DAT_NCMPR option• FDL Ref, FDL-28
Data
aggregate• Debugger Ref, DBG-55
aligning• Programming, 1-26, 9-22
ANSI• Disk & Tape, B-1
array (passing) • Programming, 1-20
binary• Disk & Tape, B-1
byte (passing)• Programming, 1-27

Index

Data (cont'd.)
character• Programming, 6-13
character (passing)• Programming, 1-19
control information• Programming, 1-15
conversion• Programming, 6-22 .
corruption of• Disk & Tape, 3-29
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-11
defining• Programming, 2-4
definition• Programming, 6-1
depositing of• Debugger Ref, DBG-96
depositing of numeric• Debugger Ref, DBG-98
examining of• Debugger Ref, DBG-90
initialization • Programming, 6-4
initializing• Programming, 2-5
interprocess• Programming, 3-46
logical• Programming, 6-11
longword (passing)• Programming, 1-28
mask (passing)• Programming, 1-29, 1-34
name• Debugger Ref, DBG-53
numeric• Programming, 6-4
passing• Programming, 1-9
quadword (passing) • Programming, 1-32
record structure• Programming, 6-35
referencing• Programming, 6-1
relation• Programming, 6-12
sharing • Programming, 3-46
storage• Programming, 2-3
structure• Programming, 6-1
type declaration• Programming, 2-4
type declaration statement• Programming,
6-1
untyped• Programming, 6-18
variable-length (passing)• Programming, 1-19
variable-length structure (passing) •
Programming, 1-36
word (passing)• Programming, 1-27
Data bucket area number field
in XABKEY • RMS Ref, 11-3
Data bucket size field
in XABKEY • RMS Ref, 11-3
DAT A BUCKET structure• File Applications,
9-20, 9-26
Data buckets• FDL Ref, FDL-27
reclaimed• Convert Ref, CONV-26
Data buffer, LPA 11-K• 1/0 Ref/, 4-12
Data channel• Device Driver, 9-3, 9-8
Data check
disk• 1/0 Ref I, 3-8, 3-20, 3-21
magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref I, 6-4, 6-12, 6-14

Data check (cont'd.)
to change default•. DCL Dictionary, DCL-665
Data circuit-terminating equipment
See DCE
DAT A command e DTS/DTR Ref, DTS-8
Data compression• File Applications, 2-50
Data compression facility• Programming, 9-65
Data compression/expansion routines
see DCX routines
Data file
creation• File Applications, 3-24
reorganization• File Applications, 9-36
Data files
creation of• Convert Ref, CONV-2
Data lines• Command Procedures, 1-2
using to input data • Command Procedures,
3-6
Data link control• Networking, 2-4, 3-24
Data Link layer events• NCP Ref, NCP-196
Data link mapping
see OLM
Data network• Networking, 1-2
Data path• Device Driver, 4-3, 10-1
available• Device Driver, 10-3
buffered
allocating• Device Driver, 10-1, 10-2
allocating permanently• Device Driver,
10-3
deallocating • Device Driver, 10-1
purging• Device Driver, 10-1, 10-2
requesting• Device Driver, 10-2
direct• Device Driver, 10-4
limiting allocation • Device Driver, 10-4
number• Device Driver, 4-5, 10-3
number 0 • Device Driver, 4-5, 10-4
selecting • Device Driver, 10-4
purging• Device Driver, 10-4, 10-11
releasing• Device Driver, 10-2, 10-12
unavailable• Device Driver, 10-3
/DAT A qualifier• Librarian Ref, LIB-20 Sort Ref,
SORT-58
used with /OUTPUT• Librarian Ref, LIB-35
Data record• File Applications, 2-48, 2-50
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-7 FDL Ref,
FDL-7
DAT A RECORD node• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-6
Data reliability• File Applications, 8-15
Data Security Erase
See DSE

lndex-59

Index

Data security erase, magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref I,
6-19
DAT A statement• Programming, 6-4
array processing• Programming, 6-29
DAT A statement (FORTRAN)• Programming, 2-6
Data storage
and file organization• File Applications, 2-31
Data storage directives
.ADDRESS• MACRO Ref, 6-4
.ASCIC• MACRO Ref, 6-8
.ASCID• MACRO Ref, 6-9
.ASCII• MACRO Ref, 6-10
.ASCIZ• MACRO Ref, 6-11
.BYTE• MACRO Ref, 6-14 to 6-15
D_FLOATING• MACRO Ref, 6-20
F_FLOATING• MACRO Ref, 6-34
G_FLOATING• MACRO Ref, 6-35
H_FLOATING• MACRO Ref, 6-37
.LONG• MACRO Ref, 6-55
.OCTA• MACRO Ref, 6-69
.PACKED• MACRO Ref, 6-73
.QUAD• MACRO Ref, 6-80
.SIGNED_BYTE • MACRO Ref, 6-89
.SIGNED_WORD• MACRO Ref, 6-90 to 6-91
.WORD• MACRO Ref, 6-98
Data stream
marking beginning of• DCL Dictionary, DCL217
marking end of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-294
Data structure• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-2
Data terminal equipment
See DTE
Data transfer
backplane-interconnect• Device Driver, 1-20
buffered-1/0 • Device Driver, 1-22
byte-aligned • Device Driver, 4-10
byte-count
saving the• Device Driver, 12-4
byte-offset• Device Driver, 4-10, 10-4
completing• Device Driver, 10-2
computing length• Device Driver, 9-6
computing the starting address• Device Driver,
10-8
direct-1/0 • Device Driver, 1-22
direct-memory-access• Device Driver, 1-22,
10-1
OMA• Device Driver, 1-22, 4-2, 4-5, 10-1
on the 0-bus • Device Driver, D-1
losing last byte of• Device Driver, 9-6

lndex-60

Data transfer (cont'd.)
non-OMA
on the 0-bus • Device Driver, D-1
odd byte-count• Device Driver, 9-6
overlapped • Device Driver, 9-3
PIO• Device Driver, 1-21
programmed-1/0 • Device Driver, 1-21
speed of• Device Driver, 4-4, 4-6, 4-11
starting address• Device Driver, 9-6
that require data manipulation • Device Driver,
7-14
UNIBUS• Device Driver, 1-20
word-aligned• Device Driver, 4-10
Data transfer command table, LPA 11-K• 1/0 Ref
I, 4-10
Data transfer modes
DR11-W• 1/0 Ref II, 3-1
Data transfer start command, LPA 11-K • 1/0 Ref
I, 4-11
Data transfer stop command, LPA 11-K • 1/0 Ref I,
4-13
Data type • MACRO Ref, 8-1 to 8-11
See also Type
See Type
character string• MACRO Ref, 8-6 to 8-7
DCL conversion rules• Command Procedures, .
2-18
floating-point• MACRO Ref, 8-3 to 8-5, 9-100
to 9-101
integer• MACRO Ref, 8-1 to 8-3
leading separate numeric string• MACRO Ref,
8-9 to 8-10
of key field in XABKEY • RMS Ref, 11-4
packed decimal string• MACRO Ref, 8-10 to
8-11
specifying in specification file• Sort Ref,
SORT-60
string• MACRO Ref, 8-6 to 8-11
trailing numeric string• MACRO Ref, 8-7 to
8-9
variable-length bit field• MACRO Ref, 8-5 to
8-6
Data type codes
facility-specific• Intro to Routines, 2-16
reserved• Intro to Routines, 2-17
Data type declaration•. Programming, 2-4
Data types
argument• Intro tq Routines, 2-12
atomic• Intro to Routines, 2-12
COBOL intermediate• Intro to Routines, 2-17

Index

Data types (cont'd.)
complex number• Programming, 6-7
debugger• Programming, 5-38
integer• Programming, 6-5
logical• Programming, 6-11
miscellaneous• Intro to Routines, 2-15
real number• Programming, 6-5
string• Intro to Routines, 2-14
varying character string • Intro to Routines,
2-18
Data types, in VAX Calling Standard• Intro to
Routines, 2-12
Data underrun/ overrun, LPA 11-K • 1/0 Ref I,
4-11
Data-path error • Device Driver, 10-12
Data-path purge• Device Driver, 4-10
Data-path wait• Device Driver, 10-4
Data-path-wait queue • Device Driver, 10-3,
10-12
DAT A_AREA attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-27,
FDL-28, FDL-29
of AREA primary• File Applications, 2-56
of KEY primary• File Applications, 2-56
/DAT A_CHECK qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-16
DAT A_FILL attribute• File Applications, 2-59
FDL Ref, FDL-6, FDL-27
DAT A_KEY_COMPRESSION attribute• FDL Ref,
FDL-6, FDL-27
DAT A_RECORD_COMPRESSION attribute• FDL
Ref, FDL-6, FDL-27
DAT A_RECORD_COUNT attribute• FDL Ref,
FDL-6
DAT A_SPACE_OCCUPIED attribute• FDL Ref,
FDL-6
Database
authorization
concept• System Security, 4-17
considerations on a V AXcluster • System
Security, 8-2
circuit• Networking, 3-2
compressing • Programming, 9-65
configuration• Networking, 1-20, 2-1, 3-2
DECnet node and circuit
guidelines• System Security, 7-9
DECnet-VAX• Networking, 1-22
expanding• Programming, 9-73
1/0 • Programming, 9-19
line• Networking, 3-2
logging• Networking, 3-2
module• Networking, 3-2, 3-4

Database (cont'd.)
node• Networking, 3-2
object• Networking, 3-2, 3-4
permanent• Networking, 1-20, 3-3
record• Programming, 9-30
rights• System Security, 4-17
creating and maintaining • System Security,
5-9 to 5-14
introduction • System Security, 4-5
VAX PSI• Networking, 1-20, 3-4
volatile• Networking, 1-20, 3-3
Database, common
authorization
benefits for V AXcluster security• System
Security, 8-2
Database, rights
display• System Security, 5-13
Datagrams
Ethernet• Networking, 1-8
$DATAN (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-343
$DATAN2 (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-347
$DATAND (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-345
$DAT AND2 (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-349
$DATANH (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-351
.DATE• Text Processing, 21-2, 21-7 DSR
Reference, 2-15
$$Date• DSR Reference, 3-18
Date
See also Absolute time
base• System Management, 9-2 System
Services Ref, 9-2
current• System Management, 9-2 System
Services Ref, 9-2
entering in commands• DCL Dictionary, DCL26
expiration
account• System Security, 3-29
system
to change• DCL Dictionary, DCL-658
system format• System Management, 9-2
System Services Ref, 9-2
to display• DCL Dictionary, DCL-737
within a running head
See running head
DA TE (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-262
Date and time routines
LIB$DATE_TIME• RTL Ref, RTL-44
DATE attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-3, FDL-16
Date information option• File Applications, 3-38
DA TE primary• File Applications, 3-38

lndex-61

Index

Date/Time utility procedures• RTL Ref, 8-25
$DA TE_TIME (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-25
$DAY (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-25
$DAY_QF_WEEK (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-25
$DATE_TIME (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-44
$$Day• DSR Reference, 3-18
Day
to override default day type• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-552
$DAY (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-45
$DAY_QF_WEEK (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-47
$DBLE (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-4
DC$_CARD • Device Driver, A-51
DC$_DISK • Device Driver, A-51
DC$_LP • Device Driver, A-51
DC$_MAILBOX • Device Driver, A-51
DC$_REALTIME• Device Driver, A-51
DC$_SCOM • Device Driver, A-51
DC$_TAPE• Device Driver, A-51
DC$_TERM• Device Driver, A-51
DCE (data circuit-terminating equipment) •
Networking, 1-15
DCL
(DIGIT AL command language) • Intro to
VAX/VMS, 1-8
DCL (DIGIT AL command language)
command language routines • CDU Ref, CDU19
command processing• CDU Ref, CDU-4 to
CDU-5
DCL command
marking beginning of input stream • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-217
marking end of input stream• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-294
resume execution of• DCL Dictionary, DCL183
DCL command qualifier
new features• Rel Notes, 1-2
DCL command table• Programming, 7-12
DCL commands
See Command
ANAL YZE/RMS_FILE • Programming, 9-100
CONVERT /FOL• Programming, 9-103
CREA TE/FOL• Programming, 9-102
EDIT /FOL• Programming, 9-99
for setting up queues• VAXclusters, 3-19
INITIALIZE/QUEUE• VAXclusters, 3-2
INITIALIZE/QUEUE/BATCH• VAXclusters,
3-8

lndex-62

DCL commands (cont'd.)
LIBRARY• Programming, 9-77
MOUNT• VAXclusters, 4-14
new features• Rel Notes, 1-1
SET COMMAND• Programming, 7-12
SET DEVICE/DUALPORTED • VAXclusters,
4-5
ST ART /QUEUE/MANAGER• VAXclusters,
3-1
DCL tables
modifications for security• System Security,
5-50
$DCLAST • System Management, SYS-102
System Services Ref, SYS-102
example• System Management, 5-5 System
Services Ref, 5-5
$DCLCMH • System Management, SYS-103
System Services Ref, SYS-103
$DCLEXH • System Management, SYS-105
System Services Ref, SYS-105
example• System Management, 8-16 System
Services Ref, 8-16
DCLTABLES.EXE• Programming, 7-12
$DCMPLX (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-361
$DCONJG (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-363
$DCOS (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-365
$DCOSD (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-367
$DCOSH (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-369
DCX routines• Programming, 9-65
examples• Util Routines Ref, DCX-2 to DCX11
DCX$ANALYZE_DA TA• Util Routines Ref,
DCX-12
DCX$ANALYZE_DONE • Util Routines Ref, DCX13
DCX$ANALYZE_INIT • Util Routines Ref, DCX-14
DCX$COMPRESS_DA TA• Util Routines Ref,
DCX-17
DCX$COMPRESS_DONE • Util Routines Ref,
DCX-19
DCX$COMPRESS_INIT • Util Routines Ref, DCX20
DCX$EXPAND_DATA• Util Routines Ref, DCX21
DCX$EXPAND_INIT• Util Routines Ref, DCX-24
DCX$MAKE_MAP • Util Routines Ref, DCX-25
DOB (device-data block) • Device Driver, 1-9,
5-4, 5-7
creation • Device Driver, 14-7
DDB$B_TYPE• Device Driver, A-20
DDB$1(_CART • Device Driver, A-21

Index

DDB$1LPACK • Device Driver, A-21
DDB$1LSLOW • .Device Driver, A-21
DDB$1LTAPE• Device Driver, A-21
DDB$L2P_UCB• Device Driver, A-21
DDB$LACPD • Device Driver, A-21
DDB$LALLOCLS • Device Driver, A-21
DDB$LCONLINK • Device Driver, A-21
DDB$LDDT• Device Driver, 7-3, A-20, A-27
DDB$LLINK • Device Driver, A-20
DDB$LSB • Device Driver, A-21
DDB$LUCB • Device Driver, A-20
DDB$T_DRVNAME • Device Driver, A-21
DDB$T_NAME• Device Driver, A-21
DDB$W_SIZE• Device Driver, A-20
DDCMP (DIGIT AL Data Communications Message
Protocol)• Networ[cing, 1-5 1/0 Ref II, 1-1,
2-1
asynchronous• Networking, 2-8, 2-15, 3-40
asynchronous line• Networking, 1-6, 3-65
asynchronous point-to-point network
configuration• Networking, 5-18
circuit• Networking, 2-6, 3-39, 3-43
configuration• Networking, 1-10
CONTROL line• Networking, 3-65
DMC line• Networking, 3-65
line• Networking, 2-13, 3-67
MOP• Networking, 4-19
multipoint network configuration• Networking,
5-15
multipoint tributary addressing• Networking,
3-40
POINT line• Networking, 3-65
point-to-point addressing• Networking, 3-40
protocol• Networking, 1-11
synchronous• Networking, 2-8, 2-14
synchronous devices• Networking, 1-11
synchronous line• Networking, 1-6
synchronous point-to-point network
configuration• Networking, 5-13
TRIBUTARY line• Networking, 3-65
DDCMP driver, Asynchronous
See DMP 11 /DMF32
see DMP 11 /DMF32
DOI (DR32 Device Interconnect)• 1/0 Ref II, 4-1
status returns• 1/0 Ref II, 4-37
$DDIM (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-4
DDT (driver-dispatch block) • Device Driver, 7-1
address of• Device Driver, 7-3
DDT (driver-dispatch table)• Device Driver, 1-3,
7-8

DDT$LALTST ART• Device Driver, 8-24, A-24
DDT$LCANCEL • Device Driver, A-23
DDT$LCLONEDUCB • Device Driver, A-24
DDT$LFDT • Device Driver, A-23
DDT$LMNTV_FOR• Device Driver, A-24
DDT$LMNTV_SQD • Device Driver, A-24
DDT$LMNTV_SSSC • Device Driver, A-24
DDT$LMNTVER • Device Driver, A-24
DDT$LREGDUMP • Device Driver, A-23
DDT$LST ART• Device Driver, A-22
DDT$LUNITINIT • Device Driver, 13-3, 14-8,
A-24
DDT$LUNSOLINT • Device Driver, A-22
DDT$W_DIAGBUF • Device Driver, A-23
DDT$W_ERRORBUF • Device Driver, 13-10,
A-24
DDT$W_FDTSIZE • Device Driver, A-24
DDT AB macro• Device Driver, 7-8, B-3
CANCEL argument• Device Driver, 13-7
REGDMP argument• Device Driver, 13-9
Deaccess file, ACP-010 function• 1/0 Ref/, 1-31
DEAD THRESHOLD parameter• Networking,
3-50
Dead timer• Networking, 3-72
Deadlock• File Applications, 6-20
Deadlock detection• System Management, 12-6
System Services Ref, 12-6
DEADLOCILWAIT system parameter• SYSGEN
Ref, SGN-61
DEALLOCATE command• Disk & Tape, 3-30
DCL Dictionary, DCL-208
and ALLOCATE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-138, DCL-208
using with magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 4-21
Deallocate memory• RTL Ref, RTL-667
Deallocation • System Management, 7-11
System Services Ref, 7-11
of devices• DCL Dictionary, DCL-208
DEASSIGN command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-210,
DCL-212, DCL-213, DCL-214
and DEFINE command• DCL Dictionary, DCL220
using to delete a logical name• Command
Procedures, 2-2
DEASSIGN/QUEUE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-215
Deassigning logical queues• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-215
/DEBUG
FORTRAN command• Programming, 4-5

lndex-63

Index

/DEBUG (cont'd.)
LINK command• Programming, 4-10
DEBUG command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-216
Debugger Ref, DBG-13, DBG-15, DBG-24
.DEBUG directive• MACRO Ref, 6-18
/DEBUG qualifier• DCL Dictionary, DCL-507
DSR Reference, 4-8 Linker Ref, LINK-121
Debugger Ref, DBG-70
at compile time• Debugger Ref, DBG-13,
DBG-14, DBG-50, DBG-107
at link time• Debugger Ref, DBG-13, DBG-14,
DBG-50
at run time• Debugger Ref, DBG-13, DBG-14
Debug symbol attribute directive (.DEBUG)•
MACRO Ref, 6-18
Debug Symbol Table (DST)
See DST (Debug Symbol Table)
/DEBUG=NONE qualifier• Debugger Ref, DBG-14
Debugger• Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-12, 4-18
Debugger Ref, DBG-1
abbreviating commands• Programming, 5-5
and RUN (Image) command • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-491
breakpoints• Programming, 5-21
command procedures• Programming, 5-41
control structures• Programming, 5-26
controlling execution • Programming, 5-1 7,
5-21
CTRL/Y • Programming, 5-3
data types• Programming, 5-38
defining keys• Programming, 5-5
displaying source• Programming, 5-24
displays• Programming, 5-11
examining data• Programming, 5-35
global symbols• Programming, 5-28
inclusion of• Linker Ref, LINK-121
information record analysis• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-150
initialization files• Programming, 5-43
interrupting• Programming, 5-3
invoking• Programming, 5-2
local symbols• Programming, 5-28
log files• Programming, 5-43
new features• Rel Notes, 2-4
pathname• Programming, 5-32
screen mode• Programming, 5-9
storage allocation• Programming, 5-29
suspending execution• Programming, 5-21
symbol table• Linker Ref, LINK-76
terminating• Programming, 5-4

lndex-64

Debugger (cont'd.)
tracepoints• Programming, 5-21
tracing execution• Programming, 5-21
using completion status codes with• RMS Ref,
A-2
watchpoints• Programming, 5-24
windows• Programming, 5-11
Debugger activation • Debugger Ref, DBG-16
Debugger commands
CALL• Programming, 5-20
CANCEL DISPLAY• Programming, 5-13
DEFINE•, Programming, 5-5, 5-33
DEFINE/KEY• Programming, 5-6
DEPOSIT• Programming, 5-38
DISPLAY• Programming, 5-12
EVALUATE• Programming, 5-38
EXAMINE• Programming, 5-36
EXIT• Programming, 5-4
FOR• Programming, 5-26
GO• Programming, 5-18
HELP• Programming, 5-4
IF THEN ELSE• Programming, 5-26
SEARCH• Programming, 5-25
SET BREAK• Programming, 5-21
SET DISPLAY• Programming, 5-15
SET LOG• Programming, 5-43
SET MODE• Programming, 5-9, 5-40
SET MODULE• Programming, 5-28
SET OUTPUT• Programming, 5-41, 5-43
SET SCOPE• Programming, 5-33
SET TRACE• Programming, 5-21
SET TYPE• Programming, 5-38
SET WATCH• Programming, 5-24
SHOW SYMBOL• Programming, 5-34
SPAWN• Programming, 5-3
STEP• Programming, 5-18
TYPE• Programming, 5-25
WHILE• Programming, 5-26
Debugging
and DEPOSIT command • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-251
and EXAMINE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-297
condition handlers• Programming, 10-29
controller-initialization routines• DELTA Ref,
DELTA-6
definition of• Debugger Ref, DBG-7
device drivers• DELTA Ref, DELT A-6

Index

Debugging (cont'd.)
device-initialization routines• DELTA Ref,
DELTA-6
elevated-IPL images• DELTA Ref, DELT A-1,
DELTA-3
executive-mode code• DELTA Ref, DELT A-1
exit handler• Programming, 10-42
initialization routines• DELTA Ref, DELT A-6
IPL-0, images• DELTA Ref, DELT A-1
kernel-mode code• DELTA Ref, DELT A-1
of shareable image• Debugger Ref, DBG-69
strategy• Debugger Ref, DBG-7
supervisor-mode code• DELTA Ref, DELT A-1
system programs• DELTA Ref, DELT A-1
user-mode programs• DELTA Ref, DELT A-1
Debugging enabled
security hazard• System Security, 5-56
Debugging program• DCL Dictionary, DCL-216
DEC Multinational character set• EDT Reference,
A-1
DEC multinational character set• 1/0 Ref I, B-1
support of• DSR Reference, 2-14
DEC026 card reader code• 1/0 Ref I, 2-2, 2-7
DEC029 card reader code• 1/0 Ref I, 2-2, 2-7
$DEC_OVER (LIB) • RTL Ref, 7-31 , RTL-64
DECB (Decrement Byte) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-18
Decimal dump• DCL Dictionary, DCL-280
DECIMAL mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20
Decimal number• FOL Ref, FDL-4
Decimal Overflow Detection• RTL Ref, RTL-64
Decimal overflow enable (DV) • MACRO Ref,
8-12
/DECIMAL qualifier• Debugger Ref, DBG-210,
DBG-212, DBG-214
in DELETE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-56
in DEPOSIT command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-59
in EXAMINE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-65
in INSERT command• Patch Ref, PATCH-70
in REPLACE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-7 4
in SET MODE command• Patch Ref, PATCH78
in VERIFY command • Patch Ref, PA TCH-91
Decimal string descriptor• Intro to Routines,
2-25
Decimal string instructions• MACRO Ref, 9-139
to 9-162
Decimal text
converting to binary• RTL Ref, RTL-42
DECIMAL value• FOL Ref, FDL-31

Decimal value of character• EDT Reference, A-1
Decimal/hexadecimal conversion• MACRO Ref,
B-1
table• MACRO Ref, B-2
DECK command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-217,
DCL-218
and EOD command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-294
delimiting input stream with • Command
Procedures, 3-6
DECL (Decrement Long) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-18
Declaration, symbol
attributes in• Debugger Ref, DBG-56
context of• Debugger Ref, DBG-56
in nested program unit• Debugger Ref, DBG56
multiple• Debugger Ref, DBG-56, DBG-59
scope of• Debugger Ref, DBG-56
with global attribute• Debugger Ref, DBG-5 7
DECLARE command• Debugger Ref, DBG-167,
DBG-198
DECnet• Software Installation, 7-1, 7-41, 7-42
DCL Dictionary, DCL-587
and V AXcluster nodes• System Security, 8-4
failure• Software Installation, 7-32
use with• Phone Ref, PHONE-8
DECNET account
example• System Security, 7-10
DECnet-VAX• Mail Ref, MAIL-1, MAIL-12,
MAIL-15
area selection option• Software Installation,
6-9
configuration database• Networking, 1-18
configuration on a Micro VMS system•
Networking, 1-2
configuration on a VAX/VMS system •
Networking, 1-2
configuration prerequisites• Networking, 5-1
functions• Networking, 1-4
host services• Networking, 1-4, 1-18
how to shut down• Software Installation, 5-2
license requirement for upgrade • Software
Installation, 6-8
new features• Rel Notes, 6-2
over terminal lines• Networking, 5-10
over the Cl • Networking, 5-10
shutting down for upgrade • Software
Installation, 6-5
software• Networking, 1-20
using the Analyze/RMS_File Utility with•
Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-7

lndex-65

Index

DECnet-VAX (cont'd;)
using the Convert Utility with• Convert Ref,
CONV-4
using the Convert/Reclaim Utility with • Convert
Ref, CONV-4
DECnet-VAX license• Networking, 1-19, 2-22
end node kit• Networking, 1-19, 6-1
full function kit• Networking, 1-19, 6-1
installing the key• Networking, 1-19, 5-8, 6-1
$DECODE_FAULT (LIB)• RTL Ref, 7-30, RTL-48
Decompressing library files
space requirement• Software Installation,
6-20
DECSA (DIGIT AL Ethernet Communications
Server)
connection to remote console• Networking,
4-29
DECW (Decrement Word) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-18
Dedicated controller• Device Driver, 3-24, 5-6,
11-8, 12-3
/DEEPEST_HEADER qualifier• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-513 DSR Reference, 5-3
$DEF macro• Device Driver, B-7
Default• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-12
definition• DSR Reference, 1-2
error checking
to control• DCL Dictionary, DCL-599
file owner
how established• System Security, 4-39
for file specification • DCL Dictionary, DCL-34
HELP library
display of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-31 O
library
system• Programming, 4-23
user• Programming, 4-23
parameter value• Programming, 7-4
protection • System Security, 4-40 to 4-43
qualifier• Programming, 7-6
set characteristics for magnetic tape device•
DCL Dictionary, DCL-594
temporary• DCL Dictionary, DCL-20
in output file• DCL Dictionary, DCL-50
UIC, changing• DCL Dictionary, DCL-660
values for qualifiers• DCL Dictionary, DCL-21
working set for batch job• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-785
working set size, to modify• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-668

lndex-66

DEFAULT ACCESS parameter• Networking,
3-111 NCP Ref, NCP-70
SET EXECUTOR command• Networking, 2-48
Default ACE
format of• System Management, 3-20
System Services Ref, 3-20
specified by DEFAULT option• System
Security, 4-30
Default batch queue• FOL Ref, FDL-25
DEFAULT clause
for DEFINE TYPE statement• CDU Ref, CDU29
for PARAMETER clause• CDU Ref, CDU-24,
CDU-33
for QUALIFIER clause• CDU Ref, CDU-26,
CDU-35
for VALUE clause• CDU Ref, CDU-25, CDU27 CDU-30, CDU-34, CDU-36
DEFAULT command• Authorize Ref, AUTH-29
Default control directive (.DEFAULT)• MACRO
Ref, 6-19
DEFAULT DATA parameter
for X.25 circuit• Networking, 3-35
Default DECnet account• Networking, 5-1
creation by NETCONFIG.COM • Networking,
5-2, 5-7
example• Networking, 5-2
use in access control• Networking, 2-46,
3-110
Default device
to display• DCL Dictionary, DCL-681
to set• DCL Dictionary, DCL-554
Default device name designation • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-44
.DEFAULT directive• MACRO Ref, 6-19
Default directory
to display• DCL Dictionary, DCL-681
to set• DCL Dictionary, DCL-554
Default extension option• File Applications, 3-42
Default extension quantity• FOL Ref, FDL-21
Default extension quantity field
in FAB • RMS Ref, 5-6
in XABALL • RMS Ref, 8-6
Default file extension quantity field
in XABFHC • RMS Ref, 10-3
Default file specification
See also File specification
journal file• Patch Ref, PA TCH-33
output image file• Patch Ref, PA TCH-36
Default file specification field
I

Index

Default file specification field. (cont'd.)
in FAB • RMS Ref, 5-8, 5-9
Default file type• DCL Dictionary, DCL-35,
DCL-36
Default global buffer count field
in XABFHC • RMS Ref, 10-4
Default identifiers• Authorize Ref, AUTH-19
Default logical name table
group• System Management, 6-6 System
Services Ref, 6-6
job• System Management, 6-5 System
Services Ref, 6-5
process• System Management, 6-4 System
Services Ref, 6-4
system• System Management, 6-6 System
Services Ref, 6-6
Default logical names
for a job• DCL Dictionary, DCL-59
for the system• DCL Dictionary, DCL-59
Default map• Linker Ref, LINK-51
module information in• Linker Ref, LINK-52,
LINK-53
sections in• Linker Ref, LINK-52
symbols cross-referenced in • Linker Ref,
LINK-120
Default network account
and reference monitor• System Security, 7-5
Default output
ANAL YZE/RMS_FILE • Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-13
Default ownership
management• System Security, 5-14 to 5-18,
5-19 to 5-23
Default patch area• Patch Ref, PA TCH-22
Default printer
to display characteristics of• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-710
Default process logical names
for a process• DCL Dictionary, DCL-58
Default process protection• System Security,
4-41, 5-14, 5-18
Default protection• DCL Dictionary, DCL-111 FDL
Ref, FDL-24
directory file
specified by ACE• System Security, 4-27
for directories
role of MFD • System Security, 4-15
for NETUAF .DAT• Authorize Ref, AUTH-5
for RIGHTSLIST .DAT• Authorize Ref, AUTH-5
for SYSUAF.DAT• Authorize Ref, AUTH-5

Default protection (cont'd.)
management• System Security, 5-14 to 5-19
propagating with ACE• System Security, 4-30
to establish • DCL Dictionary, DCL-617
Default protection ACE• System Management, 320 DCL Dictionary, DCL-116, DCL-119 ACL
Editor Ref, ACL-5, ACL-9 System Services
Ref, 3-20
adding or changing • System Security, 4-31
purpose of• System Management, 3-20
System Services Ref, 3-20
DEFAULT PROXY parameter• Networking, 3112
SET EXECUTOR command• Networking, 2-50
Default terminal characteristics
summary• DCL Dictionary, DCL-656
to modify• DCL Dictionary, DCL-643 to
DCL-657
Default user authorization record
modifying• Authorize Ref, AUTH-29
Default value
AREA• FDL Ref, FDL-8
DATE• FDL Ref, FDL-16
FILE• FDL Ref, FDL-17
key• FDL Ref, FDL-26
RECORD• FDL Ref, FDL-31
SYSTEM• FDL Ref, FDL-36
DEFAULT WINDOW parameter
. for X.25 circuit• Networking, 3-35
DEFAULT_NAME attribute• File Applications,
5-4, 8-9 FDL Ref, FDL-20
DEFAULT_PROTECTION
ACE• System Security, 4-30
DEFBOO.CMD
setting up for HSC boot• Software Installation,
4-6, 4-9
use in creating boot command procedure•
·Software Installation, 4-27
$DEFEND macro• Device Driver, B-8
Deferred write• File Applications, 2-40, 2-47,
2-61
performance• File Applications, 2-62, 8-12
DEFERRED_WRITE attribute• File Applications,
2-46, 2-60, 6-28, 6-29, 8-12, 8-24 FDL Ref,
FDL-20
Define
character string• Programming, 6-14
command• Programming, 7-1
data• Programming, 6-1
subcommand• Programming, 7-24

lndex-67

Index

DEFINE CIRCUIT command• NCP Ref, NCP-60
DEFINE command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 311 File Applications, 3-20, 5-18 System
Management, 6-2 DCL Dictionary, DCL-220,
DCL-222, DCL-223 Linker Ref, LINK-135
Patch Ref, PATCH-7, PATCH-15, PATCH-54,
PATCH-55 Debugger Ref, DBG-53, DBG-71,
DBG-200 System Services Ref, 6-2
and DEASSIGN command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-210
/TRANSLA TION_A TTRIBUTES qualifier• File
Applications, 4-10
using to create a logical name • Command
Procedures, 2-2
DEFINE command (Debugger) • Programming,
5-5, 5-33
DEFINE EXECUTOR command• NCP Ref, NCP-69
TYPE parameter• Networking, 3-78
DEFINE KEY (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-125
DEFINE KEY command• Text Processing, 11-1,
11-3
DEFINE LINE command• NCP Ref, NCP-80
DEFINE LOGGING EVENTS command• NCP Ref,
NCP-87
DEFINE LOGGING ST A TE command• NCP Ref,
NCP-90
DEFINE MACRO (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-128
DEFINE MACRO command• Text Processing,
11-1, 11-3
See macro
DEFINE MODULE CONFIGURA TOR command•
NCP Ref, NCP-92
DEFINE MODULE· X25-ACCESS command• NCP
Ref, NCP-94
DEFINE MODULE X25-PROTOCOL command•
NCP Ref, NCP-96
DEFINE MODULE X25-SERVER command• NCP
Ref, NCP-100
DEFINE MODULE X29-SERVER command• NCP
Ref, NCP-100
DEFINE NODE CIRCUIT command• NCP Ref,
NCP-113
DEFINE NODE command• Networking, 5-6 NCP
Ref, NCP-107
DEFINE OBJECT command• NCP Ref, NCP-115
DEFINE SYNTAX statement• CDU Ref, CDU-9,
CDU-21 to CDU-28
DISALLOW clause• CDU Ref, CDU-23
IMAGE clause• CDU Ref, CDU-24
NODISALLOWS clause• CDU Ref, CDU-23
NOPARAMETERS clause• CDU Ref, CDU-24
NOQUALIFIERS clause• CDU Ref, CDU-26

lndex-68

DEFINE SYNTAX statement (cont'd.)
PARAMETER clause• CDU Ref, CDU-24
QUALIFIER clause• CDU Ref, CDU-26
~OUTINE clause• CDU Ref, CDU-27
table of syntax changes• CDU Ref, CDU-21 to
CDU-23
DEFINE TYPE statement• CDU Ref, CDU-11 ,
CDU-29 to CDU-31
DEFAULT clause• CDU Ref, CDU-29
LABEL clause• CDU Ref, CDU-29
NEGATABLE clause• CDU Ref, CDU-29
NONNEGATABLE clause• CDU Ref, CDU-29
SYNTAX clause• CDU Ref, CDU-29
VALUE clause• CDU Ref, CDU-30
DEFINE VERB. (CLO statement)• Programming,
7-1
DEFINE VERB stateme.nt • CDU Ref, CDU-8,
CDU-32 to CDU-37
DISALLOW clause• CDU Ref, CDU-32
IMAGE clause• CDU Ref, CDU-32
NODISALLOWS clause• CDU Ref, CDU-32
NOPARAMETERS clause• CDU Ref, CDU-33
NOQUALIFIERS clause• CDU Ref, CDU-34
PARAMETER clause• CDU Ref, CDU-33
QUALIFIER clause• CDU Ref, CDU-34
ROUTINE clause• CDU Ref, CDU-36
SYNONYM clause• CDU Ref, CDU-36
DEFINE/CHARACTERISTIC command• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-227, DCL-242
DEFINE/FORM command• DCL Dictionary, DCL229, DCL-245
DEFINE/KEY command• Intro to VAX/VMS,
6-17 DCL Dictionary, DCL-233 Mail Ref,
MAIL-30 Debugger Ref, DBG-135, DBG-202
debugger• Debugger Ref, DBG-169
DEFINE/KEY command (Debugger)• Programming,
5-6
$DEFINE_KEY (SMG) • RTL Ref, 3-18, RTL-504
$DEFINI macro• Device Driver, B-9
Defining a key in EDT
available keys for definition• Text Processing,
9-5
using CTRL/K • Text Processing, 9-1
using DEFINE KEY command• Text Processing,
9-2
Defining keys
in debugger• Programming, 5-5
Definition
of default disk file protection • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-322

Index

Definition (cont'd.)
of symbolic names• DCL Dictionary, DCL-125,
DCL-129
Definition library• Programming, 4-25
Definition path• Programming, 7-11
definition of• CDU Ref, CDU-14 to CDU-15
Definition statements• l!i-ogramming, 2-4
DEFK (define key) (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-263
DEFMBXBUFQUO system parameter• SYSGEN
Ref, SGN-61
DEFMBXMXMSG system parameter• SYSGEN
Ref, SGN-61
DEFMBXNUMMSG system parameter• SYSGEN
Ref, SGN-61
DEFPRI system parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN61
DEFQUEPRI system parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-61 ·
DEL C (EDT /keypad function)• Text Processing,
2-9
DEL C (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-50
DEL EOL (EDT keypad function)• Text Processing,
2-9
DEL EOL (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-52
DELL (EDT keypad function)• Text Processing,
2-9
DEL L (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-56
DEL option• FOL Ref, FDL-4, FDL-35
DEL W (EDT keypad function)• Text Processing,
2-9
DEL W (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-58
$DELTERM_TABLE (SMG) • RTL Ref, RTL-503
Delay command processing• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-796
See also Wait state
Delay timer• Networking, 3-72
Delete
characters from screen• Programming, 8-32
command• Programming, 7-15
library module
LBR$ procedure• Programming, 9-85
pasteboard • Programming, 8-19
virtual display• Programming, 8-25
wakeup request• DCL Dictionary, DCL-496
DELETE (EDT key)• Text Processing, 4-2
DELETE (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-54
DELETE (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-130
DELETE /ENTRY command
using to delete or stop a batch job• Command
Procedures, 8-10

DELETE /SYMBOL command• Command
Procedures, 2-11
Delete a CU symbol
LIB$DELETE_SYMBOL• RTL Ref, RTL-75
Delete a logical name
$DELETE_LOGICAL (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-73
DELETE access• System Security, 4-7 FOL Ref,
FDL-24
See Access
meaning for directory file• System Security,
4-12
meaning for disk file• System Security, 4-11
meaning for volume• System Security, 4-14
me,aning in ACL • System Security, 4-28
DELETE attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-4, FDL-35
of ACCESS primary• File Applications, 6-5
of SHARING primary• File Applications, 6-6
Delete character buffer• Text Processing, 4-7
DELETE command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-21,
2-6 Text Processing, 3-8 File Applications,
3-4, 9-34 DCL Dictionary, DCL-238, DCL240, DCL-241 Exchange Ref, EXCH-24
FOL Ref, FDL-57 Install Ref, INS-10 Mail
Ref, MAIL-33 Patch Ref, PA TCH-56 to
PATCH-58, PATCH-62
Delete file, ACP-QIO function• 1/0 Ref I, 1-33
DELETE key• DCL Dictionary, DCL-7 1/0 Ref I,
8-4
Delete line buffer• Text Processing, 4-7
Delete module
object library• Programming, 4-9
/DELETE qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKUP-22 CDU
Ref, CDU-41 Librarian Ref, LIB-21
READ command• Command Procedures, 6-6
Delete service• File Applications, 7-1, 7-25 RMS
Ref, RMS-50
condition values • RMS Ref, RMS-51
See also Completion status codes
run-time options• File Applications, 8-28 to
8-29
Delete word buffer• Text Processing, 4-7
DELETE/ENTRY command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-243
using with a batch queue• Intro to VAX/VMS,
6-5
using with a print queue• Intro to VAX/VMS,
6-3
DELETE/ERASE command• System Security,·
4-49
DELETE/KEY command• Intro to VAX/VMS,
6-18 DCL Dictionary, DCL-246 Debugger Ref,
DBG-204

lndex-69

Index

DELETE/KEY command (cont'd.)
debugger• Debugger Ref, DBG-171
DELETE/QUEUE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-248
DELETE/SYMBOL command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-249
$DELETE_CHARS (SMG)• RTL Ref, 3-10, RTL506
$DELETE_FILE (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-66
Delete_Key script• File Applications, 3-6
$DELETE_KEY_DEF (SMG) • RTL Ref, 3-18,
RTL-508
$DELETE_LINE (SMG)• RTL Ref, 3-10, RTL-510
$DELETE_LQGICAL (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-9, RTL-73
DELETE_QN_CLOSE attribute• File Applications,
8-16 FOL Ref, FDL-20, FDL-25
$DELETE_PASTEBOARD (SMG)• RTL Ref, 3-3,
RTL-512
$DELETE_SVMBOL (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-8, RTL-75
$DELETE_VIRTUALDISPLA Y (SMG) • RTL Ref,
3-4, 3-7, 3-23, RTL-513
$DELETE_VIRTUALKEYBOARD (SMG) • RTL
Ref, RTL-514
Deleting characters• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-3
Deleting identifiers in rights database• Authorize
Ref, AUTH-46
Deleting proxy accounts• Authorize Ref, AUTH47
Deleting text• Text Processing, 2-9, 3-8, 4-7
CTRL/U • Text Processing, 2-9
CUT keypad function• Text Processing, 2-9
D command• Text Processing, 4-7
DEL C keypad function• Text Processing, 2-9
DEL EOL keypad function• Text Processing,
2-9
DELL keypad function• Text Processing~ 2-9
DEL W keypad function• Text Processing, 2-9
DELETE key• Text Processing, 2-9
DL command• Text Processing, 4-7
OW command• Text Processing, 4-7
LINEFEED key• Text Processing, 2-9
Deleting user records• Authorize Ref, AUTH-45
Deletion
batch job file after processing• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-785
of batch queue• DCL Dictionary, DCL-248
of batch queue entries• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-243
of event flag cluster• System Management,
4-6 System Services Ref, 4-6
of files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-238

lndex-70

Deletion (cont'd.)
of logical name tables• DCL Dictionary, DCL210
of logical names• System Management, 6-15
DCL Dictionary, DCL-210 System Services
Ref, 6-15
of multiple files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-238
of print queue• DCL Dictionary, DCL-248
of print queue entries• DCL Dictionary, DCL243
of process • System Management, 8-1 7
System Services Ref, 8-17
of section• System Management, 11-17
System Services Ref, 11-17
of symbols• DCL Dictionary, DCL-249
of timer request• System Management, 9-6
System Services Ref, 9-6
Delimiter• Text Processing, 3-10 Patch Ref,
PATCH-19, PATCH-25, PATCH-28
apostrophe• Debugger Ref, DBG-97, DBG-99
backslash (\) • Debugger Ref, DBG-60
colon• Debugger Ref, DBG-90
comma• Debugger Ref, DBG-90
comment(!)• Debugger Ref, DBG-24, DBG175
exclamation point (!) • Debugger Ref, DBG-24,
DBG-175
in a symbol• Debugger Ref, DBG-55
in depositing ASCII data • Debugger Ref,
· DBG-97
in depositing instructions• Debugger Ref,
DBG-99
parentheses• Debugger Ref, DBG-32
period • Debugger Ref, DBG-55
quotation mark• Debugger Ref, DBG-97,
DBG-99
semicolon• Debugger Ref, DBG-35, DBG-175
string argument• MACRO Ref, 4-3
syntactical• Debugger Ref, DBG-17 4
to specify precedence• Debugger Ref, DBG83
Delivery
of AST• System Management, 5-5 System
Services Ref, 5-5
Delivery of job-controller requests• Util Routines
Ref, SMB-6
$DELLNM • System Management, 6-15, SYS107 System Services Ref, 6-15, SYS-107
$DELLOG • System Management, A-7 System
Services Ref, A-7
See also DELLNM

Index

$DELMBX • System Management, SYS-109
System Services Ref, SYS-109 1/0 Ref I,
7-4
$DELPRC • System Management, 8-19, SYS-111
System Services Ref, 8-19, SYS-111
DELTA• DELTA Ref, DELTA-1
commands• DELTA Ref, DELT A-2 to DELTA31
invoking• DELTA Ref, DELT A-3
system programs
debugging • DELTA Ref, DELT A-1
Delta
time• Programming, 6-48
Delta time• System Management, 9-2 System
Services Ref, 9-2
and absolute time combination• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-29
as input to $BINTIM • System Management,
SYS-23 System Services Ref, SYS-23
converting to numeric• System Management,
SYS-264 System Services Ref, SYS-264
example• System Management, 9-3 System
Services Ref, 9-3
examples• DCL Dictionary, DCL-28
in system format• System Management, 9-3
System Services Ref, 9-3
specification of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-28
$DELTV A• System Management, SYS-113
System Services Ref, SYS-113
$DELTV A system service• Programming, 9-29
Demand-zero compression
cessation of• Linker Ref, LINK-24
conditions for• Linker Ref, LINK-77
control of by option• Linker Ref, LINK-21
definition of• Linker Ref, LINK-21
Demand-zero image section• Linker Ref, LINK-21
Denial of service problem
potentially induced through evasive action•
System Security, 5-41
/DENSITY qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKUP-64
Mount Ref, MOUNT-17
Departments
role in group design• System Security, 5-3
Deposit
in different radixes• Debugger Ref, DBG-1O1
into logical successor• Debugger Ref, DBG100
into registers• Debugger Ref, DBG-102
into the PSL • Debugger Ref, DBG-103
of ASCII data• Debugger Ref, DBG-97
of data • Debugger Ref, DBG-96

Deposit (cont'd.)
of expression~• Debugger Ref, DBG-96,
DBG-205
of instructions• Debugger Ref, DBG-99,
DBG-100
of multiple expressions• Debugger Ref, DBG97
of numeric data • Debugger Ref, DBG-98
DEPOSIT command• Software Installation, 2-2
DCL Dictionary, DCL-251, DCL-252, DCL253, DCL-254 Patch Ref, PATCH-59 to
PATCH-61 Debugger Ref, DBG-96, DBG-205
and EXAMINE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-297
in patch area operations• Patch Ref, PATCH21
/PA TCH_AREA • Patch Ref, PA TCH-24,
PATCH-61
with VERIFY command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-92
DEPOSIT command (Debugger)• Programming,
5-38
DEPTH attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-6
$DEQ • .System Management, SYS-115 System
Services Ref, SYS-115
example• System Management, 12-13
System Services Ref, 12-13
Lock manager• VAXclusters, 1-5
DEQNA
See QNA
DEQNA communications controller• Networking,
1-8, 2-17, 3-14
Descriptor• RTL Ref, 5-7
analysis of• RTL Ref, 5-4
array• Intro to Routines, 2-21
decimal string• Intro to Routines, 2-25
definition of a• Intro tp Routines, 2-3
definition of a, in VAX Calling Standard• Intro
to Routines, 2-3
dynamic string• Intro to Routines, 2-20
fields of• RTL Ref, 2-7
fixed-length• Intro to Routines, 2-20
label• Intro to Routines, 2-25
noncontiguous array• Intro to Routines, 2-27
patch area• Patch Ref, PA TCH-21
procedure• Intro to Routines, 2-24
string with bounds• Intro to Routines, 2-35
types of, in VAX Calling Standard• Intro to
Routines, 2-20
unaligned bit array• Intro to Routines, 2-33
unaligned bit string• Intro to Routines, 2-31

lndex-71

Index

Descriptor (cont'd.)
unaligned bit string with bounds• Intro to
Routines, 2-36
variable buffer• Intro to Routines, 2-21
varying string• Intro to Routines, 2-29
varying string array• Intro to Routines, 2-30
Descriptor class codes
facility-specific• Intro to Routines, 2-37
reserved• Intro to Routines, 2-37
Descriptor formats
argument• Intro to Routines, 2-18
Descriptor prototype, in VAX Calling Standard•
Intro to Routines, 2-19
DESEL (deactivate select) (N) • EDT Reference,
EDT-264
Design
of identifiers• System Security, 5-7
of sequential file• File Applications, 2-41
Design graphics mode• File Applications, 3-16
Design mnemonics• File Applications, 3-19
Design script• File Applications, 3-16
Designated router
See Ethernet
Designing applications• File Applications, 2-1
considerations• File Applications, 2-29
ease _of design• File Applications, 2-32
shared access• File Applications, 2-32
space• File Applications, 2-31
speed• File Applications, 2-30
indexed file• File Applications, 2-48 to 2-62
relative file• File Applications, 2-44 to 2-48
sequential file• File Applications, 2-40 to 2-43
when to design• File Applications, 2-1
Destination
of X.25 call• Networking, 2-37
/DESTINATION qualifier• Networking, 3-95
DETACH privilege• System Security, A-4
Networking, 5-2
Detached process• System Management, 8-2,
8-7, SYS-82 Software Installation, 7-1 7, 725, 7-35, 7-36, 7-41, 7-43 System Services
Ref, 8-2, 8-7, SYS-82
See Process, detached
establishing values for• Performance
Management, 4-7
Detached process login• System Security, 3-5
Detected bad block file
format. BAD Ref, BAD-3
location• BAD Ref, BAD-2

lndex-72

Detecting actual account being abused• System
Security, 6-6
Detection
of breakin attempts• System Security, 3-32
DE UNA
See UNA
DE UNA communications controller• Networking,
1-8, 2-17, 3-14
DEUNA/DEQNA
address
broadcast• 1/0 Ref II, 6-4
destination • 1/0 Ref II, 6-9, 6-10
Ethernet• 1/0 Ref II, 6-3 to 6-5
group address• 1/0 Ref II, 6-4
loopback assistance• 1/0 Ref II, 6-5
multicast• 1/0 Ref II, 6-4, 6-5, 6-9, 6-13,
6-18
node• 1/0 Ref II, 6-3
physical• 1/0 Ref II, 6-3, 6-4, 6-5, 6-9,
6-13, 6-20
port• 1/0 Ref II, 6-13
shared protocol destination• 1/0 Ref II,
6-18
source • 1/0 Ref II, 6-9
$ASSIGN • 1/0 Ref II, 6-3
AST access mode• 1/0 Ref II, 6-20
AST service routine address• 1/0 Ref II, 6-20
attention AST• 1/0 Ref II, 6-19
broadcast address• 1/0 Ref II, 6-4
buffer
hardware• 1/0 Ref II, 6-12
receive • 1/0 Ref II, 6-9, 6-12
channel assignment• 1/0 Ref II, 6-3
characteristics
device• 1/0 Ref II, 6-6, 6-20
extended• 1/0 Ref II, 6-11 to 6-18, 6-20
controller mode• 1/0 Ref II, 6-17
CRC generation (DEUNA only) • 1/0 Ref II,
6-16
$DASSGN • 1/0 Ref II, 6-3
data chaining• 1/0 Ref II, 6-16
device characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 6-6, 6-20
See also DEUNA/DEQNA, extended
characteristics
drivers • 1/0 Ref II, 6-1
initialization• 1/0 Ref II, 6-3
operation• 1/0 Ref II, 6-3
echo mode (DEUNA only)• 1/0 Ref II, 6-15
error summary bits• 1/0 Ref II, 6-7
Ethernet• 1/0 Ref II, 6-1, 6-2, 6-3, 6-5

Index

DEUNA/DEQNA (cont'd.)
Ethernet addresses• 1/0 Ref II, 6-3
Ethernet protocol types• 1/0 Ref II, 6-5
exclusive mode• 1/0 Ref II, 6-18
extended characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 6-11 to
6-18, 6-20
function codes• 1/0 Ref II, 6-8, A-4
function modifiers
10$M_ATTNAST • 1/0 Ref II, 6-19
10$M_CTRL • 1/0 Ref II, 6-11, 6-19, 6-20
10$M_NOW • 1/0 Ref II, 6-9
10$M_SHUTDOWN • 1/0 Ref II, 6-19
10$M_STARTUP • 1/0 Ref II, 6-11
hardware buffer size• 1/0 Ref II, 6-12
hardware interface• 1/0 Ref II, 6-2
1/0 functions
10$_READLBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 6-9
10$_READPBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 6-9
10$_READVBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 6-9
10$_SENSEMODE • 1/0 Ref II, 6-20
10$_SETCHAR • 1/0 Ref II, 6-11
10$_SETMODE • 1/0 Ref II, 6-11
10$_WRITELBLK• 1/0 Ref II, 6-10
10$_WRITEPBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 6-10
10$_WRITEVBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 6-10
1/0 status block• 1/0 Ref II, 6-21
initialization and operation• 1/0 Ref II, 6-3
message size• 1/0 Ref II, 6-7, 6-9, 6-1 O,
6-12
modify characteristics • 1/0 Ref II, 6-11
multicast address state • 1/0 Ref II, 6-13
multicast group address • 1/0 Ref II, 6-4
padding
message size• 1/0 Ref II, 6-7
transmit messages• 1/0 Ref II, 6-14
parameter identifier (ID)• 1/0 Ref II, 6-11
port• 1/0 Ref II, 6-1
address• 1/0 Ref II, 6-11
start• 1/0 Ref II, 6-11
privilege• 1/0 Ref II, 6-8
programming example• 1/0 Ref II, 6-22
promiscuous mode• 1/0 Ref II, 6-13
protocol type• 1/0 Ref II, 6-1, 6-9, 6-1 O,
6-16
access mode• 1/0 Ref II, 6-17
cross-company• 1/0 Ref II, 6-5
DIGIT AL• 1/0 Ref II, 6-5
Ethernet• 1/0 Ref II, 6-5
sharing• 1/0 Ref II, 6-18

DEUNA/DEQNA (cont'd.)
protocol type sharing• 1/0 Ref II, 6-18
read function• 1/0 Ref II, 6-9
sense mode function• 1/0 Ref II, 6-20
set controller mode• 1/0 Ref II, 6-11
extended characteristics • 1/0 Ref II, 6-11
to 6-18
P2 buffer (extended characteristics) • 1/0
Ref II, 6-11
parameter identifier (ID)• 1/0 Ref II, 6-11
protocol type sharing• 1/0 Ref II, 6-18
set mode function• 1/0 Ref II, 6-11
shared default mode• 1/0 Ref II, 6-18
shared with destination mode• 1/0 Ref II,
6-18
shutdown controller mode• 1/0 Ref II, 6-19
shutdown port• 1/0 Ref II, 6-19
software interface• 1/0 Ref II, 6-2
status returns• 1/0 Ref II, A-5
supported devices• 1/0 Ref II, 6-1
transmit/receive buffer size• 1/0 Ref II, 6-11
unit and line status• 1/0 Ref II, 6-7
write function• 1/0 Ref II, 6-10
DEV$V_2P • Device Driver, A-50
DEV$V_ALL• Device Driver, A-48
DEV$V_A VL • Device Driver, A-48
DEV$V_CCL• Device Driver, A-4 7
DEV$V_CDP• Device Driver, A-50
DEV$V_CLU • Device Driver, A-50
DEV$V_DET • Device Driver, A-50
DEV$V_DIR• Device Driver, A-4 7
DEV$V_DMT • Device Driver, A-48
DEV$V_DUA• Device Driver, A-48
DEV$V_ELG• Device Driver, 13-10, A-48
DEV$V_FQD • Device Driver, A-48
DEV$V_FQR • Device Driver, A-48
DEV$V_GEN• Device Driver, A-48
DEV$V_IDV • Device Driver, A-49
DEV$V_MBX • Device Driver, A-48
DEV$V_MNT • Device Driver, A-48
DEV$V_MSCP • Device Driver, A-50
DEV$V_NET• Device Driver, A-48
DEV$V_NNM • Device Driver, A-50
DEV$V_QDV • Device Driver, A-49
DEV$V_OPR • Device Driver, A-48
DEV$V_RCK • Device Driver, A-49
DEV$V_RCT • Device Driver, A-48
DEV$V_REC• Device Driver, A-4 7
DEV$V_RED• Device Driver, A-50

lndex-73

Index

DEV$V_RND • Device Driver, A-49
DEV$V_RTM • Device Driver, A-49
DEV$V_RTT • Device Driver, A-50
DEV$V_SDI• Device Driver, A-48
DEV$V_SHR • Device Driver, A-48
DEV$V_SPL • Device Driver, A-48
DEV$V_SQD • Device Driver, A-48
DEV$V_SRV • Device Driver, A-50
DEV$V_SSM • Device Driver, A-50
DEV$V_SWL • Device Driver, A-48
DEV$V_ TRM • Device Driver, A-4 7
DEV$V_WCK• Device Driver, A-49
Device• Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-1, 3-4 DCL
Dictionary, DCL-42
See also. Mount verification
access• DCL Dictionary, DCL-138
accessing in batch job• Disk & Tape, 3-32
activating• Device Driver, 2-6, 4-2, 9-3, 9-6,
9-7, 10-2
allocation• Rel Notes, B-16 System
Management, 7-9, SYS-8 DCL Dictionary,
DCL-138 System Services Ref, 7-9, SYS-8
assignment of logical queue name to• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-170
bit-mask for activating• Device Driver, 9-6
busy• Device Driver, 8-23
characteristics• Rel Notes, B-24
Cl-750 • Networking, 2-11, 2-14
Cl-780 • Networking, 2-11, 2-14
cluster
setting up• VAXclusters, 4-15
control mask• Device Driver, 9-6
control/status register• Device Driver, 9-6
CSR• Device Driver, 9-6
deallocation• System Management, SYS-99
DCL Dictionary, DCL-208 System Services
Ref, SYS-99
default
to display• DCL Dictionary, DCL-681
default name designation• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-44
disk man"ging • VAXclusters, 4-1 to 4-21
dismounting• DCL Dictionary, DCL-275
OMA• . Device Driver, 4-2
DMC-11 • Networking, 1-12, 2-8, 2-14
DMF-32 • Networking, 1-12, 2-8, 2-14
DMF-32 asynchronous• Networking, 2-8,
2,;.15
DMP-11 • Networking, 1-12, 2-8, 2-14
DMR-11 • Networking, 1-12, 2-8, 2-14

lndex-74

Device (cont'd.)
DMV-11 • Networking, 2-8
DMZ-32 asynchronous• Networking, 2-8,
2-15
DPV 11 • Networking, 2-17
DR32 • Device Driver, 14-10
dual-pathed • System Management, SYS-179
System Services Ref, SYS-179
DUP 11-DA • Networking, 2-17
DZ 11 • Networking, 1-12
DZ11 asynchronous• Networking, 2-8, 2-15
DZ32 asynchronous• Networking, 2-8, 2-15
DZV 11 asynchronous• Networking, 2-8, 2-15
error• Device Driver, 13-9
establish as spooled• DCL Dictionary, DCL556
establish error-logging status for• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-556
exclude certain• Error Log Ref, ERR-8
file-structured• Device Driver, 2-4
getting information about
synchronously• System Management,
SYS-191 System Services Ref, SYS191
include certain • Error Log Ref, ERR-12
information • Rel Notes, B-24 System
Management, 7-14, A-12 System
Services Ref, 7-14, A-12
information service ($GETDVI) • System
Management, SYS-176 System Services
Ref, SYS-176
initialization • Device Driver, 11-4
interrupt• Device Driver, 1-12, 3-12, 9-8
dismissing• Device Driver, 5-20
expected• Device Driver, 9-10
IPL• Device Driver, 1-11, 3-2
KMS 11-BD • Networking, 2-17
KMS 11-PX • Networking, 2-17
KMY • Networking, 2-17
lock name• System Management, SYS-182
System Services Ref, SYS-182
logical name assignment• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-138
magnetic tape
retrieving information• Disk & Tape, 4-8
set default characteristics for• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-594
mass storage• DCL Dictionary, DCL-42
mounted • Rel Notes, B-16
mounting volumes• Disk & Tape, 7-3

Index

Device (cont'd.)
name• Device Driver, 7-9, 14-4 System
Management, 7-13 DCL Dictionary, DCL42 System Services Ref, 7-13
default• System Management, 7-14
System Services Ref, 7-14
names• Rel Notes, 8-15
naming conventions• VAXclusters, 4-8 to
4-13
non-DIGIT AL• Device Driver, 14-20, 14-23
offline• Disk & Tape, 7-12
protection • Rel Notes, B-7
ONA• Networking, 2-11, 2-17
record-oriented • DCL Dictionary, DCL-42
register• Device Driver, 1-2
referring to• Device Driver, 6-4
using • Device Driver, 6-4
restrictions for users• System Security, 5-46
served • System Management, SYS-185
System Services Ref, SYS-185
sharing a controller• Device Driver, 9-8
spooled• Rel Notes, B-25
timeout• Device Driver, 1-16, 9-8, 9-11 ,
12-1, 12-5, 13-9
logging• Device Driver, 12-7
to display
characteristics of tape• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-698
error count for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-690
information for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-670
mounted volumes• DCL Dictionary, DCL684
queue entries• DCL Dictionary, DCL-718
status of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-682
to display default• DCL Dictionary, DCL-681
to modify protection of• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-618
type• Programming, 8-65 DCL Dictionary,
DCL-42
UNA• Networking, 2-11, 2-17
UNIBUS• Device Driver, 14-7
unit number on a MASSBUS • Device Driver,
14-6
unloading with DISMOUNT• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-277
with dedicated controller• Device Driver, 9-8
word-aligned• Device Driver, 10-4
write lock• Disk & Tape, 7-14
DEVICE attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-37
Device characteristics• Rel Notes, B-24

Device characteristics (cont'd.)
card reader• 1/0 Ref I, 2-3
DEUNA/DEONA • 1/0 Ref II, 6-6
disk• 1/0 Ref /, 3-12
DMC11 /DMR11 • 1/0 Ref II, 1-3
DMP11 /DMF32 • 1/0 Ref II, 2-4
DR11-W• 1/0 Ref II, 3-7
DR32 • 1/0 Ref II, 4-3
DUP 11 • 1/0 Ref II, 5-4
line printer• 1/0 Ref /, 5-3
LP A 11-K • 1/0 Ref/, 4-4
magnetic tape • 1/0 Ref I, 6-6
mailbox• 1/0 Ref I, 7-5
terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-16
Device characteristics field
in FAB• RMS Ref, 5-7
Device code• Software Installation, 4-13, 7-6,
7-37
format• Software Installation, 6-7
V AX-11 /725 systems• Software Installation,
4-18
V AX-11 /730 systems• Software Installation,
4-17
V AX-11 /750 systems• Software Installation,
4-16
V AX-11 /780 systems• Software Installation,
4-16
Device driver
card reader• 1/0 Ref I, 2-1
configuring • SYSGEN Ref, SGN-13
connecting and loading• SYSGEN Ref, SGN18
DEUNA/DEQNA • 1/0 Ref II, 6-1
disk• 1/0 Ref I, 3-1
DMC11/DMR11 • 1/0 Ref II, 1-1
DMP 11 /DMF32 • 1/0 Ref II, 2-1
DR11-W• 1/0 Ref II, 3-1
DR32 • 1/0 Ref II, 4-1
DUP11 • 1/0 Ref II, 5-1
finding a failing• SDA Ref, SDA-21
line printer• 1/0 Ref I, 5-1
loading• VAXclusters, 2-6 SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-29
LPA 11-K • 1/0 Ref/, 4-1
magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref I, 6-1
mailbox• 1/0 Ref I, 7-1
replacing with new version• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-32
showing configuration • SYSGEN Ref, SGN-40

lndex-75

Index

Device driver (cont'd.)
showing information• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-42,
SGN-43
terminal• 1/0 Ref /, 8-1
Device driver image• Patch Ref, PA TCH-6,
PATCH-22
Device drivers
new features• Rel Notes, 4-6
Device identification field
in NAM block• RMS Ref, 6-5
Device initialization routine• Rel Notes, C-13
Device interrupt vector
connecting to• Rel Notes, C-7
Device IPL• Device Driver, 3-12
Device name• Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-4
VAXclusters, 4-8 to 4-13 DCL Dictionary,
DCL-42
allocation• VAXclusters, 4-8 to 4-13
assignment of logical name to• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-161, DCL-220
examples• Software Installation, 4-14
for installing software• Software Installation,
4-12
format• Software Installation, 4-12
generic name• DCL Dictionary, DCL-44
HSC50
restriction• Software Installation, 6-2
in bootstrap operations• Software Installation,
4-14
logical name for• Command Procedures, 2-3
DCL Dictionary, DCL-138
translation• Rel Notes, B-15
Device name address field
in NAM block• RMS Ref, 6-4
Device name length field
in NAM block• RMS Ref, 6-4
Device protection
through identifier ACEs • System Security,
4-30
/DEVICE qualifier• DCL Dictionary, DCL-507
Device specification
DOS-11 • Exchange Ref, EXCH-8
Files-11 • Exchange Ref, EXCH-7
RT-11 • Exchange Ref, EXCH-7
Device symbiont• Util Routines Ref, PSM-2
Device test
See Test, device
Device type• Rel Notes, 9-5
Device type code• Software Installation, 4-12

lndex-76

Device types• Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-4 DCL
Oictionary, DCL-42
codes• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-14
descriptions• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-14
Device-activation bit-mask• Device Driver, 9-6
Device-busy bit• Device Driver, 13-8
Device-data block• Device Driver, 5-4, 5-7
See DOB
Device-dependent data
storing • Device Driver, 7-4
Device-dependent status
saving the• Device Driver, 12-4
Device-independent 1/0 processing• Device
Driver, 5-22
Device-independent processing • Device· Driver,
1-6
Device-specific processing • Device Driver, 1-6
Device-status bits• Util Routines Ref, SMB-35
Device-timeout bit• Device Driver, 12-5
Device-timeout handler• Device Driver, 1-16
Devices
V AX-11 /725 systems• Software Installation,
4-18
Devour privileges• System Security, 5-53
$DEXP (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-379
$DFLOOR (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-5
$DFLOTI (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-5
$DFLOTJ (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-5
DFM32
choosing appropriate environment•
Performance Management, 4-23
DFW option• FOL Ref, FDL-20
$DGBLSC • System Management, SYS-119
System Services Ref, SYS-119
DHU-11 device• 1/0 Ref /, 8-1
DHV-11 device• 1/0 Ref /, 8-1
DIAGNOSE privilege• System Security, A-4
Networking, 5-3
Diagnostic buffer• Device Driver, 7-9, 8-22
Diagnostic strategy
overview• Performance Management, 3-1
Diagnostics• Software Installation, 7-21
DIAL command• Phone Ref, PHONE-10
Dial up
terminal characteristic• 1/0 Ref /, 8-21
Dial-up line
terminal• 1/0 Ref /, 8-11
DIALUP
as system identifier• System Security, 4-22
identifier• System Security, 5-9

Index

Dial up
backup synchronous
and autoanswer • System Security, 7-9
retries
cuntrolling • System Security, 5-37
Dialup connection
breaking properly• System Security, 3-45
Dialup login• System Security, 3-3
failures• System Security, 3-32
$DIBDEF macro
symbol defined• System Management, A-10
System Services Ref, A-10
DIFFERENCES command• Intro to VAX/VMS,
6-10 DCL Dictionary, DCL-255, DCL-257,
DCG258,DCG259,DCG26~DCG261

$DIGIT_SEP (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-77
DIGIT AL command language
see DCL
DIGIT AL CRT (terminal characteristic)• 1/0 Ref I,
8-23
DIGIT AL Network Architecture
See DNA
DIGIT AL Standard Runoff
See DSR
new features• Rel Notes, 2-5
DIGIT AL storage architecture
See Disk, DSA disks
Digital Storage Architecture (DSA) • Rel Notes,
9-2
DIGIT AL storage architecture disks• 1/0 Ref I,
3-11
DIGIT AL-private escape sequences, terminal• 1/0
Ref/, B-10
$DIM (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-4
$DIMAG (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-382
DIMENSION statement• Programming, 6-26
$DINT (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-5
DIOLM quota• Networking, 5-36
Direct access• Programming, 9-4, 9-47
Direct assignment statement• MACRO Ref, 1-1,
3-16 to 3-17
Direct data path• Device Driver, 1-20, 4-3, 4-6
Direct 1/0 • Device Driver, 8-24
Direct 1/0 count• Convert Ref, CONV-26
Direct 1/0 limit (DIOLM) • Software Installation,
5-2
Direct 1/0 quota• Rel Notes, B-5 1/0 Ref I,
3-14, 6-8
Direct input/output operation• Programming,
6-45
Direct memory access
See OMA

Direct-vector UNIBUS adaptor• Device Driver,
1-2
Directing output• DTS/DTR Ref, DTS-1 Librarian
Ref, LIB-3 NCP Ref, NCP-1 SUMSLP Ref,
SUM-1
Directing output of ACCOUNTING• Accounting
Ref, ACC-2
Directing output of ANAL YZE/RMS_FILE •
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-1
Directing output of AUTHORIZE• Authorize Ref,
AUTH-1
Directing output of BACKUP• Backup Ref,
BACKUP-3
Directing output of BAD• BAD Ref, BAD-1
Directing output of CONVERT • Convert Ref,
CONV-2
Directing output of CONVERT /RECLAIM • Convert
Ref, CONV-2
Directing output of CREA TE/FOL• FDL Ref,
FDL-2
Directing output of EDIT /FOL• FDL Ref, FDL-2
Directing output of Error Log • Error Log Ref,
ERR-1
Directing output of EXCHANGE• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-2
Directing output of INST ALL• Install Ref, INS-1
Directing output of MONITOR• Monitor Ref,
MON-2
Directing output of MOUNT• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-3
Directing output of PATCH • Patch Ref, PA TCH-1
Directing output of SHOW CLUSTER• Show
Cluster Ref, SHCL-1
Directing output of SYSGEN • SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-1
Directing output of VERIFY• Verify Ref, VER-1
Directive• MACRO Ref, 1-1 to 1-2, 6-1 to 6-98
as operator• MACRO Ref, 2-3
$FAO • System Management, SYS-143
System Services Ref, SYS-143
general assembler• MACRO Ref, 1-1 , 6-1,
·6-1 to 6-3
macro• MACRO Ref, 1-1, 6-1, 6-3
summary• MACRO Ref, C-1 to C-6
Directory• Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-1, 3-7 DCL
Dictionary, DCL-37, DCL-38, DCL-40, DCL-41
access
execute-only• System Security, 4-12 DCL
Dictionary, DCL-111
copying• DCL Dictionary, DCL-187
creating• Disk & Tape, 4-20

lndex-77

Index

Directory (cont'd.)
creation• DCL Dictionary, DCL-200 Authorize
Ref, AUTH-19 RTL Ref, RTL-19
creation of UIC • DCL Dictionary, DCL.:.201
deleting file• System Security, 4-13
display contents of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-264
file version limit
definition at creation• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-201
hierarchy• DCL Dictionary, DCL-37, DCL-38
master file• File Applications, 5-16
name format• DCL Dictionary, DCL-37,
DCL-40, DCL-41
owner
default assignment• System Security,
4-38
ownership
how established • System Security, 4-38
propagating identifier ACE
through DEFAULT option• System Security,
4-29
protection
defintion at creation • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-201
to modify• DCL Dictionary, DCL-614
ready access• DCL Dictionary, DCL-320
root• File Applications, 5-19 to 5-24
roots• VAXclusters, 2-10
search with wildcard characters• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-48, DCL-49, DCL-50
space preallocation on disk• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-321
subdirectory• DCL Dictionary, DCL-37, DCL38
to change specification• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-475
to display default• DCL Dictionary, DCL-681
to modify• DCL Dictionary, DCL-564
to modify number in system space
for Files-11 volume• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-664
DIRECTORY command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 120, 1-26, 2-8 Disk & Tape, 4-3, 4-24 DCL
Dictionary, DCL-264, DCL-270, DCL-271,
DCL-272 Exchange Ref, EXCH-26 Mail Ref,
MAIL-34 Phone Ref, PHONE-11
/ACL qualifier• Disk & Tape, 4-9
for VMSINST AL product list• Software
Installation, 5-6
/FULL qualifier• Disk & Tape, 4-26
using with magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 5-4

lndex-78

DIRECTORY command (cont'd.)
with magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 4-5
Directory file
default protection • System Security, 4-40
ACL-based • System Security, 4-40
UIC-based • System Security, 4-40
Directory identification field
in NAM block• RMS Ref, 6-4
Directory logical name table
process• System Management, 6-3 System
Services Ref, 6-3
system• System Management, 6-3 System
Services Ref, 6-3
Directory lookup
ACP-QIO interface subfunction • 1/0 Ref I, 1-9
Directory name length and address field
in NAM block• RMS Ref, 6-4
Directory reference
absolute • File Applications, 5-16
relative• File Applications, 5-16
Directory specification
normal• File Applications, 5-16 to 5-18
rooted• File Applications, 5-18 to 5-24
Directory tree
definition of• File Applications, 5-16
DIRECTORY /OWNER command
use to display directory owner• System
Security, 4-38
DIRECTORY /SECURITY command• System
Security, 4-50
DIRECTORY_ENTRY attribute• File Applications,
3-38 FDL Ref, FDL-20, FDL-21
.DISABLE BAR• DSR Reference, 2-26
example• DSR Reference, 2-26
.DISABLE BOLDING• DSR Reference, 2-29
DISABLE CHECKS command• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-24
DISABLE command• Disk Quota Ref, DQT-7
.DISABLE directive• MACRO Ref, 6-21
.DISABLE HYPHENATION• DSR Reference, 2-30
.DISABLE INDEXING• DSR Reference, 2-31
.DISABLE OVERSTRIKING• DSR Reference, 2-32
.DISABLE TOC • DSR Reference, 2-33
.DISABLE UNDERLINING• DSR Reference, 2-34
$DISABLE_CTRL (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-9, RTL-79
$DISABLE_UNSOLICITED_INPUT (SMG) • RTL
Ref, RTL-515
DISALLOW• Programming, 7-10
DISALLOW (CLD clause)• Programming, 7-9

Index

DISALLOW clause• CDU Ref, CDU-11 to CDU-16
definition path • CDU Ref, CDU-14
evaluation of• CDU Ref, CDU-11
for DEFINE SYNTAX statement• CDU Ref,
CDU-23
for DEFINE VERB statement• CDU Ref, CDU32
keyword path• CDU Ref, CDU-13
operator for• CDU Ref, CDU-15 to CDU-16
specifying entities in• CDU Ref, CDU-12 to
CDU-15
Disassociation
of event flag cluster• System Management,
4-6 System Services Ref, 4-6
Disconnect• Networking, 8-18
abort• Networking, 8-18, 8-41
synchronous• Networking, 8-18
DISCONNECT command• DCL Dictionary, DCL273 DTS/DTR Ref, DTS-11 1/0 Ref/, 8-14
DISCONNECT LINK command• Networking, 3-87
NCP Ref, NCP-44
Disconnect service• File Applications, 7-3 RMS
Ref, RMS-52
condition values• RMS Ref, RMS-53
See also Completion status codes
function • RMS Ref, 4-14
Disconnected job message• System Security,
3-7
Disconnected Jobs
feature
management• System Security, 5-35
Disconnected processes
at logout time• System Security, 3-44
Disk
See also Dual-pathed disk
See also Dual-ported disk
ACP control function• 1/0 Ref /, 1-36
ACP operation
create file• 1/0 Ref /, 1-28
deaccess file• 1/0 Ref /, 1-32
allocation of• Disk & Tape, 4-10, 4-11
allocation of mapping pointers• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-325
allocation of space on• Disk & Tape, 1-3
analysis• DCL Dictionary, DCL-142
available function• 1/0 Ref/, 3-23
basic concepts of• Disk & Tape, 1-2
block• File Applications, 2-37
cluster• Disk & Tape, 1-2
description• Disk & Tape, 1-2

Disk
block (cont'd.)
record• Disk & Tape, 1-5
capabilities • 1/0 Ref /, 3-6
cluster-accessible• VAXc/usters, 4-1, 4-2 to
4-8
cluster-wide access
file system• VAXclusters, 1-5
command procedures for setting up•
VAXclusters, 2-8, 4-15 to 4-21
cylinder• File Applications, 2-37
data check• 1/0 Ref/, 3-8, 3-20, 3-21
deallocating drives• Disk & Tape, 3-30
default format• Disk & Tape, 5-2
default protection • System Security, 4-41
DCL Dictionary, DCL-111
definition of shareable volume• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-325
definition of structure level • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-325
device characteristics• 1/0 Ref /, 3-12
device naming conventions• VAXclusters, 4-8
device type codes• 1/0 Ref/, 3-13
device-naming conventions• VAXclusters, 4-8
to 4-13
devices, supported• 1/0 Ref /, 3-1 to 3-6
DIGIT AL standard architecture (DSA) •
VAXclusters, 1-3
directory
to rename• DCL Dictionary, DCL-475
directory space allocation • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-321
disk file
backup • DCL Dictionary, DCL-1 7 4
comparison• DCL Dictionary, DCL-174,
DCL-255
copying • DCL Dictionary, DCL-17 4
deleting• DCL Dictionary, DCL-238
renaming• DCL Dictionary, DCL-475
restoring • DCL Dictionary, DCL-17 4
saving• DCL Dictionary, DCL-174
disk file attributes• 1/0 Ref I, 3-9
disk file protection• DCL Dictionary, DCL-110
dismounting• DCL Dictionary, DCL-275
driver• 1/0 Ref /, 3-1
DSA disks• 1/0 Ref/, 3-1, 3-8, 3-11
dual porting • 1/0 Ref /, 3-7
DSA disks • 1/0 Ref /, 3-8
restrictions• 1/0 Ref /, 3-8
error recovery• 1/0 Ref /, 3-9

lndex-79

Index

Disk (cont'd.)
establish error-logging for• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-556
file
copying• Disk & Tape, 5-2
See also COPY command
See also Copy operation
to magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 4-20
file access• System Security, 4-11
file protection
See Protection
floppy
specification of density• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-321
foreign device type• 1/0 Ref/, 3-13
function codes• 1/0 Ref/, 3-14, A-2
function modifiers
10$M_DATACHECK • 1/0 Ref/, 3-8, 3-20,
3-21
10$M_DELDATA• 1/0 Ref /, 3-21
10$M_ERASE • 1/0 Ref/, 3-18, 3-21
10$M_INHRETRY• 1/0 Ref/, 3-10, 3-20,
3-21
HSC50 • VAXclusters, 4-1 to 4-2
failover • VAXclusters, 4-7
HSC50 controller• 1/0 Ref /, 3-3
1/0 functions• 1/0 Ref /, 3-14
See also ACP-OIO interface
arguments• 1/0 Ref /, 3-17 to 3-19
IQ$_A V AILABLE • 1/0 Ref /, 3-23
10$_FORMAT • 1/0 Ref /, 3-22
IQ$_PACKACK • 1/0 Ref I, 3-22
10$_READLBLK • 1/0 Ref /, 3-19
IQ$_READPBLK • 1/0 Ref /, 3-19
10$_READVBLK • 1/0 Ref /, 3-19
10$_SEARCH • 1/0 Ref /, 3-22
IQ$_SEEK • 1/0 Ref /, 3-23
10$_SENSECHAR • 1/0 Ref I, 3-21
10$_SENSEMODE • 1/0 Ref I, 3-21
10$_UNLOAD • 1/0 Ref I, 3-23
10$_WRITECHECK• 1/0 Ref I, 3-23
IQ$_WRITELBLK• 1/0 Ref/, 3-20
10$_WRITEPBLK• 1/0 Ref I, 3-20
10$_WRITEVBLK• 1/0 Ref I, 3-20
1/0 status block• 1/0 Ref I, 3-24
index file placement• DCL Dictionary, DCL323
indicating bad block data• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-325
initializing• Software Installation, 7-6

lndex-80

Disk (cont'd.)
making a public volume• Mount Ref, MOUNT36
managing• VAXclusters, 4-1 to 4-21
MASSBUS • VAXclusters, 4-1, 4-2, 4-3
dual-ported• VAXclusters, 4-4
modifying file characteristics• Disk & Tape,
4-13
mounting• Disk & Tape, 3-12 VAXclusters,
4-15 DCL Dictionary, DCL-44 1 Mount
Ref, MOUNT-1
MSCP server• VAXclusters, 4-3
MSCP-served • VAXclusters, 4-2
offset recovery• 1/0 Ref I, 3-9
operator status
to disable• DCL Dictionary, DCL-482
to enable • DCL Dictionary, DCL-482
pack acknowledge function• 1/0 Ref I, 3-22
paths• ·vAXclusters, 4-8
port access modes• 1/0 Ref I, 3-7
port selection• 1/0 Ref /, 3-7
preparing for test• Software Installation, 7-2,
7-6, 7-7
programming example• 1/0 Ref I, 3-25
protection • System Security, 4-3 DCL
Dictionary, DCL-106
See Protection
quorum• VAXc/usters, 5-3
quota• File Applications, 2-35
quotas• 1/0 Ref I, 1-37 to 1-40
applicable• 1/0 Ref I, 3-14
read function• 1/0 Ref I, 3-19
repairing errors on a disk volume• Verify Ref,
VER-8
restricted access• VAXclusters, 4-1
scratch • Software lnstallatio.n, 7-5, 7-6
search function • 1/0 Ref I, 3-22
sector translation• 1/0 Ref I, 3-10
seek operation• Device Driver, 9-3
seek operations• 1/0 Ref/, 3-9, 3-23
sense mode function• 1/0 Ref/, 3-21
sequential file creation• DCL Dictionary, DCL196
set density function• 1/0 Ref/, 3-22
setting up• VAXclusters, 2-8, 4-15
setting up dual-ported• VAXclusters, 2-6
shareable volume
specifying• Mount Ref, MOUNT-35
shared

Index

Disk
shared (cont'd.)
storing common procedures on •
VAXclusters, 2-6
shared volumes• VAXclusters, 4-13 to 4-15
mounting• VAXclusters, 4-14
skip sectoring• 1/0 Ref I, 3-10
specification of faulty areas• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-320
specification of maximum file number• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-323
specifying cluster size• DCL Dictionary, DCL320
specifying default file extension size• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-322
status returns• 1/0 Ref I, A-4
structure
Files-11 • Disk & Tape, 1-5
supported devices• 1/0 Ref I, 3-1 to 3-6
system• Software Installation, 7-4, 7-22
test of• Software Installation, 7-40
error• Software Installation, 7-23, 7-27,
7-28
test image name• Software Installation,
7-40
to display quota• DCL Dictionary, DCL-725
to open file• System Management, 11-9
System Services Ref, 11-9
track• File Applications, 2-45
TU58 magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref I, 3-6, 3-9,
3-20, 3-21, 3-22, 3-24
UDA • VAXclusters, 4-1, 4-2, 4-3
UNIBUS• VAXclusters, 4-1, 4-2, 4-3
unload function• 1/0 Ref I, 3-23
volume• File Applications, 2-37
volume initialization• DCL Dictionary, DCL-318
volume protection
See Protection
volume set
See Volume set
dismounting• DCL Dictionary, DCL-276
write check function• 1/0 Ref I, 3-23
write function• 1/0 Ref I, 3-20
Disk activity
due to paging or swapping • Performance
Management, 3-39
Disk cartridges
loading and unloading• Software Installation,
3-19
Disk controller• VAXclusters, 1-3 Software
Installation, 7-36

Disk device
how to specify• Software Installation, 4-3
Disk file
to open • System Management, 11-9 System
Services Ref, 11-9
Disk file output• Monitor Ref, MON-11
Disk information • Monitor Ref, MON-38
Disk model• FDL Ref, FDL-37
Disk packs
loading and unloading• Software Installation,
3-22
Disk quota• Disk & Tape, 4-10
as restriction for user• System Security, 5-4 7
example• System Security, 5-22
Disk Quota Utility (DISKOUOT A)• Disk Quota Ref,
DOT-1
commands• Disk Quota Ref, DOT-4 to
DOT-15
exiting• Disk Quota Ref, DOT-1
invoking• Disk Quota Ref, DQT-1
restrictions• Disk Quota Ref, DOT-1
Disk quotas• 1/0 Ref I, 1-37
Disk scavenging• System Security, 4-48
how to discourage• System Security, 5-75
Disk space• Software Installation, 7-2, 7-5, 7-28
Accounting Ref, ACC-4
requirements for upgrade• Software
Installation, 6-5
usage and charging• System Security, 5-20
Disk space usage
charging to identifiers• System Security, 4-35
Disk structure
Files-11 • Disk & Tape, A-1
Disk thrashing
investigating • Performance Management,
3-30
Disk usage accounting file• Verify Ref, VER-2
Disk volume
See also Disk
disabling automatic rebuild • Mount Ref,
MOUNT-32
modify RMS defaults for file operations• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-638
mounting • System Management, 7-11
System Services Ref, 7-11
overriding protection checks• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-26
rebuild• Mount Ref, MOUNT-32
restrictions • System Security, 5-4 7
Disk volume transfers• FOL Ref, FDL-24

lndex-81

Index

Disk volume verification• Verify Ref, VER-1
DISl<-QUORUM parameter• VAXclusters, 5-3,
5-4
DISl<-QUORUM system parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-61
DISKOUOTA
See Disk Quota Utility
$DISMOU • System Management, 7-13, SYS122 System Services Ref, 7-13, SYS-122
DISMOUMSG system parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-61
Dismount
cluster-wide• DCL Dictionary, DCL-276
shared device• DCL Dictionary, DCL-276
DISMOUNT command• Disk & Tape, 3-27, 3-30
DCL Dictionary, DCL-275, DCL-276, DCL-277
Exchange Ref, EXCH-29 1/0 Ref I, 1-36
/NOUNLOAD qualifier• Disk & Tape, 3-28
/UNIT qualifier• Disk & Tape, 3-27
using with magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 4-21
$DISMOUNT system service• 1/0 Ref I, 1-36
Dismounting
disk• DCL Dictionary, DCL-275
magnetic tape• DCL Dictionary, DCL-275
Dispatch to subprogram• Programming, 7-28
Dispatcher
exception• System Management, 10-7
System Services Ref, 10-7
Displacement deferred mode• MACRO Ref, 5-10
to 5 .. 11
operand specifier formats• MACRO Ref, 8-18
Displacement mode• MACRO Ref, 5~8 to 5-9
operand specifier formats• MACRO Ref, 8-17
to 8-18
Displacement-mode addressing• Device Driver,
6-2
Display• SDA Ref, SDA-9
controlling• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-7 to
SHCL-11
date• DCL Dictionary, DCL-737
deleting • Programming, 5-13
device status• DCL Dictionary, DCL-682
file at terminal• DCL Dictionary, DCL-789
file on current output device• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-789
formatting considerations• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-7 to SHCL-8
names of installed files• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-683
names of open files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-683

lndex-82

Display (cont'd.)
of command procedure• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-661
of files opened by the system• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-684
of installed files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-684
overlying• Programming, 5-14
refreshing the screen • Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-10
saving • Programming, 5-13
showing of• Debugger Ref, DBG-276
time• DCL Dictionary, DCL-737
updating• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-8
working set
limit• DCL Dictionary, DCL-743
quota• DCL Dictionary, DCL-7 43
.DISPLAY APPENDIX• DSR Reference, 2-16
example• DSR Reference, 2-16
.DISPLAY CHAPTER• Text Processing, 19-1
DSR Reference, 2-18
example• DSR Reference, 2-18
DISPLAY command• Debugger Ref, DBG-130,
DBG-132, DBG-208
DISPLAY command (Debugger)• Programming,
5-12
Display data • Monitor Ref, MON"'.' 7
.DISPLAY ELEMENTS• Text Processing, 13-5
DSR Reference, 2-20
.DISPLAY LEVELS• Text Processing, 18-5 DSR
Reference, 2-22
Display modes
See Entry and display modes
.DISPLAY NUMBER• Text Processing, 19-3 DSR
Reference, 2-24
Display output• Monitor Ref, MON-6
/DISPLAY qualifier• FOL Ref, FDL-1, FDL-46
Monitor Ref, MON-20
DISPLAY REG command• ·Debugger Ref, DBG127
, Display service• RMS Ref, RMS-54
condition values• RMS Ref, RMS-5.6
See also Completion status codes
.DISPLAY SUBPAGE• DSR Reference, 2-25
Display type
CHARACTERISTICS• Networking, 3-114
COUNTERS• Networking, 3-115
EVENTS• Networking, 3-115
ST A TUS • Networking, 3-115
SUMMARY• Networking, 3-115
Display, canceling of• Debugger Ref, DBG-184

Index

Display, saving of• Debugger Ref, DBG-225
Display, selecting of• Debugger Ref, DBG-231
Display, setting of• Debugger Ref, DBG-237
Display, source line
See Source line display
DISPLAY /REFRESH command• Debugger Ref,
DBG-135
Displaying records
in the network user authorization file•
Authorize Ref, AUTH-57
in the rights database• Authorize Ref, AUTH55, AUTH-58
in the system user authorization file• Authorize
Ref, AUTH-52
Distributed file system• VAXclusters, 1-5
Distributed job controller• VAXclusters, 1-6
Distributed lock management information•
Monitor Ref, MON-41
Distributed lock manager• VAXclusters, 1-5
Distribution lists• Mail Ref, MAIL-12
Distribution of processing• VAXclusters, 3-1
$DIV_PILLONG (OTS) • RTL Ref, RTL-442
$DIV_PILSHORT (OTS) • RTL Ref, RTL-445
DIVB2 (Divide Byte 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-19
DIVB3 (Divide Byte 3 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-19
$DIVC (OTS) • RTL Ref, RTL-440
$DIVCD_R3 (OTS) • RTL Ref, RTL-440
$DIVCG_R3 (OTS) • RTL Ref, RTL-440
DIVD2 (Divide D_floating 2 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-111
DIVD3 (Divide D_floating 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-111
DIVF2 (Divide F_floating 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-111
DIVF3 (Divide F_floating 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-111
DIVG2 (Divide G_floating 2 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-111
DIVG3 (Divide G_floating 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-111
DIVH2 (Divide H_floating 2 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-111
DIVH3 (Divide H_floating 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-111
$DIVIDE (STR) • RTL Ref, RTL-654
Divide by 0 error• Programming, 6-11
Divide by zero trap• MACRO Ref, 8-13
Division• Programming, 6-8 SDA Ref, SDA-11
decimal strings• RTL Ref, RTL-654

Division (cont'd.)
extended precision• RTL Ref, RTL-83
of complex numbers• RTL Ref, RTL-440
packed decimal• RTL Ref, RTL-442, RTL-445
DIVL2 (Divide Long 2 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-19
DIVL3 (Divide Long 3 Operand) instruction •
MACRO Ref, 9-19
DIVP (Divide Packed) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-15 7 to 9-158
DIVW2 (Divide Word 2 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-19
DIVW3 (Divide Word 3 Operand) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-19
DL command• Text Processing, 4-7
$DLCEFC • System Management, SYS-125
System Services Ref, SYS-125
OLM (data link mapping)• Networking, 1-2, 1-3,
1-16
circuit• Networking, 1-2, 2-7, 2-13, 3-43
CIRCUIT parameters• Networking, 3-58
incoming and outgoing calls• Networking,
3-59
network configuration• Networking, 5-22
OWNER EXECUTOR circuit parameter•
Networking, 3-59
setting up a circuit• Networking, 3-62
subaddresses • Networking, 3-61
$DLOG (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-383
$DLOG10 (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-387
$DLOG2 (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-385
DLT option• FDL Ref, FDL-20
DLWC (default lowercase) (N) • EDT Reference,
EDT-265
OMA (direct-memory access) • Device Driver,
1-20
OMA devices• Device Driver, 7-14
OMA 1/0• Device Driver, 7-14
OMA mode (terminal characteristic)• 1/0 Ref /,
8-23
$DMAX 1 (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-6
DMAXDT file• DELTA Ref, DELT A-4
DMC-11 device• Networking, 1-12, 2-8, 2-14
DMC11/DMR11
attention AST• 1/0 Ref II, 1-9
enable• 1/0 Ref II, 1-7
device characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 1-3, 1-8
Digital Data Communications
Message Protocol
(DDCMP) • 1/0 Ref II, 1-1

lndex-83

Index

DMC 11/DMR11 (cont'd.)
driver• 1/0 Ref II, 1-1
capabilities• 1/0 Ref II, 1-2
error summary bits• 1/0 Ref II, 1-5
function codes• 1/0 Ref II, 1-5, A-1
function modifiers
10$M_ATTNAST • 1/0 Ref II, 1-7
10$M_DSABLMBX • 1/0 Ref II, 1-6
10$M_ENABLMBX • 1/0 Ref II, 1-6
10$M_NOW • 1/0 Ref II, 1-6
10$M_SHUTDOWN • 1/0 Ref II, 1-8
10$M_STARTUP • 1/0 Ref II, 1-8
1/0 functions
10$_READLBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 1-5
10$_READPBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 1-5
10$_READVBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 1-5
10$_SETCHAR • 1/0 Ref II, 1-7
10$_SETMODE • 1/0 Ref II, 1-7
10$_WRITELBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 1-6
10$_WRITEPBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 1-6
10$_WRITEVBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 1-6
1/0 status block• 1/0 Ref II, 1-9
mailbox
disable• 1/0 Ref II, 1-6
enable• 1/0 Ref II, 1-6
message• 1/0 Ref II, 1-9
message types• 1/0 Ref II, 1-2
usage• 1/0 Ref II, 1-2
message size• 1/0 Ref II, 1-4, 1-6, 1-8
programming example • 1/0 Ref II, 1-9
quotas• 1/0 Ref II, 1-2, 1-8
read function• 1/0 Ref II, 1-5
receive-message blocks• 1/0 Ref II, 1-8, 1-9
set characteristics function • 1/0 Ref II, 1-7
set mode ~nd shut down unit• 1/0 Ref II, 1-8
set mode and start unit• 1/0 Ref II, 1-8
set mode function• 1/0 Ref II, 1-6, 1-7
start unit• 1/0 Ref II, 1-8
status returns• 1/0 Ref II, A-1
supported DMC 11 options• 1/0 Ref II, 1-1
unit and line status• 1/0 Ref II, 1-4
unit characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 1-4
write function• 1/0 Ref II, 1-6
DMF-32 asynchronous device• Networking, 2-8,
2-15
DMF-32 device• Networking, 1-12, 2-8, 2-14
1/0 Ref /, 8-1
$DMIN 1 (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-6
$DMOD (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-6

lndex-84

DMOV (default move) (N) • EDT Reference, EDT266
DMP-11 device• Networking, 1-12, 2-8, 2-14
DMP 11 /DMF32
AST service routine address• 1/0 Ref II, 2-20
character-oriented protocol• 1/0 Ref II, 2-3,
2-13, 2-14
characteristics
controller• 1/0 Ref II, 2-10, 2-21
device• 1/0 Ref II, 2-4
extended• 1/0 Ref II, 2-11 to 2-13, 2-16
to 2-18
modify• 1/0 Ref II, 2-10
tributary• 1/0 Ref II, 2-16, 2-21
controller
mode• 1/0 Ref II, 2-12
start• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1 O
DDCMP (DIGIT AL Data Communications
Message Protocol)• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1
device characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 2-4
diagnostic support• 1/0 Ref II, 2-21
read device status slot• 1/0 Ref II, 2-22
read line unit modem status• 1/0 Ref II,
2-22
set line unit modem status• 1/0 Ref II,
2-21
DMC 11-compatible operating mode• 1/0 Ref II,
2-2
DMF32 driver
control• 1/0 Ref II, 2-13
transmitter interface• 1/0 Ref II, 2-15
DMF32 driver transmitter interface• 1/0 Ref II,
2-15
driver• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1
capabilities• 1/0 Ref II, 2-2
duplex modes• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1, 2-3, 2-12,
2-13
enable attention AST• 1/0 Ref II, 2-20
enable modem• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1 O
error summary bits• 1/0 Ref II, 2-5
errors• 1/0 Ref II, 2-6
extended characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 2-11 to
2-13, 2-13, 2-16 to 2-18
framing routine interface• 1/0 Ref II, 2-14
function codes• 1/0 Ref II, 2-7, A-2
function modifiers
10$M_ATTNAST • 1/0 Ref II, 2-20
10$M_CTRL• 1/0 Ref II, 2-10, 2-19, 2-21,
2-22
10$M_NOW • 1/0 Ref II, 2-8

Index

DMP 11 /DMF32
function modifiers (cont'd.)
10$M_RD_MEM • 1/0 Ref II, 2-22
10$M_RD_MODEM • 1/0 Ref II, 2-22
10$M_SET_MODEM• 1/0 Ref II, 2-21
10$M_SHUTDOWN• 1/0 Ref II, 2-19,
2-20
10$M_STARTUP• IJO Ref II, 2-10, 2-16
HDLC bit stuff mode• 1/0 Ref II, 2-3, 2-13,
2-15
1/0 functions
10$_CLEAN• 1/0 Ref II, 2-15
10$_READLBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 2-8
10$_READPBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 2-8
10$_READVBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 2-8
10$_SENSEMODE • 1/0 Ref II, 2-21
10$_SETCHAR • 1/0 Ref II, 2-9
10$_SETMODE• 1/0 Ref II, 2-9
10$_WRITELBLK• 1/0 Ref II, 2-9
10$_WRITEPBLK• 1/0 Ref II, 2-9
10$_WRITEVBLK• 1/0 Ref II, 2-9
1/0 status block• 1/0 Ref II, 2-23
message size• 1/0 Ref II, 2-4, 2-8, 2-9, 2-10
modem
disable line• 1/0 Ref II, 2-19
status• 1/0 Ref II, 2-22
modify characteristics • 1/0 Ref II, 2-1 O
multipoint
configuration• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1, 2-2
control station• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1, 2-2
parameter ID• 1/0 Ref II, 2-11, 2-13
point-to-point
configuration• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1, 2-2
station• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1
polling time• 1/0 Ref II, 2-12, 2-18
privilege• 1/0 Ref II, 2-8
programming example• 1/0 Ref II, 2-23
protocol• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1, 2-3, 2-11, 2-13,
2-14
start• !10 Ref II, 2-16
stop• 1/0 Ref II, 2-20
quotas• 1/0 Ref II, 2-3
read device status slot• 1/0 Ref II, 2-22
read function• 1/0 Ref II, 2-8
read line unit modem status• 1/0 Ref II, 2-22
sense mode function• 1/0 Ref II, 2-21
set controller mode• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1 O
characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1 O

DMP 11 /DMF32
set controller mode (cont'd.)
extended characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 2-11
to 2-13
message size• 1/0 Ref II, 2-10, 2-12,
2-13
P 1 buffer (characteristics)• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1 O
P2 buffer (extended characteristics)• 1/0
Ref II, 2-11
parameter ID (identifier)• 1/0 Ref II, 2-11
receive message block~• 1/0 Ref II, 2-13
set line unit modem status• 1/0 Ref II, 2-21
set mode function• 1/0 Ref II, 2-9
set tributary mode• 1/0 Ref II, 2-16
characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 2-16
extended characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 2-16
to 2-18
P 1 buffer (characteristics)• 1/0 Ref II, 2-16
P2 buffer (extended characteristics)• 1/0
Ref II, 2-16
parameter ID (identifier)• 1/0 Ref II, 2-16
shutdown controller mode• 1/0 Ref II, 2-19
shutdown tributary mode• 1/0 Ref II, 2-20
start
controller• 1/0 Ref II, 2-10
protocol• 1/0 Ref II, 2-16
tributary• 1/0 Ref II, 2-16
status returns• 1/0 Ref II, A-2
status, DMF32 driver• 1/0 Ref II, 2-15
stop
controller• 1/0 Ref II, 2-19
modem line• 1/0 Ref II, 2-19
protocol• 1/0 Ref II, 2-19, 2-20
tributary• 1/0 Ref II, 2-19, 2-20
supported devices• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1
sync characters• 1/0 Ref II, 2-12, 2-14
timeout• 1/0 Ref II, 2-14
tributary• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1
address• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1, 2-18
mode• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1
start• 1/0 Ref II, 2-16
station• 1/0 Ref II, 2-1, 2-2
stop• 1/0 Ref II, 2-19, 2-20
unit and line status• 1/0 Ref II, 2-5
unit characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 2-5
write function• 1/0 Ref II, 2-9
DMR-11 device• Networking, 1-12, 2-8, 2-14
DMV-11 device• Networking, 2-8

lndex-85

Index

DMZ-32 asynchronous device• Networking, 2-8,
2-15
DMZ-32 device• 1/0 Ref I, 8-1
DNA (DIGIT AL Network Architecture)
layers• Networking, 1-5
protocols• Networking, 1-5
$DNINT (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-6
Do (K) (LK201 Keyboard)
See ENTER (K)
DO command sequence
command procedure in • Debugger Ref, DBG22
execution of• Debugger Ref, DBG-35
format of• Debugger Ref, DBG-175
in SET BREAK• Debugger Ref, DBG-35
nesting of• Debugger Ref, DBG-35
DO loop
array processing• Programming, 6-28, 6-33
implied
array processing• Programming, 6-29,
6-34
DAT A statement• Programming, 6-30
DO statement (FORTRAN)• Programming, 2-21,
2-23
DO WHILE statement• Programming, 6-13
DO WHILE statement (FORTRAN)• Programming,
2-23
$DO_COMMAND (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-7, RTL-81
Document formatting• DSR Reference, 1-1
Dollar sign ($)
and DECK command• DCL Dictionary, DCL217
and EOD command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-294
and EOJ command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-296
in command procedure• Command Procedures,
1-2
including as data• Command Procedures, 3-6
DORMANTWAIT parameter• Performance
Management, 4-13
DORMANTWAIT system parameter• SYSGEN
Ref, SGN-62
DOS-11
device specification• Exchange Ref, EXCH-8
file specification• Exchange Ref, EXCH-8
volume• Disk & Tape, 5-12
volume format• Exchange Ref, EXCH-8
.DOUBLE directive• MACRO Ref, 6-20
Double height and width• Programming, 8-29
DOUBLE PRECISION data type• Programming,
6-6

lndex-86

Double spacing• Programming, 8-16
Double tape mark• Disk & Tape, B-4
Double width• Programming, 8-29, 8-31
Double-precision values • RTL Ref, RTL-3 77
convert one• RTL Ref, RTL-376
Down Arrow (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-62
Down Arrow (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-267
DOWN cortimand • File Applications, 9-14, 9-16
Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-16, ARMS-18
/DOWN qualifier• DCL Dictionary, DCL-508 DSR
Reference, 4-11 Debugger Ref, DBG-132,
DBG-226
$DOWN_SCROLL (LIB)• Rel Notes, F-8, F-24
$DOWN_SCROLL (SCR) • Rel Notes, F-50
Downline system load
default loader files• Networking, 4-17
definition• Networking, 4-1
load requirements• Networking, 4-6
load sequence• Networking, 4-6
operator-initiated• Networking, 4-2, 4-7
over DDCMP circuit• Networking, 4-8
over Ethernet• Networking, 4-3, 4-8
target-initiated• Networking, 4-2
unattended systems• Networking, 4-1
Downline task load• Networking, 4-22
$DPROD. (MTH). RTL Ref, 4-7
DPT (Driver-prologue table)• Device Driver, 1-3,
1-23, 7-1, 7-2
DPT (driver-prologue table)
initialization• Device Driver, 13-2
DPT base address• SDA Ref, SDA-21
DPT$B_ADPTYPE• Device Driver, A-26
DPT$B_FLAGS • Device Driver, A-26
DPT$B_REFC • Device Driver, A-26
DPT$B_TYPE• Device Driver, A-26
DPT$LBLINK • Device Driver, A-25
DPT$LECOLEVEL • Device Driver, A-29
DPT$LFLINK • Device Driver, A-25
DPT$M_NOUNLOAD• Device Driver, 7-4, 14-9,
A-26
DPT$M_SUBCNTRL • Device Driver, A-26
DPT$M_SVP• Device Driver, 7-4, A-26
DPT$Q_LINKTIME • Device Driver, A-29
DPT$T_NAME• Device Driver, 14-7, A-28
DPT$V_SCS • Device Driver, A-26
DPT$W_DEFUNITS• Device Driver, 14-20, A-28
DPT$W_DELIVER• Device Driver, 14-20, A-28
DPT$W_INITTAB• Device Driver, A-27
DPT$W_l\llAXUNITS • Device Driver, A-28

Index

DPT$W_REINITTAB• Device Driver, A-27
DPT$W_SIZE• Device Driver, A-26
DPT$W_UCBSIZE • Device Driver, A-26
DPT$W_UNLOAD• Device Driver, A-27
DPT$W_VECTOR• Device Driver, A-28
DPT$W_VERSION • Device Driver, A-28
DPT_STORE macro• Device Driver, 7-3, 7-5,
13-1 13-3 B-1 0
DPTAB macro• Device Driver, 7-2, 7-3, B-5
DEFUNITS argument• Device Driver, 14-20
DELIVER argument• Device Driver, 14-20
DPV 11 device• Networking, 2-17
DOOXDT file• DEL TA Ref, DELT A-5, DELT A-6
DQAXDT file• DELTA Ref, DELT A-5
DR11-W
CSR, See Control and Status Register
block· mode• 1/0 Ref II, 3-1, 3-10, 3-13
Buffered Data Path (BOP)• 1/0 Ref II, 3-10,
3-13
$CANCEL• 1/0 Ref II, 3-13, 3-14
Control and Status Register
ATTN bit• 1/0 Ref II, 3-4, 3-10
bit assignments• 1/0 Ref II, 3-15
CYCLE bit• 1/0 Ref II, 3-3, 3-10
ERROR. bit• 1/0 Ref II, 3-4
FNCT and ST A TUS bits• 1/0 Ref II, 3-3,
3-5, 3-10, 3-13
functions• 1/0 Ref II, 3-3
Control arid Status Register (CSR) • 1/0 Ref II,
3-3, 3-5
data registers• 1/0 Ref II, 3-3
device characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 3-7, 3-8
Direct Data Path (DDP) • 1/0 Ref II, 3-10, 3-13
driver• 1/0 Ref II, 3-1
enable attention AST• 1/0 Ref II, 3-13
Error Information Register (EIR) • 1/0 Ref II,
3-4
bit assignments• 1/0 Ref II, 3-15
error reporting• 1/0 Ref II, 3-4
function codes• 1/0 Ref II, 3-8, A-3
function modifiers
10$M_ATTNAST • 1/0 Ref II, 3-12, 3-13
10$M_CYCLE • 1/0 Ref II, 3-10
10$M_DAT APA TH• 1/0 Ref II, 3., 13
10$M_RESET • 1/0 Ref II, 3-11
10$M_SETFNCT • 1/0 Ref II, 3-5, 3-10
10$M_TIMED• 1/0 Ref II, 3-10
10$M_WORD• 1/0 Ref II, 3-10
hardware errors• 1/0 Ref II, 3-6, 3-7
I

DR11-W (cont'd.)
1/0 functions
10$_READLBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 3-11
10$_READPBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 3-11
10$_READVBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 3-11
10$_SETCHAR • 1/0 Ref II, 3-12
10$_SETMODE • 1/0 Ref II, 3-12
10$_WRITELBLK• 1/0 Ref II, 3-12
10$_WRITEPBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 3-12
10$_WRITEVBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 3-12
1/0 status block• 1/0 Ref II, 3-14
byte count• 1/0 Ref II, 3-14
Input Data Register (IDR) • 1/0 Ref II, 3-3,
3-10, 3-13
interrupts• 1/0 Ref II, 3-1, 3-3, 3-5, 3-7,
3-10, 3-13
link mode• 1/0 Ref II, 3-4, 3-5, 3-6, 3-10
NPR transfers• 1/0 Ref II, 3-5
Output Data Register (ODR) • 1/0 Ref II, 3-3,
3-10
programming example• 1/0 Ref II, 3-15
programming hints• 1/0 Ref II, 3-15
read function• 1/0 Ref II, 3-11
set characteristics function • 1/0 Ref II, 3-12
set mode function• 1/0 Ref II, 3-12
SS$_BADPARAM • 1/0 Ref II, 3-10
status returns • 1/0 Ref II, A-3
transfer modes• 1/0 Ref II, 3-1
word mode• 1/0 Ref II, 3-1, 3-10
write function• 1/0 Ref II, 3-12
DR32
action routines• 1/0 Ref II, 4-23, 4-27, 4-31,
4-34, 4-38
AST routine• 1/0 Ref II, 4-15, 4-20, 4-25,
4-34
buffer block• 1/0 Ref II, 4-5, 4-13, 4-15,
4-20, 4-22, 4-24, 4-36
Byte Count field • 1/0 Ref II, 4-15
command
and data chaining• 1/0 Ref II, 4-2, 4-13,
4-28'
block• 1/0 Ref II, 4-5, 4-20, 4-22, 4-36
control • 1/0 Ref II, 4-13
packets• 1/0 Ref II, 4-2, 4-4 to 4-7, 4-25
to 4-28, 4-31, 4-34 to 4-40
command and data chaining• 1/0 Ref II, 4-2
command sequences
device initiated• 1/0 Ref II, 4-7
intiating • 1/0 Ref II, 4-6

lndex-87

Index

DR32 (cont'd.)
control (command) messages• 1/0 Ref II, 4-3,
4-7, 4-11, 4-12, 4-18, 4-28, 4-38
Control Select field• 1/0 Ref II, 4-13
data rate• 1/0 Ref II, 4-4, 4-19, 4-21, 4-26
Data Transfer Command Table• 1/0 Ref II,
4-20
data transfers• 1/0 Ref II, 4-1, 4-2, 4-5, 4-11,
4-13, 4-13 to 4-16, 4-20, 4-24, 4-25,
4-29, 4-38
DOI (DR32 Device Interconnect)• 1/0 Ref II,
4-1
device
characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 4-3
control code• 1/0 Ref II, 4-10, 4-28
message• 1/0 Ref II, 4-7, 4-9, 4-11, 4-14,
4-18, 4-24, 4-27, 4-29, 4-33
device characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 4-3
diagnostic tests• 1/0 Ref II, 4-10 to 4-12,
4-28, 4-39
DR-device, definition of• 1/0 Ref II, 4-1
DR32 Device Interconnect (DOI)• 1/0 Ref II,
4-1
DR32 Status Longword (DSL) • 1/0 Ref II, 4-9,
4-16, 4-23, 4-39
driver• 1/0 Ref II, 4-1
error checking • 1/0 Ref II, 4-39
event flags• 1/0 Ref II, 4-15, 4-20, 4-22,
4-26, 4-27, 4-30, 4-32, 4-34, 4-40
far end DR-device• 1/0 Ref II, 4-1, 4-2, 4-5,
4-7, 4-11, 4-13, 4-18, 4-27
far end DR-device transfers• 1/0 Ref II, 4-2
free queue (FREEQ) • 1/0 Ref II, 4-5, 4-6,
4-12, 4-18, 4-23, 4-27, 4-36
function codes• 1/0 Ref II, A-3
function modifiers
10$M_SETEVF • 1/0 Ref II, 4-20
GO bit• 1/0 Ref II, 4-6, 4-22
high-level language interface• 1/0 Ref II, 4-4,
4-22
support routines• 1/0 Ref II, 4-23
synchronization • 1/0 Ref II, 4-34
1/0 function codes• 1/0 Ref II, 4-19
1/0 status block• 1/0 Ref II, 4-22, 4-32, 4-35,
4-39
input queue (INPTQ) • 1/0 Ref II, 4-5, 4-6,
4-11, 4-12, 4-22, 4-23, 4-28, 4-30, 4-37
INSOTI instruction• 1/0 Ref II, 4-6
interrupt
See also DR32, action routines
See also DR32, event flags

lndex-88

DR32
interrupt (cont'd.)
AST• 1/0 Ref II, 4-3, 4-27, 4-30, 4-32,
4-34, 4-40
command packet• 1/0 Ref II, 4-13, 4-20,
4-22, 4-25, 4-27, 4-34, 4-38
reasons for• 1/0 Ref II, 4-3
interrupt control argument (XF$FREESET) • 1/0
Ref II, 4-27
Interrupt Control field• 1/0 Ref II, 4-14, 4-25,
4-40
interrupt, reasons for• 1/0 Ref II, 4-3
Length of Device Message field • 1/0 Ref II,
4-9
Length of Log Area field • 1/0 Ref II, 4-1 O
load microcode function (10$_LOADMCODE) •
1/0 Ref II, 4-19
Log Area field• 1/0 Ref II, 4-18
log message• 1/0 Ref II, 4-29, 4-33
microcode loader (XFLOADER) • 1/0 Ref II,
4-19
NOP command packet• 1/0 Ref II, 4-39
prefetch command packets• 1/0 Ref II, 4-37
programming
examples• 1/0 Ref II, 4-40
hints• 1/0 Ref II, 4-37
interface • 1/0 Ref II, 4-4
programming examples• 1/0 Ref II, 4-40
programming hints• 1/0 Ref II, 4-37
programming interface• 1/0 Ref II, 4-4
queue
headers• 1/0 Ref II, 4-5, 4-20
processing• 1/0 Ref II, 4-6
retry• 1/0 Ref II, 4-6, 4-39, 4-49
random access• 1/0 Ref II, 4-2, 4-13
REMOHI instruction• 1/0 Ref II, 4-6
Residual DOI Byte Count field • · !/0 Ref II, 4-16
Residual Memory Byte Count Field • 1/0 Ref II,
4-15
start data transfer function (10$_ST ARTDA TA)
• 1/0 Ref II, 4-4, 4-6, 4-20
status returns• 1/0 Ref II, 4-32, A-4
DOI status• 1/0 Ref II, 4-37
device-dependent• 1/0 Ref II, 4-36
Suppress Length Error field• 1/0 Ref II, 4-14
symbolic definitions• 1/0 Ref II, 4-23
termination queue (TERMO) • 1/0 Ref II, 4-3,
4-5, 4-6, 4-12, 4-15 to 4-16, 4-20, 4-23,
4-30, 4-31 , 4-34, 4-40
transfers, far end DR-device• 1/0 Ref II, 4-2

Index

DR32 (cont'd.)
VAX FORTRAN programming• 1/0 Ref II,
4-22, 4-23
VAX MACRO programming• 1/0 Ref II, 4-22
Virtual Address of Buffer field• 1/0 Ref II,
4-15
XF$CLEANUP • 1/0 Ref II, 4-33
XF$FREESET• 1/0 Ref II, 4-27
XF$GETPKT • 1/0 Ref II, 4-31
XF~PKTBLD • 1/0 Ref II, 4-28
XF$ST ARTDEV • 1/0 Ref II, 4-25
XFSETUP• 1/0 Ref II, 4-23
DR32 driver• Device Driver, G-1
Draw
lines on screen• Programming, 8-31
$DRAW_LINE (SMG)• RTL Ref, 3-14, RTL-516
$DRAW-RECTANGLE (SMG)• RTL Ref, 3-14,
RTL-519
$DREAL (MTH) e RTL Ref, RTL-391
Driver
compiling• Device Driver, 14-1
components of• Device Driver, 1-3
components of a• Device Driver, 5-28
dispatch table• Device Driver, 13-2
displaying the location of• Device Driver,
14-12
DR32 • Device Driver, G-1
functions of • Device Driver, 1-14
initialization• Device Driver, 14-7
internal queues• Device Driver, 8-24
linking • Device Driver, 14-1
loading• Device Driver, 14-1, 14-2
MASSBUS • Device Driver, 13-3, G-1
special considerations• Device Driver,
G-15
preprocessing• Device Driver, 2-5
prologue table
initialization• Device Driver, 13-2
0-bus example• Device Driver, E-1
reloading a • Device Driver, 7-4
replacing • Device Driver, 14-9
source file• Device Driver, 14-1
specifying the name of• Device Driver, 7-5
suspending the• Device Driver, 9-3, 9-8
tables• Device Driver, 1-7, 6-2, 7-1
creating • Device Driver, 7-1
template• Device Driver, 6-1
transfer address• Device Driver, 14-2
unloading a• Device Driver, 7-4

Driver offsets• SDA Ref, SDA-21
Driver-dispatch table
See DDT
see DDT
Driver-loader's flags• Device Driver, 7-4
Driver-loading procedure• Device Driver, 1-22,
6-1, 7-2, 7-4, 10-4, 10-6, 14-9
fields in the 1/0 database reinitialized by•
Device Driver, 14-9
Driver-prologue table
See DPT
Driver-unloading procedure• Device Driver, 7-4
DSA disks• 1/0 Ref I, 3-1, 3-8, 3-11
DSBINT macro• Device Driver, 3-18, 9-7, 9-8,
12-9, B-11
DSC$A_POINTER • Intro to Routines, 2-20
DSC$B_CLASS• Intro to Routines, 2-19
DSC$B_DTYPE • Intro to Routines, 2-19
DSC$1<-CLASS_A • Intro to Routines, 2-21
DSC$1<-CLASS_D • Intro to Routines, 2-20
DSC$1<-CLASS_J • Intro to Routines, 2-25
DSC$1<-CLASS_NCA • Intro to Routines, 2-27
DSC$1<-CLASS_P • Intro to Routines, 2-24
DSC$1<-CLASS_S • Intro to Routines, 2-20
DSC$1<-CLASS_SB • Intro to Routines, 2-35
DSC$1<-CLASS_SD • Intro to Routines, 2-25
DSC$1<-CLASS_UBA • Intro to Routines, 2-33
DSC$1<-CLASS_UBS • Intro to Routines, 2-31
DSC$1<-CLASS_UBSB • Intro to Routines, 2-36
DSC$1<-CLASS_V • Intro to Routines, 2-21
DSC$K_CLASS_VS• Intro to Routines, 2-29
DSC$1<-CLASS_VSA • Intro to Routines, 2-30
DSC$1<-DTYPE_ADT • Intro to Routines, 2-16
DSC$1<-DTYPE_B • Intro to Routines, 2-13
DSC$1<-DTYPE_BLV • Intro to Routines, 2-16
DSC$1<-DTYPE_BPV • Intro to Routines, 2-16
DSC$1<-DTYPE_BU • Intro to Routines, 2-13
DSC$1<-DTYPE_CIT • Intro to Routines, 2-14
DSC$1<-DTYPE_D • Intro to Routines, 2-13
DSC$1<-DTYPE_DC • Intro to Routines, 2-14
DSC$1<-DTYPE_DSC • Intro to Routines, 2-15
DSC$1<-DTYPE_F • Intro to Routines, 2-13
DSC$1<-DTYPE_FC • Intro to Routines, 2-13
DSC$K_DTYPE_G • Intro to Routines, 2-13
DSC$1<-DTYPE_GC • Intro to Routines, 2-14
DSC$K_DTYPE_H • Intro to Routines, 2-13
DSC$K_DTYPE_HC • Intro to Routines, 2-14
DSC$K_DTYPE_L • Intro to Routines, 2-13
DSC$K_DTYPE_LU • Intro to Routines, 2-13

lndex-89

Index

DSC$1<-DTYPE_NL • Intro to Routines, 2-15
DSC$1<-DTYPE_NLO • Intro to Routines, 2-15
DSC$1<-DTYPE.....NR • Intro to Routines, 2-15
DSC$1<-DTYPE_NRO • Intro to Routines, 2-15
DSC$1<-DTYPE_NU • Intro to Routines, 2-15
DSC$1<-DTYPE_NZ • Intro to Routines, 2-15
DSC$1<-DTYPE_O • Intro to Routines, 2-13
DSC$1<-DTYPE_OU • Intro to Routines, 2-13
DSC$1<-DTYPE_P • Intro to Routines, 2-15
DSC$1<-DTYPE_Q • Intro to Routines, 2-13
DSC$1<-DTYPE_QU • Intro to Routines, 2-13
DSC$1<-DTYPE_T • Intro to Routines, 2-14
DSC$1<-DTYPE_V • Intro to Routines, 2-15
DSC$1<-DTYPE_VT• Intro to Routines, 2-14,
2-18
DSC$1<-DTYPE_VU• Intro to Routines, 2-15
DSC$1<-DTYPE_W • Intro to Routines, 2-13
DSC$1<-DTYPE_WU• Intro to Routines, 2-13
DSC$1<-DTYPE_Z • Intro to Routines, 2-12
DSC$1<-DTYPE_ZEM • Intro to Routines, 2-15
DSC$1<-DTYPE_ZI • Intro to Routines, 2-15
DSC$W_LENGTH • Intro to Routines, 2-19
DSE• System Security, 5-75, 5-76
and erasure pattern• System Security, 4-49
use of random pattern
advantages• System Security, 5-76
$DSIGN (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-7
$DSIN (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-392
$DSINCOS (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-394
$DSINCOSD (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-397
$DSIND (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-400
$DSINH (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-402
$DSQRT (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-405
DSR (DIGIT AL Standard Runoff)• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-504 DSR Reference, 1-1
.APPENDIX command• Text Processing, 20-1
.BLANK command• Text Processing, 12-4,
14-1, 14-2, 17-1, 17-4
.BREAK command• Text Processing, 14-1,
14-2
.CENTER command• Text Processing, 12-4
.CHAPTER command• Text Processing, 19-1
command defaults• DSR Reference, 1-4
commands• Text Processing, 12-1
commands, parts of• DSR Reference, 1-2
.DATE command• Text Processing, 21-2,
21-7
.DISPLAY CHAPTER command• Text
Processing, 19-1

lndex-90

DSR (DIGITAL Standard Runoff) (cont'd.)
.DISPLAY ELEMENTS command• Text
Processing, 13-5
.DISPLAY LEVELS command• Text Processing,
18-5
.DISPLAY NUMBER command• Text
· Processing, 19-3
.END FOOTNOTE command• Text Processing,
22-2
.END LIST command• Text Processing, 13-1,
14-2
.END LITERAL command• Text Processing,
14-2
.END NOTE command• Text Processing, 22-1
.ENTRY command• Text Processing, 24-7
.FIGURE command• Text Processing, 17-1,
17-2, 17-4
.FIGURE DEFERRED command• Text
Processing, 17-1, 17-2
.FIGURE DEFFERED command• Text
Processing, 17-4
.FILL command• Text Processing, 15-1
.FIRST TITLE command• Text Processing,
21-7
.FOOTNOTE command• Text Processing,
22-2
.HEADER LEVEL command• Text Processing,
18-1, 21-7
.HEADERS ON command• Text Processing,
21-1
.INDENT command• Text Processing, 16-3
.INDEX command• Text Processing, 24-7
indexing utility• DSR Reference, 6-1
invoking• DCL Dictionary, DCL-504
.JUSTIFY command• Text Processing, 15-1
.LEFT MARGIN command• Text Processing,
14-2
.LIST command• Text Processing, 13-1, 14-2
.LIST ELEMENT command• Text Processing,
13-1, 14-2
.LITERAL command• Text Processing, 1.4-2,
17-1, 17-4
.NO AUTOSUBTITLE command• Text
Processing, 21-7
.NO FILL command• Text Processing, 15-1
.NO JUSTIFY command• Text Processing,
15-2
.NO NUMBER command• Text Processing,
21-1
.NOTE command• Text Processing, 22-1
.PAGE SIZE command• Text Processing, 16-1

Index

DSR (DIGITAL Standard Runoff) (cont'd.)
RUNOFF command• Text Processing, 12-5,
. 12-6, 12-8
RUNOFF /INDEX command• Text Processing,
24-8
.SUBTITLE command• Text Processing, 21-2,
21-3
.TAB STOPS command• Text Processing,
14-1, 14-2
table of contents utility• DSR Reference, 5-1
terminator• Text Processing, 12-4
.TITLE command• Text Processing, 21-2,
21-7
utilities
indexing• DSR Reference, 1-1
table of contents• DSR Reference, 1-1
DSR (DIGIT AL standard runoff)
Indexing Utility• DSR Reference, 6-1
DST (Debug Symbol Table)
inhibition of• Debugger Ref, DBG-16
DST (Debug symbol table)
content of• Debugger Ref, DBG-13
DST (debug symbol table)
content of• Debugger Ref, DBG-50
creation of• Debugger Ref, DBG-50
source records in• Debugger Ref, DBG-108
$DT AN (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-407
$OTANO (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-409
$DT ANH (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-411
DTE (data terminal equipment) • Networking,
1-15, 2-4
address• Networking, 2-5
bringing up• Networking, 6-3
configuration• Networking, 1-20, 1-23, 2-5,
6-3
definition• Networking, 2-1
handling incoming calls" Networking, 2-38
handling outgoing calls • Networking, 3-31
SET HOST /DTE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-589
state transitions• NCP Ref, NCP-185
states• NCP Ref, NCP-185
subaddress • Networking, 3-96
substates • NCP Ref, NCP-185
DTE para1Tieter
for GROUP• Networking, 3-33
for PVC• Networking, 3-57
/DTE qualifier
CHANNELS parameter• Networking, 3-31
LINE parameter• Networking, 3-31

/DTE qualifier (cont'd.)
MAXIMUM CIRCUITS parameter• Networking,
3-32
SET MODULE X25-PROTOCOL command•
Networking, 3-30
ST A TE parameter• Networking, 3-30
DTR (Decnet Test Receiver)• Networking, 2-33
DTS/DTR Utility
command syntax• DTS/DTR Ref, DTS-3
commands• DTS/DTR Ref, DTS-5 to DTS-15
directing output• DTS/DTR Ref, DTS-1
exiting• DTS/DTR Ref, DTS-1
invoking• DTS/DTR Ref, DTS-1
operational characteristics• DTS/DTR Ref,
DTS-3
Dual password
advantages and disadvantages• System
Security, 5-28
Dual passwords
and maximum security• System Security,
5-23
Dual porting, disk• 1/0 Ref /, 3-7
DSA disks• 1/0 Ref /, 3-8
restrictions• 1/0 Ref /, 3-8
Dual-pathed disk• VAXclusters, 4-2, 4-3, 4-5 to
4-8
HSC50 • VAXclusters, 4-6
MASSBUS • VAXclusters, 4-8
Dual-ported disk• VAXclusters, 4-2, 4-3
HSC50 • VAXclusters, 4-7
MASSBUS • VAXclusters, 4-4
setting up• VAXclusters, 2-6
Dual-RL02
backup• Software Installation, 4-21
Dummy argument
assumed-size• Programming, 6-14
Dummy arguments• Programming, 1-10
Dump
format
byte• DCL Dicti~nary, DCL-280
decimal• DCL Dictionary, DCL-280
hexadecimal• DCL Dictionary, DCL-281
longword• DCL Dictionary, DCL-281
octal• DCL Dictionary, DCL-281
word• DCL Dictionary, DCL-282
hexadecimal• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS16, ARMS-19
of files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-278
of volumes• DCL Dictionary, DCL-278

lndex-91

Index

Dump (cont'd.)
reading• DCL Dictionary, DCL-279
DUMP ADDRESS parameter• Networking, 4-19
Dump assistance multicast address• Networking,
4-20
DUMP command• File Applications, 9-14 DCL
Dictionary, DCL-278, DCL-279, DCL-280,
DCL-281, DCL-282 Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref,
ARMS-16 ARMS-19
DUMP COUNT parameter• Networking, 4-19
Dump file
analysis• DCL Dictionary, DCL-141
analyzing• SDA Ref, SDA-1
copying• SDA Ref, SDA-6
creating or extending• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-22
default• SDA Ref, SDA-8
flag• SDA Ref, SDA-6
mapping• SDA Ref, SDA-8
saving• SDA Ref, SDA-6
size of the• SDA Ref, SDA-5
system• SDA Ref, SDA-4
writing the• SDA Ref, SDA-5
DUMP FILE parameter• Networking, 4-19
DUMPBUG system parameter• SDA Ref, SDA-5
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-62
Dumping unattended system memory•
Networking, 4-19
DUP11
binary mode• 1/0 Ref II, 5-1, 5-4
BSC
mode• 1/0 Ref II, 5-1, 5-2
protocol• 1/0 Ref II, 5-1
device characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 5-4
device-dependent status returns• 1/0 Ref II,
5-9
driver• 1/0 Ref II, 5-1
function codes• 1/0 Ref II, 5-6, A-4
function modifiers• 1/0 Ref II, 5-6
10$1<-PTPBSC• 1/0 Ref II, 5-6, 5-7
10$1<-SRRUNOUT • 1/0 Ref II, 5-6, 5-7
10$M_LASTBLOCK • 1/0 Ref II, 5-7
10$M_NODSRWAIT • 1/0 Ref II, 5-8
10$M_SHUTDOWN • 1/0 Ref II, 5-8
10$M_STARTUP • 1/0 Ref II, 5-8
1/0 functions
10$_READLBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 5-6
10$_READPBLK e 1/0 Ref II, 5-6
10$_SENSEMODE • 1/0 Ref II, 5-8
10$_SETMODE • 1/0 Ref II, 5-7
I

lndex-92

DUP11
1/0 functions (cont'd.)
10$_WRITELBLK • 1/0 Ref II, 5-7
10$_WRITEPBLK• 1/0 Ref II, 5-7
1/0 status block• 1/0 Ref II, 5-8
line characteristics• 1/0 Ref II, 5-5, 5-8, 5-10
message block• 1/0 Ref II, 5-2
2780• 1/0 Ref II, 5-3
3780 • 1/0 Ref II, 5-2
message buffer• 1/0 Ref II, 5-2
nontransparent mode• 1/0 Ref II, 5-2
operating modes• 1/0 Ref II, 5-1
read function • 1/0 Ref II, 5-6
sense mode function• 1/0 Ref II, 5-8
set mode function • 1/0 Ref II, 5-7
status returns• 1/0 Ref II, A-4
device-dependent• 1/0 Ref II, 5-9
transparent mode• 1/0 Ref II, 5-3
write function• 1/0 Ref II, 5-7
DUP11-DA device• Networking, 2-17
DUPC (default uppercase) (N) • EDT Reference,
EDT-268
$DUPLCHAR (STR) • RTL Ref, RTL-658
Duplex mode• Networking, 3-71
See also Half-duplex mode
terminal • 1/0 Ref /, 8-10
DUPLEX parameter• Networking, 3-71
Duplicate key• FOL Ref, FDL-28
Duplicate key values• FOL Ref, FOL-7
Duplicate labels
command interpreter rules for• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-307
/DUPLICATE qualifier• Text Processing, 3-12
/DUPLICATE qualifier (L) • EDT Reference, EDT132
with COPY (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-120
DUPLICATES attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-28
/DUPLICATES qualifier• Sort Ref, SORT-25
DUPLICA TES_PEFLSIDR attribute• FOL Ref,
FDL-7
Duplicating records• Authorize Ref, AUTH-25
Duration
account• System Security, 3-29
how to set• System Security, 5-50
evasive action • System Security, 5-40
OW command• Text Processing, 4-7
DXCOPY command procedure• Software
Installation, 4-27
DYING BASE parameter• Networking, 3-51

Index

DYING INCREMENT parameter• Networking,
3-51
DYING THRESHOLD parameter• Networking,
3-50
Dynamic allocation of map registers and device
drivers• Networking, 5-39
Dynamic parameters
modifying• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-51
Dynamic string descriptor• Intro to Routines,
2-20
Dynamic strings• RTL Ref, RTL-471
allocate• RTL Ref, RTL-668
deallocate one• RTL Ref, RTL-667
DZ-11 device• 1/0 Ref I, 8-1
DZ-32 device• 1/0 Ref I, 8-1
DZ11 asynchronous device• Networking, 2-8,
2-15
DZ 11 device• Networking, 1-12
DZ32 asynchronous device• Networking, 2-8,
2-15
DZV-11 device• 1/0 Ref I, 8-1
DZV11 asynchronous device• Networking, 2-8,
2-15

E
E-address
See Ethernet address
ECC error correction • Device Driver, 7-4
Echo
terminal• Programming, 8-53
terminator• Programming, 8-35
/ECHO qualifier• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-22
Debugger Ref, DBG-202
ECO level • Patch Ref, PA TCH-9
See also PATCH commands
checking • Patch Ref, PA TCH-49, PA TCH-50,
PATCH-51
setting• Patch Ref, PATCH-37, PATCH-39,
PATCH-77
EDF$MAKE_FDL logical name• File Applications,
3-20
Edit (terminal characteristic) • 1/0 Ref I, 8-23
EDIT command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-6, 5-10
Mail Ref, MAIL-36
Edit instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-163 to 9-180
Edit pattern operator• MACRO Ref, 9-164,
9-166 to 9-180
/EDIT qualifier• Mail Ref, MAIL-17

EDIT I ACL command• File Applications, 3-31
DCL Dictionary, DCL-284 ACL Editor Ref,
ACL-1
EDIT /EDT command• Text Processing, 1-2 DCL
Dictionary, DCL-285, DCL-287
EDIT/FOL
See Edit/FOL Utility
EDIT /FOL Command• Programming, 9-99
EDIT /FOL commands• DCL Dictionary, DCL-289
FOL Ref, FDL-55
Edit/FOL Utility (EDIT /FOL)• File Applications,
1-21 FOL Ref, FDL-1, FDL-37, FDL-39
ANAL YSIS_OF_KEY section• FOL Ref, FDL-5
calculating bucket size• File Applications,
2-36,--2-37, 2-44, 2-58
calculating extension size• File Applications,
2-35, 8-10
commands • File Applications, 3-4 FOL Ref,
FDL-54 to FDL-64
contiguous files• File Applications, 2-34
creating areas for index structures• File
Applications, 2-55
creating FOL files• File Applications, 3-3, 3-7
FOL Ref, FDL-38
DCL-qualifiers • FOL Ref, FDL-42 to FDL-54
default value• File Applications, 3-16
directing output• FOL Ref, FDL-2
examples• FOL Ref, FDL-64 to FDL-65
modifying an FOL file• FOL Ref, FDL-65
modifying an FOL file noninteractively • FOL
Ref, FDL-65
tuning a file• FOL Ref, FDL-65
exiting• FOL Ref, FDL-2
invoking• FOL Ref, FDL-2
invoking a script• File Applications, 3-7
new features• Rel Notes, 2-7
optimization algorithms • File Applications,
A-1
Optimize script• File Applications, 9-1, 9-29
FOL Ref, FDL-38
prompt• File Applications, 3-16
restrictions• FOL Ref, FDL-2
scripts• FOL Ref, FDL-60
specifying run-time attributes• File
Applications, 8-2 to 8-5
EDIT /SUM command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-290
EDIT /TECO command• DCL Dictionary, DCL291, DCL-293
Editing
of FOL files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-289
of files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-285, DCL-291

lndex-93

Index

Editing (cont'd.)
of SUMSLP files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-290
Editing commands
adding lines• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-7, SUM-8
audit trail text• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-11
command parameters• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-6
deleting. lines• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-9; SUM-10
general form• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-6, SUM-7
locator field parameters• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-7
operators• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-6
replacing lines• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-11
specifying• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-5
Editing messages• Mail Ref, MAIL-16
Editing session
deleting characters• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-3
exiting• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-4
keypad editing• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-2
moving the cursor• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-3
quitting• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-4
recovering• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-4
Editor
ACL • System Security, 4-20
example• System Security, 5-12
used to delete ACE• System Security,
4-27
caution for use in captive command procedure•
System Security, 5-83
default• DCL Dictionary, DCL-285
FOL• FOL Ref, FDL-1
file definition language (FOL)• Programming,
9-99
invocation
EDT• DCL Dictionary, DCL-285
FOL• DCL Dictionary, DCL-289
SUMSLP • DCL Dictionary, DCL-290
TECO• DCL Dictionary, DCL-291
screen oriented• DCL Dictionary, DCL-285
SUMSLP • SUMSLP Ref, SUM-1
text• FOL Ref, FDL-1
EDITPC (Edit Packed to Character String)
instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-164 to 9-180
EDIV (Extended Divide) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-20
$EDIV (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-83
EDIV instruction
RTL routine to access• RTL Ref, RTL-83
EDT description• DCL Dictionary, DCL-285
EDT Editor
new features• Rel Notes, 2-9

lndex-94

EDT routines
examples• Util Routines Ref, EDT-1 to EDT-2
EDT$EDIT • Util Routines Ref, EDT-3
EDTINl.EDT start-up command file• Text
Processing, 11-2
EIR and CSR bit assignments
DR11-W• 1/0 Ref II, 3-15
Elapsed time• Programming, 6-45 Convert Ref,
CONV-26
Element lists with BACKUP• Backup Ref,
BACKUP-5
Ellipsis (... )
as directory searching character• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-48, DCL-49
used to specify output directory• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-51, DCL-52, DCL-53
.ELSE• DSR Reference, 2-66
EMB$LDV_REGSA V • Device Driver, 13-10
Emergency account
and privileges • System Security, 5-5 7
EMODD (Extended Multiply and lntegerize D_
floating) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-112 to
9-113
$EMODD (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-85
EMODF (Extended Multiply and lntegerize F_
floating) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-112 to
9-113
$EMODF (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-85
EMODG (Extended Multiply and lntegerize G_
floating) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-112 to
9-113
$EMODG (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-85
EMODH (Extended Multiply and lntegerize H_
floating) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-112 to
9-113
$EMODH (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-85
EMODx instructions
RTL routine to access• RTL Ref, RTL-85
Emphasis
text• DSR Reference, A-3
/EMPHASIS qualifier• FOL Ref, FDL-1, FDL-47
Emphasizing index entries• DSR Reference, 6-3
EMUL (Extended Multiply) instruction• MACRO
Ref, 9-21
$EMUL (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-88
EMUL instruction
RTL routine to access• RTL Ref, RTL-88
$EMULATE (LIB)• Rel Notes, F-25
Enable attention AST
DEUNA/DEQNA • 1/0 Ref II, 6-19
DMC11 /DMR11 • 1/0 Ref II, 1-7

Index

Enable attention AST (cont'd.)
DMP 11 /DMF32 • 1/0 Ref II, 2-20
DR11-W• 1/0 Ref II, 3-13
.ENABLE BAR• DSR Reference, 2-26
example• DSR Reference, 2-26
.ENABLE BOLDING• DSR Reference, 2-29
ENABLE CHECKS command• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-25
ENABLE command• Disk Quota Ref, DOT-8
Enable CTRL/C AST, terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-40
Enable CTRL/Y AST, terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-40
.ENABLE directive• MACRO Ref, 6-22 to 6-24,
6-33
.ENABLE HYPHENATION• DSR Reference, 2-30
.ENABLE INDEXING• DSR Reference, 2-31
.ENABLE OVERSTRIKING• DSR Reference, 2-32
.ENABLE TOC • DSR Reference, 2-33
.ENABLE UNDERLINING• DSR Reference, 2-34
$ENABLE_CTRL (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-9, RTL-90
$ENABLE_UNSOLICITED_INPUT (SMG) • RTL Ref,
3-22, RTL-522
ENBINT macro• Device Driver, 3-18, B-12
Encoding
password • System Security, 3-11
Encryption
one-way
and collision• System Security, 5-25
password • System Security, 3-11
Encryption algorithm
one-way
for passwords • System Security, 3-10
.END BAR• DSR Reference, 2-26
example• DSR Reference, 2-26
End Communications layer events• NCP Ref,
NCP-191
End conditional directive (.ENDC) • MACRO Ref,
6-26
End definition directive (.ENDM) • MACRO Ref,
6-27
.END directive• MACRO Ref, 6-25
in message source file• Message Ref, MSG17
END DO statement (FORTRAN)• Programming,
2-23
.END FOOTNOTE• Text Processing, 22-2 DSR
Reference, 2-58
END IF statement (FORTRAN)• Programming,
2-17
.END LIST• Text Processing, 13-1, 14-2 DSR
Reference, 2-79

.END LITERAL• Text Processing, 14-2
End node• Networking, 1-2, 1-19
caching on Ethernet• Networking, 2-27
configuration• Networking, 2-22
DECnet-VAX license kit• Networking, 1-19,
6-1
definition• Networking, 2-19
Ethernet• Networking, 1-10, 2-25
non-Ethernet• Networking, 1-10
on VAX cluster• Networking, 1-14
Phase IV• Networking, 2-21
.END NOTE• Text Processing, 22-1 DSR
Reference, 2-87
End of batch job on cards• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-296
End of data stream
See EOD command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-294
End of file• Programming, 8-9
End of file condition• DCL Dictionary, DCL-294
End range directive (.ENDR) • MACRO Ref, 6-28
END statement (FORTRAN)• Programming, 2-1
.END SUBPAGE• DSR Reference, 2-122
End-of-driver label • Device Driver, 6-1 , 7-4
End-of-file block field
in XABFHC • RMS Ref, 10-3
End-of-file indicator• DCL Dictionary, DCL-217
End-of-file message, write mailbox• 1/0 Ref I,
7-8
End-of-file status
card reader• 1/0 Ref I, 2-2
magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref I, 6-13
End-of-module
record analysis• DCL Dictionary, DCL-150
End-of-tape marker
See EQT
End-of-tape status
magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref I, 6-12, 6-14, 6-16
End-of-volume detection
magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref I, 6-15
$END_DISPLA Y_UPDATE (SMG) • RTL Ref,
3-20, RTL-524
END_OF_FILE attribute• File Applications, 8-14
FOL Ref, FDL-11
$END_PASTEBOARD_UPDATE (SMG) • RTL Ref,
3-21, RTL-525
.ENDC directive• MACRO Ref, 6-26
.ENDIF • DSR Reference, 2-66
/ENDING qualifier• Monitor Ref, MON-21
/ENDING=time qualifier• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL14

lndex-95

Index

.ENDM directive• MACRO Ref, 6-27
.ENDR directive• MACRO Ref, 6-28
Engineering change order (ECO) level
See ECO level
$ENO• System Management, SYS-126 System
Services Ref, SYS-126
example• System Management, 12-6, 12-10
System Services Ref, 12-6, 12-10
Lock manager• VAXc/usters, 1-5
ENOLM quota• Networking, 5-36
Enqueue quota limit (ENOLM) • Software
Installation, 5-2
$ENOW • System Management, SYS-136
System Services Ref, SYS-136
ENTER (EDT keypad function)• Text Processing,
2-12
ENTER (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-63
ENTER key• Debugger Ref, DBG-135
Enter service• RMS Ref, RMS-5 7
condition values• RMS Ref, RMS-58
See also Completion status codes
Entering commands•. Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-8
Entities• Text Processing, 4-3
Entity
declaration of• Debugger Ref, DBG-56
multiple generations of• Debugger Ref, DBG64
watching of• Debugger Ref, DBG-38
Entity specifier (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-269
with "move" (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-279
with APPEND (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-245
with CHGC (change case) (N) • EDT Reference,
EDT-250
with CHGL (change case lower) (N) • EDT
Reference, EDT-251
with CHGU (change case upper) (N) • EDT
Reference, EDT-252
with CUT (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-259
with D (delete) (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-260
with FILL (N)• EDT Reference, EDT-272
with R (replace) (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-285
with T ADJ (tab adjust) (N) • EDT Reference,
EDT-300
.ENTRY• Text Processing, 24-7 DSR Reference,
2-35
Entry
illegal • System Security, 3-32
Entry and display modes • Patch Ref, PA TCH-18
ASCII-NO ASCII mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-19
BYTE mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20

lndex-96

Entry and display modes (cont'd.)
cancelling • Patch Ref, PA TCH-44
DECIMAL mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20
displaying location contents • Patch Ref,
PATCH-65
displaying mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-86
GLOBALS-NOGLOBALS mode• Patch Ref,
PATCH-20
HEXADECIMAL mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20
INSTRUCTION-NOINSTRUCTION mode• Patch
Ref, PATCH-19
length modes• Patch Ref, PATCH-20
LONG mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20
/MODE qualifier• Patch Ref, PA TCH-18
OCTAL mode• Patch Ref, PATCH-20
radix modes• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20
SCOPE-NOSCOPE mode• Patch Ref, PATCH20
setting the mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-78
symbol search mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20
SYMBOLS-NOSYMBOLS mode• Patch Ref,
PATCH-19
WORD mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20
.ENTRY directive• MACRO Ref, 6-29 to 6-30
ENTRY index entries
merging• DSR Reference, 6-3
Entry mask• Debugger Ref, DBG-34 MACRO Ref,
9-63
Entry point• Programming, 4-40
Entry points• RTL Ref, 2-4
CALL entry point• RTL Ref, 2-3, 5-9
defining• MACRO Ref, 6-29 to 6-30
JSB entry point• RTL Ref, 2-5, 5-9
/ENTRY qualifier• AccountingRef, ACC-12 Error
Log Ref, ERR-7
ENTRY statement
array processing• Programming, 6-30
record processing • Programming, 6-42
Entry types
exclude certain • Error Log Ref, ERR-8
include certain • Error Log Ref, ERR-12
Environment
heterogeneous• VAXclusters, 2-1
·creating• VAXclusters, 2-7
homogeneous• VAXclusters, 2-1
creating • VAXclusters, 2-7
operating• VAXclusters, 2-1
user
defining• VAXclusters, 2-11

Index

Environmental factors
in security• System Security, 1-5
EO$ADJUST_INPUT (Adjust Input Length) pattern
operator• MACRO Ref, 9-169
EO$BLANl<-ZERO (Blank Backwards When Zero)
pattern operator• MACRO Ref, 9-170
EO$CLEAFLSIGNIF (Clear Significance) pattern
operator• MACRO Ref, 9-179
EO$END (End Edit) pattern operator• MACRO Ref,
9-171
EO$END_FLOA T (End Floating Sign) pattern
operator• MACRO Ref, 9-17 2
EO$FILL (Store Fill) pattern operator• MACRO
Ref, 9-173
EO$FLOAT (Float Sign) pattern operator• MACRO
Ref, 9-174
E0$1NSERT (Insert Character) pattern operator•
MACRO Ref, 9-175
EO$LOAD_FILL (Load Fill Register) pattern
operator• MACRO Ref, 9-176
EO$LOAD_MINUS (Load Sign Register If Minus)
pattern operator• MACRO Ref, 9-176
EO$LOAD_PLUS (Load Sign Register If Plus)
pattern operator• MACRO Ref, 9-176
EO$LOAD_SIGN (Load Sign Register) pattern
operator• MACRO Ref, 9-176
EO$MOVE (Move Digits) pattern operator•
MACRO Ref, 9-177
EO$REPLACE_SIGN (Replace Sign When Zero)
pattern operator• MACRO Ref, 9-17 8
EO$SET_SIGNIF (Set Significance) pattern
operator• MACRO Ref, 9-179
EO$STORE_SIGN (Store Sign) pattern operator•
MACRO Ref, 9-180
EOD command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-294
and DECK command• DCL Dictionary, DCL217
delimiting input stream with• Command
Procedures, 3-6
EOF label• Disk & Tape, B-4, B-20
EOF option• FDL Ref, FDL-11
EOJ command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-296
in card reader batch job• Command
Procedures, B-1
EOL (EDT keypad function)• Text Processing,
2-6
EOL (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-65
EOT• Disk & Tape, B-2
marker• Disk & Tape, B-4
EOV label• Disk & Tape, B-4, B-20
EQUAL

EQUAL (cont'd.)
GSMA TCH option• Programming, 4-32
Equal key
default order• Sort Ref, SORT-69
Equal sign (=)
buffer signal (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-115
buffer signal (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-249
= (equal sign)
buffer signal (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-115
Equal to
operator (symbol) for in expressions•
Command Procedures, 2-17
Equality (.EQ.) • Programming, 6-9
Equivalence name• Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-11
assignment to logical names• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-161, DCL-220
definition • System Management, 6-1 System
Services Ref, 6-1
format convention • System Management, 6-9
System Services Ref, 6-9
specifying• System Management, SYS-5 7,
A-5 System Services Ref, SYS-57, A-5
to display for logical names• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-738
EQUIVALENCE statement
array processing • Programming, 6-30
EQUIVALENCE statement (FORTRAN)•
Programming, 2-8
Equivalence string
definition• Command Procedures, 2-1
definition of• File Applications, 5-5
Equivalent (.EQV .) • Programming, 6-13
Equivalent variables• Programming, 2-8
$EQULST macro• Device Driver, B-13
$ERAPAT• System Management, 3-29, SYS137 System Services Ref, 3-29, SYS-137
Erase
characters from screen• Programming, 8-32
virtual display• Programming, 8-19
ERASE command• Mail Ref, MAIL-38
Erase service• File Applications, 4-13 RMS Ref,
RMS-59
condition values • RMS Ref, RMS-61
See also Completion status codes
Erase Terminal Screen• Rel Notes, f-29
Erase-on-allocate• System Security, 4-50, 5-77
Erase-on-delete
security feature• System Security, 5-76
$ERASE_CHARS (SMG) • RTL Ref, 3-11, RTL526

lndex-97

Index

$ERASE_DISPLA Y (SMG) • RTL Ref, 3-11,
RTL-528
$ERASE_LINE (LIB)• Rel Notes, F-27
$ERASE_LINE (SCR) • Rel Notes, F-51
$ERASE_LINE (SMG) • RTL Ref, 3-11, RTL-530
$ERASE_PAGE (LIB)• Rel Notes, F-29
$ERASE_PAGE (SCR)• Rel Notes, F-52
$ERASE_PASTEBOARD (SMG) • RTL Ref, 3-3,
RTL-532
Erasure pattern• System Security, 4-49, 5-75
ERL$DEVICERR • Device Driver, 13-9, C-8
ERL$DEVICTMO • Device Driver, 13-9, C-9
ERL$RELEASEMB • Device Driver, 12-5
ERLDEVICTMO • Device Driver, 12-7
ERRLOG.SYS • Software Installation, 7-32
Error
arithmetic• Programming, 6-11
in command procedure
and ON command• DCL Dictionary, DCL442
in file structure• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-10
parsing subcommand• Programming, 7-27
reporting
for Files-11 volumes• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-142
for image files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-144
for object files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-148
for RMS files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-154
see Condition handling • Programming, 10-1
source program• Programming, 4-6
to display count for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-690
type of• Debugger Ref, DBG-7
Error check• File Applications, 9-2 System
Management, 2-16 System Services Ref,
2-16
Error checking control• DCL Dictionary, DCL-599
Error code• System Management, 2-14 System
Services Ref, 2-14
Error completion routine• RMS Ref, 2-4
Error condition
determining severity level • Command
Procedures, 7-2
.ERROR directive• MACRO Ref, 6-31
Error handling
disabling CTRL/Y• Command Procedures, 7-8
disabling error checking • Command
Procedures, 7-6
handling 1/0 errors• Command Procedures,
6-13

lndex-98

Error handling (cont'd.)
See Condition Handling• Programming, 10-2
specifying actions for different severity levels •
Command Procedures, 7-5
use of ON command• Command Procedures,
7-4
Error Information Register (EIR)
DR 11-W • 1/0 Ref II, 3-4
Error Log Utility• Software Installation, 7-3, 7-21
description• Error log Ref, ERR-2
directing output• Error log Ref, ERR-1
examples• Error log Ref, ERR-30
machine check• Error log Ref, ERR-25
memory error• Error log Ref, ERR-27
nonfatal and user bugchecks • Error log
Ref, ERR-28
time stamp• Error log Ref, ERR-25
volume dismount• Error log Ref, ERR-25
volume mount• Error log Ref, ERR-25
exiting• Error log Ref, ERR-1
invoking• Error log Ref, ERR-1
new features• Rel Notes, 2-11
qualifier• Error log Ref, ERR-3 to ERR-22
restrictions• Error log Ref, ERR-2
sample error log report• Error log Ref, ERR30
Error logger
sending message to• System Management,
SYS-321 System Services Ref, SYS-321
Error logging
See Log file
Error message• Software Installation, 7-17, 7-21
bugcheck • Software Installation, 7-34
DECnet• Software Installation, 7-32
disk test• Software Installation, 7-28
issued by VMSINST AL• Software Installation,
5-13
no PCB or swap slots• Software Installation,
7-32
OPCOM • Software Installation, 7-26
UETDISKOO • Software Installation, 7-28
UETINITO~ • Software Installation, 7-26
wrong account• Software Installation, 7-25
wrong privileges• Software Installation, 7-24
wrong quotas• Software Installation, 7-24
Error messages• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-13 LAT
Ref, LA TCP-4
examples• DSR Reference, 4-2, 4-14
HLD • Networking, 4-26
in DSR• DSR Reference, 1-1

Index

Error messages (cont'd.)
loopback testing• Networking, 7-9
warning • Convert Ref, CONV-4
Error options with SPECIFY• Backup Ref,
BACKUP-16
/ERROR qualifier
in message definition• Message Ref, MSG-23
OPEN, READ, WRITE, and CLOSE commands•
Command Procedures, 6-13
Error recovery
disk• 1/0 Ref I, 3-9
10$M_DATA CHECK• Rel Notes, B-14
10$M_INHRETRY • Rel Notes, B-14
line printer• 1/0 Ref I, 5-3
magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref /, 6-5
Error reporting• Networking, 8-26, 8-42
system service status• Networking, 8-26,
8-42
Error status codes• RMS Ref, 2-7
from invalid control blocks• RMS Ref, 2-7
Error stream
define for created process• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-494
Error-handling routine• Device Driver, 9-7
Error-log buffer• Device Driver, 7-9
size• Device Driver, 13-10
Error-logging bit• Device Driver, 12-4
Error-logging routine • Device Driver, 1-3, 1-17,
13-9
Error-message buffer• Device Driver, 12-4
releasing• Device Driver, 12-5
Error-recovery routine• Device Driver, 1-3
Error-status bit• Device Driver, 13-1
Errors• RTL Ref, 2-15
returning condition value• RTL Ref, 2-15
signaling• RTL Ref, 2-15
using SET VERIFY to locate• Command
Procedures, 3-15
ERRORS class• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-25
ERRSNS • Programming, 10-19
Escape sequence
ANSI• 1/0 Ref I, B-10
DIGITAL-private• 1/0 Ref I, B-10
read• Programming, 8-69
terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-7, 8-20
Escape sequences• RTL Ref, RTL-476
ESP symbol• SDA Ref, SDA-12
$ESTABLISH (LIB)• RTL Ref, 7-3, 7-13, 7-20,
RTL-92

Establish a condition handler• Intro to Routines,
2-40
Establishing
ACLs • System Security, 4-20
UIC-based protection • System Security, 4-14
to 4-16
Establishing terminal session default characteristics
see Login Procedure• DCL Dictionary, DCL424
Ethernet• Networking, 1-6
address conversion• Networking, 3-79
address format• Networking, 3-14
adjacent node• Networking, 2-7
area number in address• Networking, 3-15
area routing on• Networking, 2-27, A-21
broadcast address• Networking, 1-9, 2-3
broadcast routing timer• Networking, 3-86
cable• Networking, 1-8
carrier sense• Networking, 1-9
characteristics• Networking, 1-8
circuit• Networking, 1-5, 1-8, 2-6, 2-7, 3-43
circuit device• Networking, 1-8, 2-11
circuit identification• Networking, 3-42
circuit parameters• Networking, 3-53
configuration• Networking, 1-5, 1-6
configurator module• Networking, 1-20, 1-23,
2-12, 3-54
data link for V AXcluster • Networking, 1-13
data rate• Networking, 1-8
datagrams• Networking, 1-8
designated router• Networking, 1-10, 2-19,
2-25, 3-53
determining physical address• Networking,
3-16
DEUNA and DEQNA device drivers• 1/0 Ref II,
6-1
displaying physical address• Networking,
3-16
downline system load• Networking, 4-8
dump assistance multicast address •
Networking, 4-20
end node• Networking, 1-10, 2-25, 3-53
end node caching• Networking, 2-27
hardware address• Networking, 2-17, 3-14,
3-74, 7-14
lack of protection• System Security, 7-6
limiting end nodes • Networking, 3-80
limiting routers• Networking, 3-80
line• Networking, 2-13

lndex-99

Index

Ethernet (cont'd.)
line device• Networking, 2-17
line parameters• Networking, 3-7 4
line protocol• Networking, 3-66
multiaccess • Networking, 1-8
multicast address• Networking, 1-9, 2-3
multicast address definition• Networking,
3-17
multicast address values• Networking, 3-18
network configuration• Networking, 5-20
node• Networking, 1-8
node address• Networking, 2-3, 3-14
node number in address• Networking, 3-15
non-DECnet application• Networking, A-13
packets• Networking, 1-9
physical address• Networking, 1-9, 2-3, 2-7,
2-17 3-14, 4-8, 7 -14
physical address definition • Networking, 3-1 7
physical address values• Networking, 3-18
protocol • Networking, 1-6, 2-7
protocol types (DEUNA/DEONA) • 1/0 Ref II,
6-5
resetting physical address• Networking, 3-15
router• Networking, 1-10, 2-25, 3-53
service operations• Networking, 3-4 7
specification• Networking, 1-6
topology• Networking, 1-8
upline memory dump• Networking, 4-20
Ethernet address• NCP Ref, NCP-8
DEUNA/DEQNA • 1/0 Ref II, 6-3
Ethernet addresses
restrictions• Rel Notes, 8-6
Ethernet loopback test• Networking, 7-13
to remote system• Networking, 7-14
UNA device • Networking, 7-13
EVALUATE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-62
to PATCH-64 Debugger Ref, DBG-104,
DBG-210
EVALUATE command (Debugger)• Programming,
5-38
EVALUATE/ ADDRESS command• Debugger Ref,
DBG-83, DBG-212
EVALUATE/CONDITION command• SDA Ref,
SDA-17
Evaluation
automatically performed by command
interpreter• DCL Dictionary, DCL-97
of operator in expression• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-87
of symbol• DCL Dictionary, DCL-97
I

lndex-100

Evasion
breakin • System Security, 3-32
Evasive action
duration • System Security, 5-40
invoked as counteraction for breakin • System
Security, 5-38
.EVEN directive• MACRO Ref, 6-32
Event
class• Networking, 3-104
Data Link layer• NCP Ref, NCP-196
definition• Networking, 2-40
End Communications layer• NCP Ref, NCP191
identification• Networking, 3-104
identifying location of• Networking, 3-107
list• Networking, 2-40
Network Management layer• NCP Ref, NCP189
Routing layer• NCP Ref, NCP-192
Session Control layer• NCP Ref, NCP-191
sink-related• Networking, 2-40
source• NetWorking, 3-106
source-related• Networking, 2-40
type• Networking, 3-104
VAX/VMS specific• NCP Ref, NCP-198
Event class and type summary• NCP Ref, NCP188 to NCP-198
Event flag• Rel Notes, B-23 Device Driver, 5-22,
8-19
local
clearing • System Management, SYS-51
System Services Ref, SYS-51
common• Programming, 3-20
for interprocess communication• System
Management, 8-10 System Services Ref,
8-10
getting current status• System Management,
SYS-283 System Services Ref, SYS-283
1/0 completion• Rel Notes, B-17, B-23
in shared memory• Rel Notes, E-5
number• System Management, 4-2 System
Services Ref, 4-2
set and clear• System Management, 4-4
System Services Ref, 4-4
setting• System Management, SYS-295
System Services Ref, SYS-295
specification of• System Management, 4-2
System Services Ref, 4-2
wait• System Management, 4-3 System
Services Ref, 4-3

Index

Event flag (cont'd.)
waiting for entire set of• System Management,
SYS-395 System Services Ref, SYS-395
waiting for one of set• System Management,
SYS-397 System Services Ref, SYS-397
waiting for setting of• System Management,
SYS-392 System Services Ref, SYS-392
Event flag (efn) argument• Rel Notes, B-19
Event flag cluster• System Management, 4-2
System Services Ref, 4-2
associating with a process• System
Management, SYS-11 System Services
Ref, SYS-11
common• System Management, 4-5 System
Services Ref, 4-5
deleting• System Management, SYS-125
System Services Ref, SYS-125
disassociating from • System Management,
SYS-98 System Services Ref, SYS-98
disassociation and deletion of• System
Management, 4-6 System Services Ref,
4-6
getting current status• System Management,
SYS-283 System Services Ref, SYS-283
in shared memory• System Management, 4-8
System Services Ref, 4-8
name• System Management, 4-8 System
Services Ref, 4-8
valid number• System Management, 4-2
System Services Ref, 4-2
Event flags
allocation of• RTL Ref, 8-21
LIB$FREE_EF • Programming, 3-21
LIB$GET_EF • Programming, 3-21
RTL routine to free• RTL Ref, RTL-116
Event logger
See EVL
Event logging example• Networking, 3-108
EVENTS display type• Networking, 3-115
Events reported, types of• Error Log Ref, ERR-2
EVL (event logger)• Networking, 1-20, 2-33,
2-40
EX (exit to line mode) (N) • EDT Reference,
EDT-270
Exact key match• File Applications, 7-10
EXACT_POSITIONING attribute• File Applications,
3-42 FDL Ref, FDL-8
Examination
in assembly-level debugging • Debugger Ref,
DBG-92
interactive• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-12

Examination (cont'd.)
of a list• Debugger Ref, DBG-93
of a range• Debugger Ref, DBG-93
of an address expression • Debugger Ref,
DBG-90
of an entity• .Debugger Ref, DBG-90
of bucket• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-7
of data • Debugger Ref, DBG-90
of indexed file• File Applications, 9-22
of instructions • Debugger Ref, DBG-92
of logical successor• Debugger Ref, DBG-94
of registers• Debugger Ref, DBG-95
of relative file• File Applications, 9-19, 9-21
of sequential file• File Applications, 9-15,
9-17
EXAMINE command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-297,
DCL-298, DCL-299 Patch Ref, PATCH-65 to
PATCH-67 Debugger Ref, DBG-90, DBG-112,
DBG-135, DBG-213
and DEPOSIT command • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-251
EXAMINE command (Debugger)• Programming,
5-36
EXAMINE/SOURCE command• Debugger Ref,
DBG-127
Example of asynchronous read• Programming,
8-63
Examples• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-18
See also Using symbols
adding lines• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-8
allocating file window mapping pointers •
Mount Ref, MOUNT-38
analyzing a file interactively• Analyze/RMS_File
Ref, ARMS-27
analyzing a remote file• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-27
appending a remote file • Convert Ref, CONV31
audit trail text• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-11
/BEFORE qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-4
/BINARY qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-5
/BRIEF qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-6
comparing files• Backup Ref, BACKUP-11,
BACKUP-21
concurrent display and recording • Monitor Ref,
MON-75
converting a carriage control file to stream •
Convert Ref, CONV-32
converting a carriage control file to variablelength • Convert Ref, CONV-32

lndex-101

Index

Examples (cont'd.)
converting a remote file• Convert Ref, CONV31
converting fixed format to variable-length•
Convert Ref, CONV-32
converting record formats• Convert Ref,
CONV-31
copying files• Backup Ref, BACKUP-7,
BACKUP-8
creating a disk usage accounting file• Verify
Ref, VER-9
creating a journal file• Backup Ref, BACKUP32
creating a virtual device• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-14
creating a volume set• Mount Ref, MOUNT-10
creating an executable image containing
message data• Message Ref, MSG-28
creating an FOL file• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref,
ARMS-27
creating an FOL file from a remote file•
Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-27
DELETE command• Exchange Ref, EXCH-25
deleting lines• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-9
directing ACCOUNTING output• Accounting
Ref, ACC-40
disabling automatic volume rebuild • Mount Ref,
MOUNT-32
editing ACL• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-22
/ENTRY qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-7
/EXCLUDE qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-10
/FULL qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-11,
ERR-22
image operation• Backup Ref, BACKUP-7,
BACKUP-26
improving a file's performance• Convert Ref,
CONV-31
/INCLUDE qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-13,
ERR-16, ERR-17, ERR-22
incremental backup• Backup Ref, BACKUP-8,
BACKUP-28
initializing an output disk• Backup Ref,
BACKUP-30
interactive patch session • Patch Ref, PATCH93
listing accounting files• Accounting Ref,
ACC-39
listing file• Backup Ref, BACKUP-11 SUMSLP
Ref, SUM-4
live display monitoring• Monitor Ref, MON-7 4
live recording• Monitor Ref, MON-7 4
/LOG qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-14

lndex-102

Examples (cont'd.)
machine check• Error Log Ref, ERR-25
making a volume public with MOUNT• Mount
Ref, MOUNT-36
memory error• Error Log Ref, ERR-27
modifying an FOL file• FOL Ref, FDL-65
modifying an FOL file noninteractively • FOL
Ref, FDL-65
mounting a virtual device• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-14
mounting a volume cluster-wide • Mount Ref,
MOUNT-14
mounting an ANSI-labeled magnetic tape•
Mount Ref, MOUNT-23
nonfatal and user bugchecks • Error Log Ref,
ERR-28
of CU routines• Util Routines Ref, CLl-1 to
CLl-4
of CONV routines• Util Routines Ref, CONV-1
to CONV-7
of DCX routines• Util Routines Ref, DCX-2 to
DCX-11
of EDT routines• Util Routines Ref, EDT-1 to
EDT-2
of FOL routines• Util Routines Ref, FDL-1 to
FDL-6
of LBR routines• Util Routines Ref, LBR-7 to
LBR-19
creating a new library• Util Routines Ref,
LBR-7 to LBR-10
deleting a module from a library• Util
Routines Ref, LBR-16 to LBR-19
extracting a module from a library• Util
Routines Ref, LBR-13 to LBR-16
inserting a module into a library• Util
Routines Ref, LBR-10 to LBR-13
of SOR routines• Util Routines Ref, SOR-4 to
SOR:-19
/OUTPUT qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-15
overriding volume protection checks• Mount
Ref, MOUNT~27
physical operation• Backup Ref, BACKUP-8
playback• Monitor Ref, MON-7 5
protecting an output save-set• Backup Ref,
BACKUP-68
quick-reference table• Backup Ref, BACKUP71
rebuilding a volume• Mount Ref, MOUNT-32
reclaiming buckets• Convert Ref, CONV-31
/REGISTEFLDUMP qualifier• Error Log Ref,
ERR-16
/REJECTED qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-17

Index

Examples (cont'd.)
remote playback• Monitor Ref, MON-7 6
reorganizing a remote file• Convert Ref,
CONV-31
repairing errors on a disk volume• Verify Ref,
VER-8
replacing lines• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-11
requesting operator assistance• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-8
rerecording• Monitor Ref, MON-77
restoring files• Backup Ref, BACKUP-10
sample error log report• Error Log Ref, ERR30
saving entire volumes• Backup Ref, BACKUP7
saving files• Backup Ref, BACKUP-9
selecting records• Accounting Ref, ACC-39
selective backup• Backup Ref, BACKUP-8
/SID_REGISTER qualifier• Error Log Ref,
ERR-18
/SINCE qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-19
sorting records• Accounting Ref, ACC-40
specifying a protection code• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-30
specifying a save-set label • Backup Ref,
BACKUP-66
specifying a shareable volume• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-35
specifying block size• Backup Ref, BACKUP61
specifying block size for magnetic tape• Mount
Ref, MOUNT-11
specifying default block extent• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-18
specifying density for magnetic tape• Backup
Ref, BACKUP-64
specifying 1/0 buffers• Backup Ref, BACKUP20
specifying magnetic tape density• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-17
specifying magnetic tape record size• Mount
Ref, MOUNT-34
specifying number of directories• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-7
specifying redundancy group blocks• Backup
Ref, BACKUP-65
/ST A TISTICS qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-20
/SUMMARY qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-'22
time stamp• Error Log Ref, ERR-25
tuning a file• FDL Ref, FDL-65
using DCL symbols• Accounting Ref, ACC-40

Examples (cont'd.)
using message pointers• Message Ref, MSG28
using wildcards • Backup Ref, BACKUP-6
V AXcluster summary• Monitor Ref, MON-77
volume dismount• Error Log Ref, ERR-25
volume mount• Error Log Ref, ERR-25
Examples of /INTERMEDIATE• DSR Reference,
4-13
Examples of display setting
.DISPLAY APPENDIX• DSR Reference, 2-16
.DISPLAY CHAPTER• DSR Reference, 2-18
Examples of DSR formatting
.AUTOPARAGRAPH• DSR Reference, 2-4
.AUTOTABLE• DSR Reference, 2-7
bar commands• DSR Reference, 2-26
.BEGIN BAR• DSR Reference, 2-26
balding characters• DSR Reference, 3-6
balding words• DSR Reference, 3-6
breaking terms logically• DSR Reference, 3-7
conditional commands• DSR Reference, 2-68,
2-131
.DISABLE BAR• DSR Reference, 2-26
.ENABLE BAR• DSR Reference, 2-26
.END BAR• DSR Reference, 2-26
error message• DSR Reference, 4-2, 4-14
.FIGURE• DSR Reference, 2-37
.FIGURE DEFERRED• DSR Reference, 2-37
header levels• DSR Reference, 2-61
hyphenating words• DSR Reference, 3-11
indexing• DSR Reference, 6-4
.KEEP• DSR Reference, 2-73
.LAYOUT• DSR Reference, 2-75
.NO KEEP• DSR Reference, 2-73
.NO SPACE• DSR Reference, 2-85
overstriking characters• DSR Reference, 3-14
redefining flag characters• DSR Reference,
3-4
.SET LEVEL• DSR Reference, 2-114
substituting date• DSR Reference, 3-18
substituting time• DSR Reference, 3-18
underlining words• DSR Reference, 3-19
.VARIABLE• DSR Reference, 2-131
Examples of DSR index command
.INDEX• DSR Reference, 2-70
Examples of DSR justification command
.JUSTIFY• DSR Reference, 2-71
EXC file type• Convert Ref, CONV-5
Exception• RTL Ref, 7-2, 7-30

lndex-103

Index

Exception (cont'd.)
dispatcher• System Management, 10-7
System Services Ref, 10-7
floating-point underflow• RTL Ref, 7-31
generating on system service failure• System
Management, SYS-315 System Services
Ref, SYS-315
identifying causes of• SDA Ref, SDA-19
multiple• System Management, 10-16 System
Services Ref, 10-16
records• Convert Ref, CONV-5
type• System Management, 10-1 System
Services Ref, 10-1
Exception breakpoint
canceling of• Debugger Ref, DBG-37, DBG185
continuation following • Debugger Ref, DBG37
setting of• Debugger Ref, DBG-36, DBG-239
Exception condition• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref,
ARM$-8 Convert Ref, CONV-4 RTL Ref,
7-2, 7-5
causes of• Debugger Ref, DBG-36
debugger's handling of• Debugger Ref, DBG36
definition of• Debugger Ref, DBG-36
definition of an• Intro to Routines, 2-3
indicating occurrence of an• Intro to Routines,
2-40
returning condition value• RTL Ref, 7-5
signaling of• RTL Ref, 7-5
Exception condition, definition of an
in VAX Calling Standard• Intro to Routines,
2-3
Exception control • MACRO Ref, 8-11 to 8-13
/EXCEPTION qualifier• Debugger Ref, DBG-192,
DBG-234, DBG-266
with the CANCEL BREAK command• Debugger
Ref, DBG-183
Exception vector• Device Driver, 3-6
setting• System Management, SYS-296
System Services Ref, SYS-296
Exceptions file• Convert Ref, CONV-5
and CONVERT• VAXclusters, A-2, A-3
use of• VAXclusters, A-2, A-3
/EXCEPTIONS_ FILE qualifier• Convert Ref,
CONV-28
/EXCEPTIONS_FILE qualifier• Convert Ref,
CONV-1, CONV-11
EXCHANGE
See Exchange Utility

lndex-104

EXCHANGE command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-300
EXCHANGE utility
for copying command procedure• Software
Installation, 4-10
Exchange Utility (EXCHANGE)• Disk & Tape, 5-1,
5-12
Carriage Control Options• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-13
command string • Exchange Ref, EXCH-5
commands• Exchange Ref, EXCH-5, EXCH-15
to EXCH-42
description• Exchange Ref, EXCH-4
directing output• Exchange Ref, EXCH-2
DIRECTORY command• Disk & Tape, 5-13
examples
Creating a virtual device• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-14
creating a virtual device• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-14
dismounting a virtual device• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-14
initializing a virtual device• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-14
Mounting a virtual device• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-14
mounting a virtual device• Exchange Ref,
EXCH-14
exiting• Disk & Tape, 5-13 Exchange Ref,
EXCH-2
for copying command procedure• Software
Installation, 4-7
format• Exchange Ref, EXCH-1
invoking• Disk & Tape, 5-13 Exchange Ref,
EXCH-1
invoking to copy command procedure•
VAXclusters, C-2
media supported by EXCHANGE• Exchange
Ref, EXCH-4
MOUNT command• Disk & Tape, 5-13
parameters• Exchange Ref, EXCH-1
/PROCESSOR qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT29
record format
options• Exchange Ref, EXCH-10
specification• Exchange Ref, EXCH-9
restrictions• Exchange Ref, EXCH-2
using at DCL level• Disk & Tape, 5-14
virtual device• Exchange Ref, EXCH-5, EXCH14
creating• Exchange Ref, EXCH-14
mounting• Exchange Ref, EXCH-14

Index

Exchange Utility (EXCHANGE) (cont'd.)
volume format
options• Exchange Ref, EXCH-6
specification• Exchange Ref, EXCH-6
Exchanging
files
in network environment• System Security,
7-20
Exclamation point (!)
as comment delimiter• Debugger Ref, DBG175
in log file• Debugger Ref, DBG-20
Exclamation point ( ! )
as comment delimiter• Command Procedures,
1-3
Exclamation point ( I )
as comment delimiter• FDL Ref, FDL-39
/EXCLUDE qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKUP-45
Error Log Ref, ERR-8
Exclusive OR operator• MACRO Ref, 3-16
EXE file type• Programming, 9-77
EXE$ABORTIO• Device Driver, 8-7, 8-18, C-10
EXE$ALLCBUF • Device Driver, 8-8
EXE$ALLOCBUF • Device Driver, C-11
EXE$ALLOCIRP • Device Driver, C-12
EXE$ALONONPAGED • Device Driver, C-13
EXE$ALOPHYCNTG • Device Driver, C-14
EXE$ALOPHYSNTG routine• Device Driver, D-7
EXE$ALTQUEPKT • Device Driver, 7-9, 8-6,
8-24, C-15
EXE$BUFFEROUOT A• Device Driver, 8-8
EXE$BUFFROUOT A • Device Driver, C-16
EXE$BUFQUOPRC • Device Driver, C-17
EXE$CANCEL • Device Driver, 13-5
EXE$DEANONPAGED • Device Driver, C-18
EXE$FINISHIO • Device Driver, 8-7, 8-14, 8-19,
C-19
EXE$FINISHIOC• Device Driver, 8-7, 8-19, C-20
EXE$FORK • Device Driver, C-21
EXE$1NSERTIRP • Device Driver, 8-23, C-22
EXE$1NSIOQ • Device Driver, 8-22, 9-1, C-23
EXE$1NSTIMQ • Device Driver, C-24
EXE$10FORK • Device Driver, 10-10, 12-2, C-25
EXE$LCLDSKV AUD• Device Driver, C-26
EXE$MODIFY • Device Driver, C-28
EXE$MODIFYLOCK • Device Driver, C-30
EXE$MODIFYLOCKR • Device Driver, C-32
EXE$0NEP ARM • Device Driver, 8-11 , C-34

EXE$QIODRVPKT • Device Driver, 7-9, 8-6,
8-21, 9-1, C-35
EXE$QIORETURN • Device Driver, 8-25, C-36
EXE$READ• Device Driver, 8-7, 8-12, C-37
EXE$READCHK • Device Driver, 8-8, C-38
EXE$READCHKR • Device Driver, 8-12, C-39
EXE$READLOCK • Device Driver, 8-12, C-40
EXE$READLOCKR • Device Driver, 8-12, C-41
EXE$SENSEMODE • Device Driver, 8-14, C-42
EXE$SETCHAR • Device Driver, 8-14, C-44
EXE$SETMODE • Device Driver, 8-14, 8-15,
C-46
EXE$SNDEVMSG • Device Driver, 12-9, C-48
EXE$WRITE • Device Driver, 8-7, 8-16, C-50
EXE$WRITECHK • Device Driver, 8-8, C-51
EXE$WRITECHKR • Device Driver, 8-16, C-52
EXE$WRITELOCK• Device Driver, 8-16, C-53
EXE$WRITELOCKR • Device Driver, 8-16, C-55
EXE$WRTMAILBOX• Device Driver, C-56
EXE$ZEROP ARM • Device Driver, 8-17, C-5 7
Executable image• Programming, 4-9 Linker Ref,
LINK-59 Patch Ref, PA TCH-5
device test• Software Installation, 7-40
output of linker• Linker Ref, LINK-7
to patch• DCL Dictionary, DCL-452
UETINITOO.EXE • Software Installation, 7-15,
7-17, 7-35
UETINIT01.EXE • Software Installation, 7-23,
7-26, 7-35
UETPHASOO.EXE • Software Installation,
7-35, 7-36
/EXECUTABLE qualifier• Linker Ref, LINK-7,
LINK-122
Execute
image• Programming, 4-10
EXECUTE access• System Security, 4-7 FDL
Ref, FDL-24
See Access
meaning for directory file • System Security,
4-12
meaning for disk file• System Security, 4-11
meaning for volume• System Security, 4-14
meaning in ACL • System Security, 4-28
EXECUTE command• Monitor Ref, MON-30
Execute procedure• DCL Dictionary, DCL-133
Execute Procedure (@) command• Command
Procedures, 1-6 DCL Dictionary, DCL-133,
DCL-135 Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-20
usage summary• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-9
Execution

lndex-105

Index

Execution (cont'd.)
of alternate login command procedure• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-425
of common command procedures•
VAXclusters, 2-7
of login command procedure• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-424
Execution characteristics
defining for images• DCL Dictionary, DCL-423
Execution context• System Management, 8-2
System Services Ref, 8-2
Execution of program
monitoring of• Debugger Ref, DBG-40
starting of• Debugger Ref, DBG-27
suspending of• Debugger Ref, DBG-32
Execution of SYS$SYLOGIN • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-424
Execution queue• DCL Dictionary, DCL-329 Util
Routines Ref, PSM-4
batch• System Management, SYS-354
System Services Ref, SYS-354
symbiont• System Management, SYS-354
System Services Ref, SYS-354
Executive mode
changing to• System Management, SYS-52
System Services Ref, SYS-52
Executive-mode stack pointer• SDA Ref, SDA-12
Executor node• Networking, 2-2, 4-2
commands• Networking, 3-7
/EXERCISE qualifier• BAD Ref, BAD-9
$EXIT• System Management, 8-15, SYS-139
Debugger Ref, DBG-4 7 System Services Ref,
8-15, SYS-139
causing call to for process• System
Management, SYS-165 System Services
Ref, SYS-165
Exit
exit handler• Programming, 10-37
forced• System Management, 8-16 System
Services Ref, 8-16
handler• System Management, 8-15 System
Services Ref, 8-15
image• System Management, 8-14
Programming, 10-37 System Services
Ref, 8-14
EXIT (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-133

lndex-106

EXIT command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-23, 1-26
Text Processing, 1-4 File Applications, 3-5,
9-14 DCL Dictionary, DCL-303, DCL-304,
DCL-305 Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-20
Authorize Ref, ·AUTH-31 Disk Quota Ref,
DQT-9 Exchange Ref, EXCH-29 FOL Ref,
FDL-58 Install Ref, INS-11 LAT Ref, LATCP7 Mail Ref, MAIL-39 Monitor Ref, MON-31
Patch Ref, PATCH-10, PATCH-68 Phone
Ref, PHONE-1 , PHONE-12 Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-43 Debugger Ref, DBG-25, DBG-218
SYSGEN Ref, SGN-26
See also STOP command
using to end a command procedure• Command
Procedures, 5-15
EXIT command (Debugger)• Programming, 5-4
Exit handler• Programming, 8-68, 10-37
canceling• System Management, SYS-36
System Services Ref, SYS-36
control block• System Management, SYS-105
System Services Ref, SYS-105
deleting• System Management, SYS-36
System Services Ref, SYS-36
debugging• Programming, 10-42
debugging of• Debugger Ref, DBG-48
declaring• System Management, SYS-105
System Services Ref, SYS-105
definition of• Debugger Ref, DBG-4 7
establishing • Programming, 10-38
execution sequence of• Debugger Ref, DBG47
writing• Programming, 10-41
/EXIT qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV-1, CONV-12
Exit status
DIFFERENCES command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-257
Exiting ·ACCOUNTING• Accounting Ref, ACC-2
Exiting ANALYZE/RMS_FILE • Analyze/RMS_File
Ref, ARMS-1
Exiting AUTHORIZE• Authorize Ref, AUTH-1,
AUTH-5
.
Exiting BACKUP• Backup Ref, BACKUP-3
Exiting BAD• BAD Ref, BAD-1
Exiting CONVERT• Convert Ref, CONV-2
Exiting CONVERT /RECLAIM• Convert Ref,
CONV-2
Exiting CREA TE/FOL• FOL Ref, FDL-2
Exiting DELTA• DELTA Ref, DELT A-1
Exiting DISKQUOT A• Disk Quota Ref, DQT-1
Exiting DTS• DTS/DTR Ref, DTS-1
Exiting EDIT /FOL• FOL Ref, FDL-2
Exiting Error Log • Error Log Ref, ERR-1

Index

Exiting EXCHANGE• Exchange Ref, EXCH-2
Exiting INST ALL• Install Ref, INS-1
Exiting LA TCP• LAT Ref, LA TCP-1
Exiting Message Utility• Message Ref, MSG-1
Exiting MONITOR• Monitor Ref, MON-2
Exiting MOUNT• Mount Ref, MOUNT-3
Exiting NCP • NCP Ref, NCP-1, NCP-3
Exiting PATCH• Patch Ref, PA TCH-1
Exiting SHOW CLUSTER• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-1
Exiting SYSGEN • SYSGEN Ref, SGN-1
Exiting the librarian • Librarian Ref, LIB-3
Exiting VERIFY• Verify Ref, VER-1
Exiting XDELTA• DELTA Ref, DELT A-1
EXITLOOP command• Debugger Ref, DBG-219
$EXP (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-379
Expanded file specification string• RMS Ref, 6-2
Expanded string • File Applications, 5-5
definition of• File Applications, 5-5
Expanded string area address field
in NAM block• RMS Ref, 6-5
Expanded string area size field
in NAM block• RMS Ref, 6-5
Expanded string length. field
in NAM block• RMS Ref, 6-5
Expiration
account• System Security, 3-28
password• System Security, 3-19
how to pre-expire• System Security, 5-25
how to set• System Security, 5-29
not applicable to system password •
System Security, 5-27
EXPIRATION attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-17
Expiration date field• Disk & Tape, 4-22, B-15
in XABDAT• RMS Ref, 9-3
/EXPIRATION qualifier
AUTHORIZE• System Security, 5-50
/EXPIRED qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKUP-46
Explicit
data definition• Programming, 6-1
Exponential• RTL Ref, RTL-379
of complex number• RTL Ref, RTL-357
Exponentiation• Programming, 6-8
complex base to complex exponent• RTL Ref,
RTL-449
complex base to signed integer exponent• RTL
Ref, RTL-451
D~floating base• RTL Ref, RTL-453
F_floating base• RTL Ref, RTL-462

Exponentiation (cont'd.)
H_floating base• RTL Ref, RTL-458
raise G_floating base to G_floating exponent•
RTL Ref, RTL-456
raise G_floating base to longword exponent•
RTL Ref, RTL-456
signed longword base• RTL Ref, RTL-461
word base raised to word exponent• RTL Ref,
RTL-460
$EXPREG • System Management, SYS-140
System Services Ref, SYS-140
example• System Management, 11-2 System
Services Ref, 11-2
Expression• Programming, 6-2 SDA Ref, SDA10 MACRO Ref, 3-9 to 3-10
absolute• MACRO Ref, 3-9
changing context of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-84
character string• DCL Dictionary, DCL-86
equating to symbol • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-86
depositing of• Debugger Ref, DBG-96
evaluation of• Debugger Ref, DBG-81, DBG87, DBG-104, DBG-210 MACRO Ref,
3-9
example of• MACRO Ref, 3-10
external• MACRO Ref, 3-9
global• MACRO Ref, 3-9
implicit conversion in• DCL Dictionary, DCL-85
in message source file• Message Ref, MSG15
iterative subtitution in• DCL Dictionary, DCL103
negating• SDA Ref, SDA-11
numeric• Programming, 6-7
operators in• DCL Dictionary, DCL-87
radix mode in• Debugger Ref, DBG-87
relocatable• MACRO Ref, 3-9, 3-17
rules for determining mode of• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-83
source-language• Debugger Ref, DBG-87
summary of operators• DCL Dictionary, DCL87
use of arithmetic comparison operators in•
DCL Dictionary, DCL-90
use of arithmetic operators in • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-88
use of logical operators in • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-89
use of string comparison operators in • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-90

lndex-107

Index

Expression (cont'd.)
use of string operators in• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-86
value test• DCL Dictionary, DCL-315
EX QUOT A privilege• System Security, A-5
EXT (extend) (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-271
Extend service• RMS Ref, RMS-62
condition values• RMS Ref, RMS-63
See also Completion status codes
file extension • RMS Ref, RMS-63
Extend, ACP-010 interface subfunction of• 1/0
Ref I, 1-12
/EXTEND_QUANTITY qualifier• File Applications,
8-10
Extended attribute block
See XAB
Extended attribute block address field
in FAB• RMS Ref, 5-27
in RAB• RMS Ref, 7-18
Extension• File Applications, A-1
EXTENSION attribute• File Applications, 2-35,
3-42, 8-10, 8-12 FOL Ref, FDL-9, FDL-21
/EXTENSION qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-18
Extension size• File Applications, 2-34, 2-54
calculating• File Applications, 8-10
performance• File Applications, 8-10, 8-12
Extent• File Applications, 8-10
definition of• File Applications, 1-6
definition of section • System Management,
11-10 System Services Ref, 11-10
eliminating• File Applications, 8-11
syntax• MACRO Ref, 7-1
EXTERNAL (FORTRAN)• Programming, 1-10
External clock• NCP Ref, NCP-80
.EXTERNAL directive• MACRO Ref, 6-33
External expression• MACRO Ref, 3-9
External node
and default access rights • System Security,
7-9
EXTERNAL statement• Programming, 4-21
External symbol• MACRO Ref, 6-97
attribute directive• MACRO Ref, 6-33
defining• MACRO Ref, 6-22, 6-33
EXTRA CPU system parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-62
Extract
library module
LBR$ procedure• Progra_mming, 9-86
EXTRACT command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-22
Mail Ref, MAIL-40

lndex-108

Extract module
object library• Programming, 4-9
%EXTRACT operator• MACRO Ref, 4-9 to 4-10
/EXTRACT qualifier• Librarian Ref, LIB-2, LIB-22
used with /OUTPUT• Librarian Ref, LIB-35
EXTV (Extract Field) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-40
$EXTV (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-94
EXTZV (Extract Zero Extended Field) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-40
$EXTZV (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-97

F
F12 (K)
See BACKSPACE (K)
F12 (K) [LK201 equivalent for BACKSPACE (K)]•
EDT Reference, EDT-19
F13 (K) (LK201 keyboard)
See LINEFEED (K)
F$CVSI lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-1 DCL Dictionary, DCL-348, DCL-351
F$CVTIME lexical function• Command
Procedures, C-1 DCL Dictionary, DCL-348,
DCL-353
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-354
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-353
value returned by• DCL Dictionary, DCL-353
F$CVUI lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-1 DCL Dictionary, DCL-348, DCL-356
F$DIRECTORY lexical function• Command
Procedures, C-1 DCL Dictionary, DCL-348,
DCL-357
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-357
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-357
value returned by• DCL Dictionary, DCL-357
F$EDIT lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-1 DCL Dictionary, DCL-358
F$ELEMENT lexical function• Command
Procedures, C-1 DCL Dictionary, DCL-360
using with F$EXTRACT • Command
Procedures, 4-11
F$ENVIRONMENT lexical function• Command
Procedures, C-1 DCL Dictionary, DCL-361
using to obtain current default• Command
Procedures, 4-4
F$EXTRACT lexical function• Command
Procedures, C-1 DCL Dictionary, DCL-348,
DCL-364

Index

F$EXTRACT lexical function (cont'd.)
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-364
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-364
using to extract a string • Command
Procedures, 4-11
value returned • DCL Dictionary, DCL-364
F$FAO lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-1 DCL Dictionary, DCL-348, DCL-366
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-366
FAO directives• DCL Dictionary, DCL-370
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-366
using to define record fields• Command
Procedures, 4-14
value returned by• DCL Dictionary, DCL-366
F$FILE_A TTRIBUTES lexical function• Command
Procedures, C-2 DCL Dictionary, DCL-349,
DCL-371
F$GETDVI lexical function • Command Procedures,
C-2 DCL Dictionary, DCL-349, DCL-374
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-374
item names• DCL Dictionary, DCL-374
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-374
value returned• DCL Dictionary, DCL-374
F$GETJPI lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-2 DCL Dictionary, DCL-349, DCL-383
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-384
item names• DCL Dictionary, DCL-384
F$GETSYI lexical function • Command Procedures,
C-2 DCL Dictionary, DCL-349, DCL-388
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-388
item names• DCL Dictionary, DCL-388,
DCL-389
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-388
using to obtain system or cluster information •
Command Procedures, 4-6
value returned by• DCL Dictionary, DCL-388
F$1DENTIFIER lexical function • Command
Procedures, C-2 DCL Dictionary, DCL-349,
DCL-391
F$1NTEGER lexical function• Command
Procedures, C-2 DCL Dictionary, DCL-349,
DCL-393
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-393
to change context of expression• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-84
using to convert data type• Command
Procedures, 4-16
using to evaluate data• Command Procedures,
4-16

F$LENGTH lexical function • Intro to VAX/VMS,
5-14 Command Procedures, C-2 DCL
Dictionary, DCL-349, DCL-394
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-394
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-394
using with F$LOCA TE• Command Procedures,
4-10
value returned by• DCL Dictionary, DCL-394
F$LOCA TE lexical function• Intro to VAX/VMS,
5-15 Command Procedures, C-2 DCL
Dictionary, DCL-349
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-395
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-395
using with F$LENGTH • Command Procedures,
4-10
value returned by• DCL Dictionary, DCL-395
F$LOGICAL lexical function• Command
Procedures, C-2 DCL Dictionary, DCL-349,
DCL-397
See also F$TRNLNM
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-397
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-397
value returned• DCL Dictionary, DCL-397
F$MESSAGE lexical function• Command
Procedures, C-2 DCL Dictionary, DCL-349,
DCL-399
F$MODE lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-2 DCL Dictionary, DCL-349, DCL-400
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-400
information returned by• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-400
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-400
F$PARSE lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-2 DCL Dictionary, DCL-349, DCL-401
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-401
use of• .DCL ·Dictionary, DCL-401
value returned by• DCL Dictionary, DCL-401
F$PID lexical function • Command Procedures,
C-3 DCL Dictionary, DCL-349, DCL-404
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-404
using to obtain process identification •
Command Procedures, 4-6
value returned• DCL Dictionary, DCL-404
F$PRIVILEGE lexical function• Command
Procedures, C-3 DCL Dictionary, DCL-349,
DCL-406
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-406
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-406
value returned• DCL Dictionary, DCL-406

lndex-109

Index

F$PROCESS lexical function• Command
Procedures, C-3 DCL Dictionary, DCL-350,
DCL-407
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-407
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-407
Value returned• DCL Dictionary, DCL-407
F$SEARCH lexical function• Command
Procedures, C-3 DCL Dictionary, DCL-350,
DCL-408
using to avoid command procedure errors•
Command Procedures, 4-8
using to search for a file• Command
Procedures, 4-8
F$SETPRV lexical function• Command
Procedures, C-3 DCL Dictionary, DCL-350,
DCL-410
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-410
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-410
value returned• DCL Dictionary, DCL-410
F$STRING lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-3 DCL Dictionary, DCL-350, DCL-412
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-4 12
to change context of expression• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-84
using to convert data type• Command
Procedures, 4-16
F$TIME lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-3 DCL Dictionary, DCL-350, DCL-413
F$TRNLNM lexical function• Command
Procedures, C-3 DCL Dictionary, DCL-350,
DCL-414
arguments for• DCL Dictionary, DCL-414
use of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-4 14
using to translate logical names• Command
Procedures, 4-9
value returned• DCL Dictionary, DCL-414
F$TYPE lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-3 DCL Dictionary, DCL-4 18
F$USER lexical function • Command Procedures,
C-3 DCL Dictionary, DCL-350, DCL-419
F$VERIFY lexical function• Command Procedures,
C-3 DCL Dictionary, DCL-350, DCL-420
using to change VERIFY state• Command
Procedures, 3-16
F_floating data type• MACRO Ref, 8-3, 9-101
.F_FLOATING directive• MACRO Ref, 6-34
F_floating format• Programming, 6-6, 6-7
FAB (file access block) • File Applications, 1-16,
3-2
functions• RMS Ref, 1-2, 5-1
how to use• RMS Ref, 5-2

lndex-110

FAB (file access block) (cont'd.)
summary of fields• RMS Ref, 5-1
FAB BLS field• Disk & Tape, B-17
$FAB macro• RMS Ref, RMS-1
FAB structure• Programming, 9-104
FAB$B_BID field. RMS Ref, '5-3
FAB$B_BKS field• File Applications, 2-57, 3-38,
6-27, 6-28 FDL Ref, FDL-19 RMS Ref, 5-3
FAB$B_BLN field• RMS Ref, 5-4
FAB$B_BLS field• File Applications, 3-38
FAB$B_DEQ field• File Applications, 8-10
FAB$B_DNS field • File Applications, 8-9 FDL
Ref, FDL-20 RMS Ref, 5-9
FAB$B_FAC field• File Applications, 8-7 FDL
Ref, FDL-4, FDL-5 RMS Ref, 5-9
FAB$V_BIO option• File Applications, 6-5
FAB$V_BRO option • File Applications, 6-5
FAB$V_[)EL option• File Applications, 6-5
FAB$V_GET option • File Applications, 6-5
FAB$V_PUT option • File Applications, 6-5
FAB$V_ TRN option • File Applications, 6-5
FAB$V_UPD option• File Applications, 6-5
options• RMS Ref, 5-10
FAB$B_FNS field• File Applications, 5-6, 8-9
FDL Ref, FDL-23 RMS Ref, 5-11
FAB$B_FSZ field• File Applications, 3-39 FDL
Ref, FDL-33 RMS Ref, 5-16
FAB$B_ORG field• File Applications, 3-38 FDL
Ref, FDL-23 RMS Ref, 5-21
FAB$B_RAT field• File Applications, 3-40 FDL
Ref, FDL-32, FDL-33 RMS Ref, 5-21
options• RMS Ref, 5-2 1
FAB$B_RFM field • File Applications, 3-40 FDL
Ref, FDL-34 RMS Ref, 5-23
options• RMS Ref, 5-23
FAB$B_RTV field• File Applications, 8-11, 8-13
FDL Ref, FDL-26 RMS Ref, 5-24
FAB$B_SHR field• File Applications, 8-8 FDL
Ref, FDL-35, FDL-36 RMS Ref, 5-25
FAB$V_MSE option • File Applications, 6-6,
6-31
FAB$V_NIL option• File Applications, 6-6
FAB$V_SHRDEL option• File Applications,
6-6
FAB$V_SHRGET option• File Applications,
6-6, 6-31
FAB$V_SHRPUT option• File Applications,
6-6
FAB$V_SHRUPD option• File Applications,
6-6

Index

FAB$B_SHR field (cont'd.)
FAB$V_UPI option• File Applications, 6-6,
6-10
options• RMS Ref, 5-25
FAB$LALQ field• File Applications, 3-41 FOL
Ref, FDL-18 RMS Ref, 5-3
FAB$LCTX field• FOL Ref, FDL-19 RMS Ref,
5-5
FAB$LDEV field• RMS Ref, 5-7
FAB$LDNA field• File Applications, 5-4, 8-9
FOL Ref, FDL-20 RMS Ref, 5-8
FAB$LFNA field• File Applications, 5-4, 5-6,
8-9 FOL Ref, FDL-23 RMS Ref, 5-11
FAB$LFOP field• File Applications, 3-37 FOL
Ref, FDL-19 to FDL-26 RMS Ref, 5-12
FAB$V_CBT option• File Applications, 3-41
FAB$V_CTG option• File Applications, 3-41
FAB$V_DFW.option• File Applications, 2-46,
2-47, 2-60, 2-61, 6-28, 6-29, 8-12, 8-24
FAB$V_DLT option• File Applications, 8-16
FAB$V_MXV option• File Applications, 3-37
FAB$V_NAM option• File Applications, 5-6
FAB$V_NEF option• File Applications, 7-17,
7-18, 8-19
FAB$V_NFS option• File Applications, 8-19
FAB$V_OFP option• File Applications, 5-11,
5-12, 5-13
FAB$V_POS option• File Applications, 8-19
FAB$V_PPF option• File Applications, 5-25
FAB$V_RCK option• File Applications, 8-15
FAB$V_RWC option • File Applications, 8-19
FAB$V_RWO option• File Applications, 8-19
FAB$V_SCF option• File Applications, 8-16
FAB$V_SPL option• File Applications, 8-16
FAB$V_SQO option• File Applications, 8-13
FAB$V_SUP option• File Applications, 3-37
FAB$V_TMD option• File Applications, 3-37
FAB$V_ TMP option • File Applications, 3-38
FAB$V_UFO option• File Applications, 6-7,
8-19
FAB$V_ WCK option • File Applications, 8-15
options• RMS Ref, 5-1 2
FAB$LMRN field• File Applications, 3-39 FOL
Ref, FDL-21 RMS Ref, 5-19
FAB$LMRS field• File Applications, 3-39
FAB$LNAM field • File Applications, 5-11, 8-9
RMS Ref, 5-20
FAB$LSDC field• RMS Ref, 5-25
FAB$LSTS field• RMS Ref, 5-26

FAB$LSTV field • File Applications, 8-19 RMS
Ref, 5-27
FAB$LXAB field• RMS Ref, 5-27
FAB$V_CHAN_MODE field• RMS Ref, 5-5
FAB$V_LNM_MODE field• RMS Ref, 5-18
FAB$W_BLS field• FOL Ref, FDL-22 RMS Ref,
5-5
FAB$W_DEQ field• File Applications, 3-42,
8-12 FOL Ref, FDL-21 RMS Ref, 5-6
FAB$W_GBC field • File Applications, 6-25,
6-31, 8-12 FOL Ref, FDL-21 RMS Ref, 5-17
FAB$W_IFI field• RMS Ref, 5-18
FAB$W_MRS field• FOL Ref, FDL-34 RMS Ref,
5-19
$FAB_STORE macro• RMS Ref, RMS-3
Facility (condition value field)• Intro to Routines,
2-7
Facility directive (.FACILITY)
in message source file• Message Ref, MSG18
qualifiers
/PREFIX• Message Ref, MSG-18
/SHARED• Message Ref, MSG-18
/SYSTEM• Message Ref, MSG-18
Facility name
in facility directive• Message Ref, MSG-18
Facility number
in facility directive• Message Ref, MSG-18
Facility-specific data type codes• Intro to
Routines, 2-16
Facility-specific descriptor class codes• Intro to
Routines, 2-37
FACSIMILE command• Phone Ref, PHONE-13
Failover
for HSC50 disks• VAXclusters, 4-7
Failure to reboot
how to handle• Software Installation, 6-12
Failures
login
causes of• System Security, 3-29
how counted for breakin detection • System
Security, 5-39
FAL (file access listener)• Networking, 1-20,
2-33
FAL account• System Security, 7-8
and CONTROL access• System Security, 7-8
example• System Security, 7-10
where appropriate• System Security, 7-13
False (.FALSE.)• Programming, 6-12
False alarms

lndex-111

Index

False alarms (cont'd.)
proper handling • System Security, 6-3
FALSE logical value• FDL Ref, FDL-4
False value • Programming, 6-11
$FAO• System Management, SYS-142 System
Services Ref, SYS-142 RTL Ref, 7-13, 7-1 7,
7-27
example• System Management, 7-15 System
Services Ref, 7-15
RTL jacket routine for• RTL Ref, RTL-277
FAO argument• Message Ref, MSG-2
$FAO directive
format of• System Management, SYS-143
System Services Ref, SYS-143
list of• System Management, SYS-144
System Services Ref, SYS-144
/FAO_COUNT
Message Utility• Programming, 10-13
/FAO_COUNT qualifier
in message definition• Message Ref, MSG-22
/FAST qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKUP-23
Fast-delete option• File Applications, 7-25
performance• File Applications, 8-12
FAST_DELETE attribute• File Applications, 8-12,
8-17, 8-29 FDL Ref, FOL-11
/FAST_LOAD qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV-1,
CONV-13
Fatal bugcheck • Device Driver, 3-9
Fatal bugcheck conditions• SDA Ref, SDA-14
Fatal exceptions• SDA Ref, SDA-14
/FAT AL qualifier
in message definition• Message Ref, MSG-23
Fault
page• Programming, 6-45
Faults
fix floating reserved operand• RTL Ref, RTL112
FOL
See File Definition Language
see File definition language
FOL (File Definition Language)• File Applications,
2-36, 3-3
attributes• File Applications, 2-37, 3-3
definition of• File Applications, 1-15
script• File Applications, 3-3
syntax• File Applications, 3-3
FOL descripton • DCL Dictionary, OCL-289
FOL Editor• File Applications, 1-21
FOL editor• RMS Ref, 4-10
See Edit/FOL Utility (EDIT /FOL)

lndex-112

FOL file• FDL Ref, FDL-1 , FDL-39, FOL-51
ANALYSIS_OF_AREA section• FDL Ref,
FOL-5
ANAL YZE/RMS_FILE • Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-11
and CONVERT command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-185
comment in• FDL Ref, FDL-39
created with ANAL YZE/RMS_FILE • FDL Ref,
FOL-38
.
creating• File Applications, 3-3
creating data files• File Applications, 3-24
creating with FDL$GENERA TE routine• File
Applications, 3-21
creation of• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-1,
ARMS-11 FDL Ref, FDL-38
examining with ANALYZE/RMS_FILE • File
Applications, 9-1
generating from a data file• File Applications,
9-29
in creation of data files• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-203
with CONVERT• Convert Ref, CONV-2
with EDIT /FOL• FDL Ref, FOL-1, FDL-44
FOL option • FDL Ref, FDL-11
/FOL qualifier• File Applications, 9-29
ANALYZE/RMS_FILE • Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-11
CONVERT• Convert Ref, CONV-1, CONV-3,
CONV-15
FOL routine
$CREA TE routine• File Applications, 3-21,
3-26, 5-3
$GENERA TE routine• File Applications, 3-21
$PARSE routine• File Applications, 2-2, 3-21,
5-3, 8-2
example• File Applications, 8-29 to 8-32
$RELEASE routine• File Applications, 3-21,
5-3, 8-2
example• File Applications, 8-29 to 8-32
FOL routines
creating data files• FDL Ref, FOL-40
examples• Util Routines Ref, FOL-1 to FDL-6
FOL$CREA TE • Programming, 9-102 Util
Routines Ref, FOL-7
FDL$CREA TE routine• FDL Ref, FOL-40
FDL$GENERA TE• Programming, 9-100 Util
Routines Ref, FDL-11
FDL$GENERATE routine• FDL Ref, FOL-40
FDL$P ARSE • Util Routines Ref, FOL-14
FDL$PARSE routine• FDL Ref, FDL-40

Index

FDL$RELEASE • Uti/ Routines Ref, FDL-16
FDT (function-decision table)• Device Driver, 1-3,
7-1, 13-2
address of• Device Driver, 7-9
entry• Device Driver, 5-12, 7-10, 7-11
use of• Device Driver, 5-13
FDT processing
terminating • Device Driver, 7-11
FDT routine• Device Driver, 1-15, 2-5, 7-11,
8-1, 8-24, 1-1
access to device registers• Device Driver,
8-21
allocating a system buffer• Device Driver, 8-8
calling sequence• Device Driver, 8-4
checking data transfer's byte-count• Device
Driver, 9-6
context of execution• Device Driver, 5-14,
8-1
conventions• Device Driver, 8-2, 8-3
device-independent• Device Driver, 8-11
exiting from • Device Driver, 8-4
exiting mechanisms• Device Driver, 8-4
for buffered 1/0 • Device Driver, 8-8
for direct 1/0• Device Driver, 8-7
postprocessing • Device Driver, 8-25
register use by• Device Driver, 8-3
registers preset for• Device Driver, 8-2
terminating execution • Device Driver, 8-18
terminating execution of• Device Driver, 8-4
use of registers• Device Driver, 6-2, 8-18
Features of debugger• Debugger Ref, DBG-7
FFC (Find First Clear) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-41
$FFC (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-99
FFS (Find First Set) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-41
$FFS (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-99
FFx instructions
RTL routines to access• RTL Ref, RTL-99
FIB (file information block)• 1/0 Ref /, 1-3
Fiber optics
application for network security• System
Security, 7-6
Field• MACRO Ref, 2-1 to 2-4
comment• MACRO Ref, 2-1, 2-3 to 2-4
definition of• File Applications, 1-3

Field (cont'd.)
label• MACRO Ref, 2-1, 2-2
Must Be Zero (MBZ) • MACRO Ref, 7-1
operand• MACRO Ref, 2-3
operator• MACRO Ref, 2-3
variable-length bit• MACRO Ref, 8-5 to 8-6
/FIELD qualifier• Sort Ref, SORT-60
Field, in a record• Debugger Ref, DBG-55
Fields of data
description• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-3
.FIGURE• Text Processing, 17-1, 17-2, 17-4
DSR Reference, 2-36
example• DSR Reference, 2-37
.FIGURE DEFERRED• Text Processing, 17-1,
17-2, 17-4 DSR Reference, 2-36
example• DSR Reference, 2-37
Figures
formatting• DSR Reference, A-3
File
See also File characteristics
access• Programming, 9-3
allocation of headers• DCL Dictionary, DCL322
analysis• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-1
and volume configurations• Disk & Tape, B-4,
B-6, B-7, B-8
appending• DCL Dictionary, DCL-156
attributes• Programming, 9-2 FOL Ref, FDL-3
batch job
to delete after processing • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-785
BIX • DSR Reference, 6-6
BRN • DSR Reference, 5-1, 5-2, 6-6
BTC • DSR Reference, 5-1, 5-2
closing• Programming, 9-17 DCL Dictionary,
DCL-178
common
building• VAXclusters, 2-11
Job Controller• VAXclusters, 3-1, 3-12
mail database• VAXclusters, 2-15
NETUAF.DAT• VAXclusters, 2-13
rights database• VAXc/usters, 2-16
RIGHTSLIST.DAT• VAXclusters, 2-16
SYSUAF.DAT• VAXclusters, 2-13
VMSMAIL.DAT• VAXclusters, 2-15
comparison• DCL Dictionary, DCL-255

lndex-113

Index

File
comparison (cont'd.)
ignoring characters• DCL Dictionary, DCL258
ignoring records• DCL Dictionary, DCL258
ignoring strings• DCL Dictionary, DCL-258
compressing• Programming, 9-65
concatenation• DCL Dictionary, DCL-187,
DCL-190
coordinating• VAXclusters, 2-1
copying• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-13 DCL
Dictionary, DCL-187
records having different formats• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-185
copying from magnetic tape• Disk & Tape,
5-4
copying to magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 4-20
corruption of• File Applications, 9-2
creating• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-6
Programming, 9-10 DCL Dictionary,
DCL-187, DCL-196 FDL Ref, FDL-38
creating FOL files• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-1
creation
flowchart• System Security, 5-15
with EDT editor• DCL Dictionary, DCL-285
with FOL editor• DCL Dictionary, DCL-289
with TECO editor• DCL Dictionary, DCL291
creation of owner UIC • DCL Dictionary, DCL197
data
creation using FOL file• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-203
deassignment of logical name• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-178
default access control• Networking, 1-31
default extention size on disk• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-322
definition of• File Applications, 1-3
deleting• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-6
Programming, 9-7
deletion• DCL Dictionary, DCL-238
direct access• Programming, 9-4 7
disk
comparison• DCL Dictionary,- DCL-17 4
copying • DCL Dictionary, DCL-17 4
restoring • DCL Dictionary, DCL-17 4
saving • DCL Dictionary, DCL-17 4
display

lndex-114

File
display (cont'd.)
at terminal• DCL Dictionary, DCL-789
of allocated blocks• DCL Dictionary, DCL269
of backup date• DCL Dictionary, DCL-266
of blocks used• DCL Dictionary, DCL-269
of creation date• DCL Dictionary, DCL-266
of expiration date• DCL Dictionary, DCL266
of latest version• DCL Dictionary, DCL-270
of modification date• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-266 .
of owner UIC • DCL Dictionary, DCL-268
of protection• DCL Dictionary, DCL-269
on current output device• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-789
displaying• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-8
displaying files opened by the system • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-684
displaying names of installed files• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-684
dump of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-278
editing
SUMSLP editor• DCL Dictionary, DCL-290
with EDT editor• DCL Dictionary, DCL-285
with FOL editor• DCL Dictionary, DCL-289
with SUMSLP editor• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-290
with TECO editor• DCL Dictionary, DCL291
examining attributes• Programming, 9-16
exceptions• VAXclusters, A-2, A-3 Convert
Ref, CONV-5
expanding• Programming, 9-73
expiration date
specification of retention time values• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-666
extension• File Applications, 2-54
extension size
to change default• DCL Dictionary, DCL665
extention • DCL Dictionary, DCL-159
FOL• File Applications, 3-3, 3-24, 9-1, 9-29
FDL Ref, FDL-1
creating with FDL$GENERA TE routine• File
Applications, 3-21
in creation of data files• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-203
header• File Applications, 1-11, 2-40, 2-44,
2-48, 9-14

Index

File (cont'd.)
HELP
displaying• DCL Dictionary, DCL-309
1/0 • Programming, 9-19
identifier field• Disk & Tape, B-12
image
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-144
fixup section analysis • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-146
indexed• File Applications, 9-34, 9-38
Programming, 9-4, 9-4 7
integrity• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-10
ISAM• Programming, 9-54
list in directory• DCL Dictionary, DCL-264
listing• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-8
LNI • DSR Reference, B-1
logical name in specification• Networking,
1-34
manipulation over the network• Networking,
1-26
mapping• Programming, 9-22
merging• Programming, 9-40
message• DCL Dictionary, DCL-438
MEX• DSR Reference, 6-6
modification date• DCL Dictionary, DCL-268
modify RMS defaults for file operations• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-638
modifying • Programming, 9-103
name• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-2 Programming,
9-3
network• Programming, 9-12
nonstandard format• Disk & Tape, 4-2
object
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-148
global symbol directory records• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-150
analysis of debugger information records•
DCL Dictionary, DCL-150
analysis of link option specification records•
DCL Dictionary, DCL-150
analysis of module header records• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-150
analysis of module traceback records• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-151
analysis of relocation records• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-151
analysis of text• DCL Dictionary, DCL-151
identifying errors• DCL Dictionary, DCL148
on magnetic tape• File Applications, 1-13

File (cont'd.)
opening• Programming, 9-10
organization • Programming, 9-3
output file qualifiers• DCL Dictionary, DCL-24,
DCL-26
printing a • Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-9
protecting a• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-1 O
protection • File Applications, 3-30 System
Security, 4-3 Programming, 9-7
definition at file creation • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-197
definition of default• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-322
to change default for volume• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-665
to establish default• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-617
to modify• DCL Dictionary, DCL-614 ·
purging• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-7
qualifier• DCL Dictionary, DCL-21
rules for entering• DCL Dictionary, DCL-21
qualifier values• DCL Dictionary, DCL-24
quorum• VAXclusters, 5-3
relative• Programming, 9-3
renaming a• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-10
reorganization • File Applications, 9-36
Convert Ref, CONV-7
rewinding • Programming, 9-16
RMS analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-154
RNT• DSR Reference, 5-2
RNX • DSR Reference, 6-6
scratch• Programming, 9-7
sending during conversation • Phone Ref,
PHONE-13
sensitive
application of alarm • System Security,
4-55
sequential • Programming, 9-3, 9-30
shareable image
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-144
shared
command procedure• VAXclusters, 2-6
NETUAF.DAT• VAXclusters, 2-14
SYSUAF.DAT• VAXclusters, 2-14
sharing
JBCSYSOUE.DAT• VAXclusters, 2-11
NETUAF.DAT• VAXclusters, 2-11
RIGHTSLIST.DAT• VAXclusters, 2-11
SYSUAF.DAT• VAXclusters, 2-11
VMSMAIL.DAT• VAXclusters, 2-11

lndex-115

Index

File (cont'd.)
sharing and exchanging
in network environment• System Security,
7-20 to 7-27
sorting• Programming, 9-35
specification• Networking, 1-29
specification access control string •
Networking, 1-31
specification over the network• Networking,
1-31
startup initialization• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL10
default file type• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL10
structure• File Applications, 9-1, 9-2
temporary• Convert Ref, CONV-29 FDL Ref,
FDL-20
temporary input file defaults• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-20
to display
names of installed files• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-683
names of open files• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-683
to format text• DCL Dictionary, DCL-504
See also DSR
to modify characteristics of• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-575
to modify queue entry for• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-627
to open• DCL Dictionary, DCL-446
to print• DCL Dictionary, DCL-454
to purge• DCL Dictionary, DCL-465
to read record from• DCL Dictionary, DCL-469
to rename• DCL Dictionary, DCL-475
to search for character string • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-521
to write record to• DCL Dictionary, DCL-798
transfers
with MAIL• System Security, 7-20
type• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-3
unlock• DCL Dictionary, DCL-794
using BACKUP to compare• Disk & Tape,
6-31
See also Compare operation
version limit
definition at directory creation• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-201
what is a• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-1
window

lndex-116

File
window (cont'd.)
mapping pointer allocation • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-325
specification of mapping pointers• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-667
write-only
not supported by VAX/VMS• System
Security, 4-11
File access
See Access
See also UIC
category summary• File Applications, 3-30
System Security, 4-6 DCL Dictionary,
DCL-107
CONTROL• System Security, 4-8
controlling• VAXclusters, 2-11
defaults• File Applications, 6-8
DELETE • System Security, 4-7
delete• File Applications, 3-30 DCL
Dictionary, DCL-107
EXECUTE• System Security, 4-7
execute• File Applications, 3-30 DCL
Dictionary, DCL-107
how system evaluates• System Security, 4-2
in a VAXcluster• File Applications, 2-63
over network• Networking, 1-4
READ• System Security, 4-7
read • File Applications, 3-30 DCL Dictionary,
DCL-107
remote• Networking, 1-26
WRITE• System Security, 4-7
write• File Applications, 3-30 DCL Dictionary,
DCL-107
File access block
See FAB
File access block address field
in RAB. RMS Ref, 7-3
File access field
in FAB • RMS Ref, 5-9
File access listener
See FAL
File access request
how evaluated
in detail• System Security, 4-43
FILE attribute• FDL Ref, FDL-3, FDL-17
File attributes
specifying• Sort Ref, SORT-42
FILE ATTRIBUTES node• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-5, ARMS-6, ARMS-16

Index

FILE ATTRIBUTES structure• File Applications,
9-16, 9-20, 9-22
File characteristics• File Applications, 3-20,
3-37, 3-38
ACP-010 attributes• 1/0 Ref I, 1-20
FILE command• Mail Ref, MAIL-42
File definition language
applying source• Programming, 9-102
creating source• Programming, 9-99
editor• Programming, 9-99
generating source• Programming, 9-100
File Definition Language (FOL)• File Applications,
1-15 FOL Ref, FDL-1, FDL-3
ACCESS attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-4
ANAL YSIS_OF_AREA attribute• FOL Ref,
FDL-5
ANAL YSIS_OF_KEY attribute• FOL Ref,
FDL-5
AREA attribute• FOL Ref, FOL-7
attributes• FOL Ref, FDL-3, FDL-43
CONNECT attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-10
creation of files• DCL Dictionary, DCL-289
DATE attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-16
editor• FOL Ref, FDL-1
FILE attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-17
file attributes• FOL Ref, FDL-3
file type• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-13
IDENT attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-37
KEY attribute• FOL Ref, FOL-26
library routine• FOL Ref, FDL-40
RECORD attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-31
SHARING attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-35
syntax• FOL Ref, FDL-38
SYSTEM attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-36
TITLE attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-3 7
validity rules• FOL Ref, FDL-39
File Definition Language editor
See FOL editor
File Definition Language Facility
See Create /FOL Utility
See Edit/FOL Utility
See File Definition Language
File definition language routines
See FOL routines
File design attributes• File Applications, 2-33
File disposition• File Applications, 8-16
File examination
indexed• File Applications, 9-22
relative• File Applications, 9-19
sequential • File Applications, 9-15

File extension
using Extend service• RMS Ref, RMS-63
File header• Disk & Tape, 1-6 Analyze/RMS_File
Ref, ARMS-2
description• Disk & Tape, 1-7
in Files-11 structure• Disk & Tape, A-3
File header label
See Header label
FILE HEADER node• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref,
ARMS-5, ARMS-6
FILE HEADER structure• File Applications, 9-16,
9-20, 9-22
File highwater mark (FHM) • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-323
File identification field
in NAM block• RMS Ref, 6-5
File log
VMSINST AL option• Software Installation,
5-7
File name• DCL Dictionary, DCL-35
alternate form for magnetic tapes• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-37
ANSI• Disk & Tape, 4-24
null • DCL Dictionary, DCL-3 7
to change• DCL Dictionary, DCL-475
File name length and address field
in NAM block• RMS Ref, 6-7
File name status bits field
in NAM block• RMS Ref, 6-6
File opening options
See also Creation-time options
adding records • File Applications, 8-14 to
8-15
data reliability• File Applications, 8-15
file access and sharing• File Applications, 8-7
to 8-8
file disposition• File Applications, 8-16
file performance• File Applications, 8-9 to
8-13
file specification• File Applications, 8-8 to 8-9
for indexed files• File Applications, 8-17 to
8-18
for magnetic tape processing • File
Applications, 8-18 to 8-19
for nonstandard file processing • File
Applications, 8-19
record access• File Applications, 8-14

lndex-117

Index

File organization• File Applications, 2-17
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-2 Convert
Ref, CONV-2 RMS Ref, 1-1
See also Indexed file
See also Relative file
See also Sequential file
and data storage• File Applications, 2-31
and record operations• File Applications, 7-1
to 7-3
comparison of• File Applications, 2-25
definition of• File Applications, 1-3
indexed• File Applications, 2-20
relative• File Applications, 2-18
selection• File Applications, 2-1
sequential• File Applications, 2-17
File organization field
in FAB• RMS Ref, 5-21
in XABFHC • RMS Ref, 10-5
File organization option• File Applications, 3-38
File owner
how established by default• System Security,
4-39
File owner group number field
in XABPRO field• RMS Ref, 12-4
File owner member number field
in XABPRO field• RMS Ref, 12-4
FILE parameter
for DECnet-VAX command procedure•
Networking, 3-93

lndex-118

File positioning• File Applications, 3-40
FILE primary
ALLOCATION attribute• File Applications,
2-34, 2-56, 3-41
BEST_TRY_CONTIGUOUS attribute• File
Applications, 2-34, 3-41
BUCKET_SIZE attribute• File Applications,
2-36, 2-44, 2-57, 3-38, 6-27, 6-28
CONTIGUOUS attribute • File Applications,
2-34, 2-56, 3-41
CONTROLFIELD_SIZE attribute• File
Applications, 3-39
CREATE_IF attribute• File Applications, 3-37
DEFAULT_NAME attribute• File Applications,
5-4, 8-9
DEFERRED_WRITE attribute• File Applications,
2-46, 2-60, 6-28, 6-29, 8-12, 8-24
DIRECTORY_ENTRY attribute• File
Applications, 3-38
EXTENSION attribute• File Applications, 2-35,
3-42, 8-10, 8-12
GLOBALBUFFEFLCOUNT attribute• File
Applications, 2-39, 6-25, 6-31
MAX_RECORD_NUMBER attribute• File
Applications, 3-39
MAXIMIZE_VERSION attribute• File
Applications, 3-37

Index

FILE primary (cont'd.)
MT_BLOCl<-SIZE attribute• File Applications,
3-38
MT_CLOSE_REWIND attribute • File
Applications, 8-19
MT_CURRENT_POSITION attribute• File
Applications, 8-19
MT_NOT_EOF attribute• File Applications,
8-19
MT_OPEN_REWIND attribute• File
Applications, 8-19
MT_PROTECTION attribute• File Applications,
3-39
NAME attribute• File Applications, 5-4, 8-9
NON_FILE_STRUCTURED attribute• File
Applications, 8-19
ORGANIZATION attribute• File Applications,
3-38
OWNER attribute• File Applications, 3-39
PRINT_ON_CLOSE attribute• File Applications,
8-16
PROTECTION attribute• File Applications,
3-39
READ_CHECK attribute• File Applications,
8-15
REVISION attribute• File Applications, 3-38
SEOUENTIALONLY attribute• File
Applications, 8-13
SUBMIT_ON_CLOSE attribute• File
Applications, 8-16
SUPERSEDE attribute• File Applications, 3-37
TEMPORARY attribute• File Applications,
3-37
USEfLFILE_OPEN attribute• File Applications,
6-7, 8-19
WINDOW_SIZE attribute• File Applications,
8-11, 8-13
WRITE_CHECK attribute• File Applications,
8-15
File primitive statistics• Monitor Ref, MON-43
File processing• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-5
nonstandard• File Applications, 8-19
File protectfon • System Security, 4-1 , 4-1 to
4-5 7 DCL Dictionary, DCL-106 FDL Ref,
FDL-24
See Protection
and RENAME command • System Security,
4-43 DCL Dictionary, DCL-111
and system security• System Security, 4-1
changing• System Security, 4-16 DCL
Dictionary, DCL-110

File protection (cont'd.)
changing default• System Security, 4-4 1 DCL
Dictionary, DCL-111
default ACL-based • System Security, 4-42
default disk• System Security, 4-41 DCL
Dictionary, DCL-111
default UIC-based • System Security, 4-4 1
establishing and changing • System Security,
4-16
faulty invites worms• System Security, 5-73
of magnetic tape volumes• System Security,
4-14
of tape volumes• DCL Dictionary, DCL-112
violations
auditing • System Security, 6-6
File protection field
in XABPRO field• RMS Ref, 12-5
File protection option • File Applications, 3-38
File sharing• File Applications, 2-32, 2-39, 8-7
compatibility with subsequent record access•
File Applications, 6-8 to 6-10
considerations for a VAX cluster• System
Security, 8-3
defaults• File Applications, 6-8
in a VAXcluster• File Applications, 2-64
interlocked interprocess• File Applications,
6-4, 6-8 to 6-10
multistreaming • File Applications, 6-4, 6-7
no access function• File Applications, 6-6
option summary• File Applications, 6-6
programming techniques• File Applications,
6-19 to 6-22
user-interlocked interprocess• File
Applications, 6-4, 6-7, 6-10 to 6-11
File sharing field
in FAB• RMS Ref, 5-25
File space• Monitor Ref, MON-11
File specification • Intro to VAX/VMS, 3-1 Disk
& Tape, B-12 DCL Dictionary, DCL-33, DCL34, DCL-35 Convert Ref, CONV-1 FDL Ref,
FDL-20
See also Default file specification
See also Device
See also Directory
See also File name
See also File type
See also File version number
See also Node name
applicable services and routines• File
Applications, 4-12 to 4-20
compatibility with VAX/VMS Version 3 • File
Applications, 4-3, 4-6, 4-10

lndex-119

Index

File specification (cont'd.)
compatibility with VAX/VMS Versions 3.0 to
3. 7 • Rel Notes, 8-4
components• Rel Notes, 8-4 File Applications,
4-1 to 4-3
default• File Applications, 4-6, 5-1 to 5-4,
8-9 DCL Dictionary, DCL-34
and logical name• DCL Dictionary, DCL-66
directory• File Applications, 5-15 to 5-24
DOS-11 • Exchange Ref, EXCH-8
example• DCL Dictionary, DCL-34
Files-11 • Exchange Ref, EXCH-7
for remote file access• File Applications, 4-2
to 4-5, 4-11
foreign• DCL Dictionary, DCL-45, DCL-46
format• DCL Dictionary, DCL-33
formats• File Applications, 4-1 to 4-6, 5-6 to
5-8
how to specify• File Applications, 5-3
in a command procedure• Patch Ref, PATCH52
input• File Applications, 5-12
maximum length• File Applications, 4-2
node name
See Node name• DCL Dictionary, DCL-45
output• File Applications, 5-13
parameters• DCL Dictionary, DCL-19
parsing• File Applications, 4-11 to 4-12, 5-5
to 5-15 RMS Ref, RMS-88
parsing components of• System Management,
SYS-156 System Services Ref, SYS-156
preprocessing • File Applications, 4-12
primary• File Applications, 4-6, 5-1 to 5-4,
8-9
process default• File Applications, 4-6
processing a single file• File Applications,
4-21 to 4-22
processing many files• File Applications, 4-22
to 4-23
processing one or many files• File
Applications, 4-23
program supplied• File Applications, 4-6, 5-1
to 5-4
related• File Applications, 4-6, 5-1 to 5-4,
5-11 to 5-12, 8-9
RT-11 • Exchange Ref, EXCH-8
rules for entering• DCL Dictionary, DCL-19
searching string for• System Management,
SYS-156 System Services Ref, SYS-156
task specification string• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-45 DCL-46
I

lndex-120

File specification (cont'd.)
use of• File Applications, 4-1
use of defaults• File Applications, 4-6, 5-1 to
5-4
use of logical name• File Applications, 5-6 to
5-8
use of name block• File Applications, 4-12
use of search lists• File Applications, 4-11 to
4-24, 5-9 to 5-11
use of SYS$DISK • File Applications, 5-2
use of wildcards • File Applications, 4-11 to
4-24
File specification component descriptors• RMS
Ref, 6-3
File specification specifier (L)
with EXIT (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-133
with HELP (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-170
with INCLUDE (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-141
with PRINT (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-151
with SET COMMAND (L) • EDT Reference,
EDT-164
with WRITE (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-243
File specification string address• RMS Ref, 4-10
File specification string size• RMS Ref, 4-10
File structure• File Applications, 9-14
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-2
examination of• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-12
of indexed file• File Applications, 2-48
of relative file• File Applications, 2-44
of sequential file• File Applications, 2-40
File system
coordinating• VAXclusters, 2-10 to 2-17
new features• Rel Notes, 4-5, 5-1
restrictions• Rel Notes, 8-5
to respond to requests from • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-482
File system ACP • 1/0 Ref I, 1-1
File system cache information • Monitor Ref,
MON-45
File system caches
adjusting• Performance Management, 4-22
File terminator• Programming, 8-69
File tuning
See Tuning files
File type• DCL Dictionary, DCL-35 Convert Ref,
CONV-1
ANL • File Applications, 9-7 Analyze/RMS_
File Ref, ARMS-13
DAT• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-1

Index

File type (cont'd.)
default• Command Procedures, 1-2 DCL
Dictionary, DCL-35, DCL-36
EXC• Convert Ref, CONV-5
FOL• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-13
null• DCL Dictionary, DCL-37
to change• DCL Dictionary, DCL-4 7 5
File type field• Disk & Tape, B-12
File type length and address field
in NAM block• RMS Ref, 6-9
File version length and address field
in NAM block• RMS Ref, 6-9
File version limit field
in XABFHC • RMS Ref, 10-6
File version number• DCL Dictionary, DCL-35
to change• DCL Dictionary, DCL-4 7 5
File-processing options field
in FAB• RMS Ref, 5-12
allocation and extension • RMS Ref, 5-12
file disposition• RMS Ref, 5-14
file name parsing • RMS Ref, 5-13
magnetic tape• RMS Ref, 5-15
nonstandard processing• RMS Ref, 5-16
performance• RMS Ref, 5-12
reliability• RMS Ref, 5-13
File-processing services• RMS Ref, 2-5
File-set identifier field• Disk & Tape, B-14
@file-spec command• Debugger Ref, DBG-22
/FILE_NAME qualifier• Message Ref, MSG-9
$FILE_SCAN (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-101
$FILE_SCAN_END (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-103
Files
interprocess• Programming, 3-46
sharing• Programming, 3-46
Files privileges• System Security, 5-54
Files-11
definition of• File Applications, 1-5
device specification• Exchange Ref, EXCH-7
file specification• Exchange Ref, EXCH-7
Files-11 volume• File Applications, 1-10
index file• File Applications, 1-10
bootstrap block• File Applications, 1-10
file header• File Applications, 1-11
home block• File Applications, 1-10
volume format• Exchange Ref, EXCH-7
Files-11 disk
analysis• DCL Dictionary, DCL-142
and the Exchange Utility (EXCHANGE)• Disk &
Tape, 5-12

Files-11 disk (cont'd.)
initialization• DCL Dictionary, DCL-318
save set• Disk & Tape, 6-18 Backup Ref,
BACKUP-12
writing to• Disk & Tape, 6-18
structure• Disk & Tape, A-1
Level 1 • Disk & Tape, 5-2
Level 2 • Disk & Tape, 5-2
reserved files• Disk & Tape, A-1
structure levels compared• Disk & Tape, A-5
with BACKUP• Disk & Tape, 6-9
Files-11 structure
non-hierarchical nature• System Security,
4-12
Files-11 Structure Level 1 • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-319
Files-11 volume
to modify characteristics of• DCL Dictionary,
DC~664,DC~665,DC~666,DC~667

$FILESCAN • System Management, SYS-156
System Services Ref, SYS-156
.FILL• Text Processing, 15-1 DSR Reference,
2-39
FILL (EDT keypad function)• Text Processing,
2-18
FILL (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-66
FILL (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-136
FILL (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-272
Fill factor• File Applications, 2-37, 2-58 FOL Ref,
FDL-7, FDL-28
FILLBUCKETS attribute• File Applications, 8-18,
8-25 FOL Ref, FDL-11
/FILLBUCKETS qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV-1,
CONV-16 FOL Ref, FDL-27, FDL-28
Filling text• Text Processing, 15-1
FILLM quota• Networking, 5-36
FIND (EDT keypad function)• Text Processing,
2-12
FIND (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-68
FIND (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-138
Find service• File Applications, 7-1, 7-22 to
7-23 RMS Ref, RMS-64
and improved performance • File Applications,
7-22
and key matches• File Applications, 7-9
and next record• File Applications, 7-18
condition values• RMS Ref, RMS-67
See also Completion status codes
function • RMS Ref, 4-18
run-time options• File Applications, 8-20 to
8-24

lndex-121

Index

$FIND_CURSOfLDISPLA Y (SMG) • RTL Ref,
RTL-533
$FIND_FILE (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-105
$FIND_FILE routine• File Applications, 4-12 to
4-18
$FIND_FILE_END (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-108
$FIND_FIRST_IN_SET (STR) • RTL Ref, RTL-660
$FIND_FIRST_NOT_IN_SET (STR) • RTL Ref,
RTL-662
$FIND_FIRST_SUBSTRING (STR) • RTL Ref,
RTL-664
$FIND_HELD• System Management, 3-9, 3-14,
SYS-160 System Services Ref, 3-9, 3-14,
SYS-160
$FIND_HOLDER • System Management, 3-9,
3-14, SYS-162 System Services Ref, 3-9,
3-14, SYS-162
$FIND_IMAGE_SYMBOL (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL109
$FINISH_RDB • System Management, SYS-164
System Services Ref, SYS-164
FIRST command• File Applications, 9-14
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-16, ARMS-21
Mail Ref, MAIL-44
First data bucket start virtual block number field
in XABKEY • RMS Ref, 11-6
First free byte in the end-of-file block field
in XABFHC • RMS Ref, 10-4
.FIRST TITLE• Text Processing, 21-7 DSR
Reference, 2-40
Fix-up image section
condition for insertion of• linker Ref, LINK-77
creation of• linker Ref, LINK-77
in relation to code reference • linker Ref,
LINK-78
purpose of• linker Ref, LINK-78
Fixed control • FDL Ref, FDL-33, FDL-34
Fixed control area• File Applications, · 2-44
Fixed control area size field
in FAB• RMS Ref, 5-16
Fixed control size option• File Applications, 3-39
FIXED format• FDL Ref, FDL-33
Fixed length header control size field
in XABFHC • RMS Ref, 10-4
Fixed record format• File Applications, 1-4,
2-11, 2-40, 2-44, 2-52
Fixed-length
character string• Programming, 6-14
Fixed-length cell• File Applications, 2-44
Fixed-length descriptor• Intro to Routines, 2-20

lndex-122

Fixed-length record• Disk & Tape, B-16
Programming, 9-5 Convert Ref, CONV-20,
CONV-28 FDL Ref, FDL-34
specifying • Sort Ref, SORT-42
/FIXED_CONTROL qualifier• Convert Ref, CONV1, CONV-17
Fixup section
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-146
$FIXUP_FLT (LIB) • RTL Ref, 7-30, RTL-112
Flag• Programming, 6-22
user-defined • Programming, 1-16
Flag descriptions
accept flag• DSR Reference, 3-5
Bold flag• DSR Reference, 3-6
break flag• DSR Reference, 3-7
capitalize flag• DSR Reference, 3-8
comment flag• DSR Reference, 3-9
control flag• DSR Reference, 3-10
hyphenate flag• DSR Reference, 3-11
Index flag• DSR Reference, 3-12
Lowercase flag • DSR Reference, 3-13
overstrike flag• DSR Reference, 3-14
period flag• DSR Reference, 3-15
space flag• DSR Reference, 3-16
subindex flag• DSR Reference, 3-17
substitute flag• DSR Reference, 3-18
underline flag• DSR Reference, 3-19
uppercase flag• DSR Reference, 3-20
Flag recognition commands• DSR Reference,
A-4
Flags
see Event flag
enabling• DSR Reference, 3-3
pairing• DSR Reference, 3-6, 3-9, 3-13, 3-18,
3-19, 3-20
recognizing• DSR Reference, 3-2
redefining• DSR Reference, 3-3
.FLAGS ACCEPT• DSR Reference, 2-42
.FLAGS BOLD• DSR Reference, 2-43
.FLAGS BREAK• DSR Reference, 2-44
.FLAGS CAPITALIZE• DSR Reference, 2-45
.FLAGS COMMENT• DSR Reference, 2-46
.FLAGS CONTROL• DSR Reference, 2-4 7
.FLAGS HYPHENATE• DSR Reference, 2-48
.FLAGS INDEX• DSR Reference, 2-49
.FLAGS LOWERCASE• DSR Reference, 2-50
.FLAGS OVERSTRIKE• DSR Reference, 2-51
.FLAGS PERIOD• DSR Reference, 2-52
.FLAGS SPACE• DSR Reference, 2-53

Index

.FLAGS SUBINDEX• DSR Reference, 2-54
.FLAGS SUBSTITUTE• DSR Reference, 2-55
.FLAGS UNDERLINE• DSR Reference, 2-56
.FLAGS UPPERCASE• DSR Reference, 2-57
/FLAGS=CAPTIVE qualifier
AUTHORIZE• System Security, 5-79
/FLAGS=DISMAIL qualifier
AUTHORIZE
use with DISNEWMAIL flag• System
Security, 5-37
/FLAGS=DISNEWMAIL qualifier
AUTHORIZE
use to suppress notification • System
Security, 5-37
/FLAGS=DISRECONNECT qualifier
AUTHORIZE• System Security, 5-36
/FLAGS=DISREPORT qualifier
AUTHORIZE
use to disable last login messages• System
Security, 5-36
/FLAGS=DISUSER qualifier
AUTHORIZE• System Security, 5-33
/FLAGS=DISWELCOME qualifier
AUTHORIZE
use to disable welcome message• System
Security, 5-36
/FLAGS=GENPWD qualifier
AUTHORIZE• System Security, 5-32
to invoke password generator• System
Security, 5-29
/FLAGS=LOCKPWD qualifier
AUTHORIZE
use to control passwords• System
Security, 5-32
/FLAGS=PWD_EXPIRED qualifier
AUTHORIZE
use to give second chance• System
Security, 5-30
FLG=CHG option• FDL Ref, FDL-27
FLG=DUP option• FDL Ref, FDL-28
FLG=NUL option• FDL Ref, FDL-29
.FLOAT directive• MACRO Ref, 6-34
/FLOAT qualifier• Debugger Ref, DBG-206,
DBG-214
$FLOA Tl (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-5
Floating CSR
address calculation• Device Driver, 14-22
Floating overflow fault• MACRO Ref, 8-13
Floating underflow enable (FU)• MACRO Ref,
8-12

Floating vector
address calculation• Device Driver, 14-21
Floating-point
accuracy• MACRO Ref, 9-102 to 9-103
rounding• MACRO Ref, 9-102 to 9-103
zero• MACRO Ref, 9-101
Floating-point data type• MACRO Ref, 8-3 to
8-5, 9-100 to 9-101
D_floating • MACRO Ref, 8-4
F_floating• MACRO Ref, 8-4
G_floating • MACRO Ref, 8-4
H_floating • MACRO Ref, 8-5
Floating-point instructions• MACRO Ref, 9-100
to 9-121
Floating-point number• MACRO Ref, 9-100
F_floating• MACRO Ref, 6-34
format• MACRO Ref, 3-3
G_floating • MACRO Ref, 6-35
H_floating• MACRO Ref, 6-37
in source statement• MACRO Ref, 3-3 to 3-4
rounding• MACRO Ref, 6-23
storage• MACRO Ref, 6-20
storing• MACRO Ref, 6-34, 6-35, 6-37
truncating• MACRO Ref, 6-23
Floating-point operator• MACRO Ref, 3-14
Floating-point storage directives
.D_FLOATING• MACRO Ref, 6-20
.F_FLOATING• MACRO Ref, 6-34
.G_FLOATING• MACRO Ref, 6-35
Floating-point underflow • RTL Ref, 7-31
$FLOATJ (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-5
$FLOOR (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-5
Floppy disk (RXO 1 and RX02) • 1/0 Ref /, 3-5
$FLT_UNDER (LIB)• RTL Ref, 2-7, 7-31, RTL114
Flush service • File Applications, 6-10, 7-3 RMS
Ref, RMS-68
condition values• RMS Ref, RMS-69
See also Completion status codes
$FLUSH_BUFFER (SMG) • RTL Ref, 3-20, RTL534
/FLUSH_INTERV AL qualifier• Monitor Ref, MON22
FNDNXT (EDT keypad function)• Text Processing,
2-12
FNDNXT (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-70
Font definitions
LNI files• DSR Reference, B-4
Font files
loading• DSR Reference, B-5

lndex-123

Index

Font kits
LN01 • DSR Reference, B-1
Fonts
LN01 • DSR Reference, 4-10
.FOOTNOTE• Text Processing, 22-2 DSR
Reference, 2-58
Footnote
creating a• Text Processing, 22-2
inserting• DSR Reference, A-3
FOR command• Debugger Ref, DBG-165, DBG220
FOR command (Debugger)• Programming, 5-26
FOR file type• Programming, 4-2
FOR$ACCEPT • Programming, 8-3
FOR$PRINT • Programming, 8-3
FOR$READ •. Programming, 8-3
FOR$TYPE • Programming, 8-3
Forced exit• System Management, 8-16 System
Services Ref, 8-16
$FORCEX • System Management, 8-16, SYS165 System Services Ref, 8-16, SYS-165
See also $DELPRC
Foreign command • RTL Ref, 8-3
Foreign command names
use of dollar sign • RTL Ref, 8-4
Foreign countries
and network usage restrictions• System
Security, 7-10
Foreign device• Rel Notes, B-8
disk• 1/0 Ref I, 3-13
Foreign file specification string• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-46
/FOREIGN qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-19
Foreign volume• Rel Notes, B-5, B-6, B-9
to mount• Mount Ref, MOUNT-19
Foreign volumes
mounting• Disk & Tape, 3-12
Forgery
of network information• System Security, 7-6
Fork block• Device Driver, 3-19, 8-24, 9-4
Fork context• Device Driver, 1-5, 3-21
Fork IPL• Device Driver, 1-5, 1-11, 3-11, 4-1
FORK macro• Device Driver, B-14
Fork process• Device Driver, 1-4, 1-12, 3-3,
3-19, 9-1, 9-8, 10-2
activation• Device Driver, 5-20
context• Device Driver, 5-16
creation • Device Driver, 5-14, 11-8, 11-9
for interrupt processing • Device Driver,
5-19

lndex-124

Fork process (cont'd.)
execution • Device Driver, 5-16
execution context• Device Driver, 9-2
suspension• Device Driver, 5-1 7
synchronizing with other activities• Device
Driver, 8-22
Fork processing• Device Driver, 3-11
Fork queue• Device Driver, 1-12, 5-20
Fork-process dispatching• Device Driver, 3-20
Form feed • Programming, 8-16
mechanical• 1/0 Ref I, 5-4, 8-20
Form feed terminator• File Applications, 2-41
/FORM_SIZE qualifier• DCL Dictionary, DCL-505
DSR Reference, 4-12
Formal argument• MACRO Ref, 4-1 to 4-2
Format• Exchange Ref, EXCH-1 Librarian Ref,
LIB-1
ANSI-labeled volume• Disk & Tape, B-1
for SET COMMAND command• CDU Ref,
CDU-1
for SHOW CLUSTER command• Show Cluster
Ref, SHCL-1
of debugger commands• Debugger Ref,
DBG-174
of fixed-length record• Convert Ref, CONV-20
of hexadecimal• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-19
of records• File Applications, 2-40, 2-44
record
definition of• File Applications, 1-4
source program• Programming, 4-2
UIC • System Security, 4-4
FORMAT attribute• File Applications, 3-40 FOL
Ref, FDL-33
Format conventions
equivalence name• System Management, 6-9
System Services Ref, 6-9
logical name• System Management, 6-9
System Services Ref, 6-9
Format numeric data• Programming, 8-13
/FORMAT qualifier• Sort Ref, SORT-37, SORT42
$FORMAT_A CL• System Management, 3-16,
3-23, SYS-167 System Services Ref, 3-16,
3-23, SYS-167
Formatted
conversion• Programming, 6-24
input/output• Programming, 6-25
Formatted ASCII Output ($FAQ) system service
example• System Management, SYS-148
System Services Ref, SYS-148

Index

Formatted ASCII Output with List Parameter
($F AOL) system service
example• System Management, SYS-150
System Services Ref, SYS-150
Formatting
of DIFFERENCES output• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-259
of document• DSR Reference, 1-1
of text• DSR Reference, 1-1
Formatting routine
user-written• Util Routines Ref, PSM-32
Forming a VAX cluster• VAXclusters, 5-1 to
5-15
FORSYSDEF. TLB • Programming, 4-25
FORTRAN• FOL Ref, FDL-32
command• Programming, 4-4
system definition library• Programming, 4-25
FORTRAN carriage control• Convert Ref, CONV3
FORTRAN command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-9
FORTRAN 1/0 errors• Programming, 10-17
FORTRAN statements
COMMON• Programming, 1-12, 2-10
DATA• Programming, 2-6
DO• Programming, 2-21, 2-23
DO WHILE• Programming, 2-23
END• Programming, 2-1
END DO• Programming, 2-23
END IF• Programming, 2-17
EQUIVALENCE• Programming, 2-8
EXTERNAL• Programming, 1-10
FUNCTION• Programming, 1-5, 2-1
IF• Programming, 2-17
IMPLICIT• Programming, 2-4
IMPLICIT NONE• Programming, 2-4
INTRINSIC• Programming, 1-10
PARAMETER• Programming, 2-7
PROGRAM• Programming, 2-1
SUBROUTINE• Programming, 1-4, 2-1
FORWARD command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-19
Mail Ref, MAIL-45
FP symbol• SDA Ref, SDA-12
Fragmented disks
impact on highwater marking • System
Security, 5-77
Frame
call• MACRO Ref, 9-63
stack• MACRO Ref, 9-63
Frame control

Frame control (cont'd.)
X.25 lines• Networking, 3-74
Frame pointer• SDA Ref, SDA-12
Free bucket list• Convert Ref, CONV-6
Free service• File Applications, 6-13, 7-3 RMS
Ref, RMS-70
condition values• RMS Ref, RMS-71
See also Completion status codes
$FREE 1_DX (STR). RTL Ref, RTL-667
$FREE_EF (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-116
$FREE_LUN (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-117
$FREE_TIMER (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-118
$FREE_VM (LIB) • RTL Ref, RTL-119
FREEGOAL system parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-62
FREELIM system parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN62
Front key compression• File Applications, 2-49
/FULL
LINK/MAP• Programming, 4-43
Full map• Linker Ref, LINK-51, LINK-123
module information in• Linker Ref, LINK-52,
LINK-53
sections in• Linker Ref, LINK-52
symbols cross-referenced in • Linker Ref,
LINK-120
FULL prompt• FOL Ref, FDL-52
/FULL qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-13 Backup
Ref, BACKUP-24 Error Log Ref, ERR-11
Librarian Ref, LIB-23 Linker Ref, LINK-123
SHOW QUEUE command• Command
Procedures, 8-9
used with /HISTORY• Librarian Ref, LIB-26
Full-duplex mode
terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-10
FUNCT AB macro• Device Driver, 7-11 , 7-15,
B-15
Function
condition handler• Programming, 10-22
definition of a• Intro to Routines, 2-3
in VAX Calling Standard • Intro to Routines,
2-3
intrinsic• Programming, 6-10
character• Programming, 6-17
reference• Programming, 6-2
system• Programming, 6-10
FUNCTION (FORTRAN) • Programming, 1-5
Function code• Rel Notes, B-12 1/0 Ref I, A-1
to A-10 1/0 Ref II, A-1 to A-5
See also 1/0 Function

lndex-125

Index

Function code (cont'd.)
10$_ACCESS • 1/0 Ref I, 1-29
10$_ACPCONTROL • 1/0 Ref I, 1-34
10$_AVAILABLE • 1/0 Ref I, 3-23, 6-19
10$_CREATE • 1/0 Ref /, 1-25
10$_DEACCESS • 1/0 Ref I, 1-31
10$_DELETE • 1/0 Ref I, 1-33
10$_DSE • 1/0 Ref I, 6-19
10$_FORMAT • 1/0 Ref I, 3-22
10$_1NITIALIZE • 1/0 Ref I, 4-9
10$_LOADMCODE • 1/0 Ref I, 4-8 1/0 Ref II,
4-19
10$_MODIFY • 1/0 Ref/, 1-32
10$_PACKACK• 1/0 Ref I, 3-22
10$_READLBLK• 1/0 Ref I, 2-5, 3-19, 6-12,
7-6, 8-25 1/0 Ref II, 1-5, 2-8, 3-11, 5-6,
6-9
10$_READPBLK• 1/0 Ref I, 2-5, 3-19, 6-12,
7-6 1/0 Ref II, 1-5, 2-8, 3-11, 5-6, 6-9
10$_READPROMPT • 1/0 Ref I, 8-25
10$_READVBLK• 1/0 Ref/, 2-5, 3-19, 6-12,
7-6, 8-25 l/ORefll, 1-5, 2-8, 3-11, 6-9
10$_REWIND • 1/0 Ref I, 6-14
10$_REWINDOFF • 1/0 Ref I, 6-16
10$_SEARCH • 1/0 Ref I, 3-22
10$_SEEK • 1/0 Ref I, 3-23
10$_SENSECHAR • 1/0 Ref I, 3-21, 8-44
10$_SENSEMODE • 1/0 Ref I, 2-6, 3-21, 5-8,
6-16, 8-44 1/0 Ref II, 2-21, 5-8, 6-20
10$_SETCHAR• 1/0 Ref I, 2-10, 5-9, 6-18,
8-36 1/0 Ref II, 1-7, 2-9, 3-12, 6-11
10$_SETCLOCK • 1/0 Ref I, 4-9
10$_SETMODE• 1/0 Ref I, 2-7, 5-9, 6-17,
8-36 1/0 Ref II, 1-7, 2-9, 3-12, 5-7, 6-11
10$_SKIPFILE • 1/0 Ref I, 6-14
10$_SKIPRECORD • 1/0 Ref I, 6-15
10$_STARTDA TA• 1/0 Ref I, 4-10 1/0 Ref II,
4-20
10$_UNLOAD • 1/0 Ref I, 3-23, 6-16
10$_WRITECHECK• 1/0 Ref I, 3-23
10$_WRITELBLK• 1/0 Ref/, 3-20, 5-5, 6-13,
7-8, 8-33 1/0 Ref II, 1-6, 2-9, 3-12, 5-7,
6-10
10$_WRITEOF • 1/0 Ref I, 6-16
10$_WRITEPBLK• 1/0 Ref/, 3-20, 5-5, 6-13,
7-8, 8-33 1/0 Ref II, 1-6, 2-9, 3-12, 5-7,
6-10
10$_WRITEVBLK• 1/0 Ref I, 3-20, 5-5, 6-13,
7-8, 8-33 1/0 Ref II, 1-6, 2-9, 3-12, 6-10
specification of 1/0 • System Management,
7-3 System Services Ref, 7-3

lndex-126

Function code (cont'd.)
write operation • Programming, 8-63
Function modifier• Rel Notes, B-14 1/0 Ref I,
A-1 to A-10 1/0 Ref II, A-1 to A-5
10$1<-PTPBSC • 1/0 Ref II, 5-6
10$1<-SRRUNOUT • 1/0 Ref II, 5-6
10$M_ACCESS• 1/0 Ref I, 1-25, 1-29, 6-9
10$M_ATTNAST• 1/0 Ref II, 1-7, 2-20, 3-13,
6-19
10$M_BINARY• 1/0 Ref I, 2-6
10$M_BRDCST • 1/0 Ref I, 8-44, 8-46
10$M_BREAKTHRU • 1/0 Ref I, 8-10, 8-34
10$M_CANCTRLO• 1/0 Ref I, 8-5, 8-34
10$M_CREATE• 1/0 Ref I, 1-25, 1"'."29, 6-9
10$M_CTRL• 1/0 Ref II, 2-10, 2-19, 2-21,
2-22, 6-11, 6-19, 6-20
10$M_CTRLCAST • 1/0 Ref I, 8-40
10$M_CTRLY AST• 1/0 Ref I, 8-5, 8-40
10$M_CVTLOW• 1/0 Ref I, 8-27
10$M_CYCLE • 1/0 Ref II, 3-10
10$M...:...DATA CHECK• Rel Notes, B-14 1/0 Ref
I, 3-8, 3-20, 3-21, 6-4, 6-12, 6-14
10$M_DAT APA TH• 1/0 Ref II, 3-13
10$M_DELDATA• 1/0 Ref I, 3-21
10$M_DELETE • 1/0 Ref I, 1-25, 1-33
10$M_DMOUNT • 1/0 Ref I, 1-34
10$M_DSABLMBX • 1/0 Ref I, 8-2 7 1/0 Ref II,
1-6
10$M_ENABLMBX • 1/0 Ref I, 8-34 1/0 Ref II,
1-6
10$M_ERASE • 1/0 Ref I, 3-18, 3-21, 6-13
10$M_ESCAPE• 1/0 Ref I, 8-7, 8-27
10$M_EXTEND • 1/0 Ref I, 8-27, 8~28
10$M_HANGUP • 1/0 Ref I, 8-40
10$M_INCLUDE • 1/0 Ref I, 8-42
10$M_INHERLOG • Rel Notes, B-8
10$M_INHEXTGAP • 1/0 Ref I, 6-5
10$M_INHRETRY • Rel Notes, B-14 1/0 Ref I,
3-20, 6-5
10$M_LASTBLOCK • 1/0 Ref II, 5-7
10$M_MAINT • 1/0 Ref I, 8-41
10$M_NODSRWAIT • 1/0 Ref II, 5-8
10$M_NOECHO• 1/0 Ref/, 8-10, 8-24, 8-27
10$M_NOFILTR• 1/0 Ref I, 8-2 7
10$M_NOFORMAT • 1/0 Ref I, 8-11, 8-34
10$M_NOW • 1/0 Ref I, 7-7, 7-8 1/0 Ref II,
1-6, 2-8, 6-9
10$M_NOWAIT • 1/0 Ref I, 6-14, 6-16
10$M_OUTBAND • 1/0 Ref I, 8-42
10$M_PACKED • 1/0 Ref /, 2-6

Index

Function modifier (cont'd.)
10$M_PURGE • 1/0 Ref I, 8-27
10$M_RD_MEM • 1/0 Ref II, 2-22
10$M_RD_MODEM • 1/0 Ref I, 8-45 1/0 Ref
II, 2-22
10$M_READATTN • 1/0 Ref I, 7-9
10$M_REFRESH • 1/0 Ref I, 8-34
10$M_RESET • 1/0 Ref II, 3-11
10$M_REVERSE • 1/0 Ref I, 6-12
10$M_SET_MODEM• 1/0 Ref I, 8-41 1/0 Ref
II, 2-21
10$M_SETEVF • 1/0 Ref I, 4-10 1/0 Ref II,
4-20
10$M_SETFNCT • 1/0 Ref II, 3-10
10$M_SETPROT • 1/0 Ref I, 7-10
10$M_SHUTDOWN• 1/0 Ref II, 1-8, 2-19,
5-8, 6-19
10$M_STARTUP• 1/0 Ref II, 1-8, 2-10, 2-16,
5-8, 6-11
10$M_TIMED• 1/0 Ref I, 8-27 1/0 Ref II,
3-10
10$M_TRMNOECHO • 1/0 Ref I, 8-27
10$M_TT_ABORT• 1/0 Ref I, 8-42
10$M_TYPEAHDCNT • 1/0 Ref I, 8-44
10$M_UNLOOP • 1/0 Ref I, 8-42
10$M_WORD• 1/0 Ref II, 3-10
Function reference
array processing • Programming, 6-30
Function return value• RTL Ref, 2-5, 5-6
returned in output argument• RTL Ref, 5-6
returned in RO /R 1 • RTL Ref, 5-6
FUNCTION statement• Programming, 4-20
array processing• Programming, 6-30
record processing • Programming, 6-42
FUNCTION statement (FORTRAN)• Programming,
2-1
Function value• Programming, 1-5
system-defined procedure• Programming, 1-9
Function value (func) argument• Rel Notes, B-19,
B-20
Function value return, in VAX Calling Standard•
Intro to Routines, 2-7
Function-decision table
See FDT

G operator• SDA Ref, SDA-11
G symbol• DELTA Ref, DELT A-8 SDA Ref,
SDA-12
/G_FLOAT qualifier• Debugger Ref, DBG-206,
DBG-214
/G_FLOA TING
FORTRAN command• Programming, 6-6
G_floating data type• MACRO Ref, 9-101
.G_FLOATING directive• MACRO Ref, 6-35
G_floating format• Programming, 6-6, 6-7
$GABS (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-4
$GACOS (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-334
$GACOSD (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-337
$GASIN (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-339
$GASIND (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-341
$GAT AN (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-343
$GATAN2 (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-347
$GA T AND (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-345
$GATAND2 (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-349
$GAT ANH (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-351
Gateway node
See X.25
GBLPAGES system parameter• File Applications,
1-23 SYSGEN Ref, SGN-62
GBLPAGFIL system parameter•· File Applications,
1-23 SYSGEN Ref, SGN-63
GBLSECTIONS system parameter• File
Applications, 1-23 SYSGEN Ref, SGN-63
$GCMPLX (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-361
$GCONJG (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-363
$GCOS (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-365
$GCOSD (MTt:I)• RTL Ref, RTL-367
$GCOSH (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-369
$GOBLE (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-4
$GDIM (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-4
General Error Handling• Programming, 10-2
General identifier• System Security, 4-21, 4-22
deleted
how to recognize • System Security, 5-12
reasons for using • System Security, 4-34
General mode• MACRO Ref, 5-17
General register mode• MACRO Ref, 5-1 to 5-13
/GENERA TE qualifier• Debugger Ref, DBG-131,
DBG-208
/GENERATE_PASSWORD
AUTHORIZE qualifier• System Security, 5-24
Generation
of line numbers in DIFFERENCES output• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-260

G character• SDA Ref, SDA_:-11 , SDA-12

lndex-127

Index

Generation (cont'd.)
of parallel list in DIFFERENCES output• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-260
Generation number• Disk & Tape, 4-23, B-13,
B-14
Generation-version number• Disk & Tape, 4-23,
B-14
Generator
automatic password
for initial password • System Security,
5-24
Generic device name• DCL Dictionary, DCL-138
Generic key match• File Applications, 7-9, 7-11
Generic name• Programming, 1-6
Generic queue• System Management, SYS-354
DCL Dictionary, DCL-329 System Services
Ref, SYS-354 Util Routines Ref, PSM-4
cluster-wide batch• VAXclusters, 3-10
cluster-wide printer• VAXclusters, 3-4 to 3-6
establishing local• VAXclusters, 3-3
implementing • VAXclusters, 1-6
initialization• DCL Dictionary, DCL-333,
DCL-757
Generic queues
restrictions• Rel Notes, 8-8
GET attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-4, FDL-35
of ACCESS primary• File Applications, 6-5
of SHARING primary• File Applications, 6-6,
6-31
Get Device/Volume Information ($GETDVI) system
service• Rel Notes, 8-16, B-24, B-25
arguments• Rel Notes, B-26
item codes• Rel Notes, B-27
item descriptor• Rel Notes, B-27
status returns• Rel Notes, B-30
volume set information• Rel Notes, B-29
GET option• FOL Ref, FDL-5, FDL-35
VMSINST AL• Software Installation, 5-8
Get service• File Applications, 7-1, 7-22 RMS
Ref, RMS-72, RMS-78
and current record • File Applications, 7-17
and next record• File Applications, 7-18
condition values• RMS Ref, RMS-78
See also Completion status codes
function• RMS Ref, 4-18
run-time options • File Applications, 8-20 to
8-24
$GETLDX (STR)• RTL Ref, RTL-668
$GET_BROADCAST_MESSAGE (SMG) • RTL Ref,
3-21, RTL-535

lndex-128

$GET_CHAR_AT_PHYSICALCURSOR (SMG) •
RTL Ref, RTL-537
$GET_COMMAND (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-121
$GET_COMMON (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-5, 8-39,
RTL-124
$GET_DISPLAY_A TTR (SMG) • RTL Ref, RTL539
$GET_EF (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-131
$GET_FOREIGN (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-3, RTL-133
$GET_INPUT (LIB)• RTL Ref, 2-3, 5-8, RTL-137
$GET_KEY_DEF (SMG) • RTL Ref, RTL-541
$GET_PASTEBOARD_A TTRIBUTES (SMG) • RTL
Ref, 3-3, RTL-543
$GET_SCREEN (LIB)• Rel Notes, F-4, F-30
$GET_SCREEN (SCR) • Rel Notes, F-53
$GET_SYMBOL (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-8, RTL-146
$GET_TERM_DAT A (SMG) • RTL Ref, RTL-545
$GET_VM (LIB)• RTL Ref, 5-2, RTL-149
$GETCHN • System Management, A-9 System
Services Ref, A-9
See also $GETDVI
card reader• 1/0 Ref I, 2-3
DEUNA/DEQNA • 1/0 Ref II, 6-6
disk• 1/0 Ref I, 3-12
DMC11 /DMR11 • 1/0 Ref II, 1-3
DMP 11 /DMF32 • 1/0 Ref II, 2-4
DR11-W• 1/0 Ref II, 3-7
DR32 • 1/0 Ref II, 4-3
DUP 11 • 1/0 Ref II, 5-4
line printer• 1/0 Ref I, 5-3
LPA 11-K • 1/0 Ref/, 4-4
magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref I, 6-6
mailbox• 1/0 Ref /, 7-5
terminal • 1/0 Ref I, 8-16
$GETDEV • System Management, A-12 System
Services Ref, A-12
See also $GETDVI
card reader• 1/0 Ref /, 2-3
DEUNA/DEQNA) • 1/0 Ref II, 6-6
disk• 1/0 Ref /, 3-12
DMC11/DMR11 • 1/0 Ref II, 1-3
DMP 11 /DMF32 • 1/0 Ref II, 2-4
DR11-W• 1/0 Ref II, 3-7
DR32 • 1/0 Ref II, 4-3
DUP 11 • 1/0 Ref II, 5-4
line printer• 1/0 Ref /, 5-3
LPA 11-K • 1/0 Ref/, 4-4
magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref I, 6-6
mailbox• 1/0 Ref /, 7-5
terminal • 1/0 Ref /, 8-16

Index

$GETDVI • Networking, 8-43 System
Management, SYS-176 System Services
Ref, SYS-176
See Get Device/Volume Information ($GETDVI)
system service
card reader• 1/0 Ref/, 2-3
DEUNA/DEONA) • 1/0 Ref II, 6-6
disk• 1/0 Ref /, 3-12
DMC11 /DMR11 • 1/0 Ref II, 1-3
DMP 11/DMF11 • 1/0 Ref II, 2-4
DR11-W• l/ORefll, 3-7
DR32 • 1/0 Ref II, 4-3
DUP 11 • 1/0 Ref II, 5-4
line printer• 1/0 Ref I, 5-3
LP A 11-K • 1/0 Ref/, 4-4
magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref I, 6-6
mailbox• 1/0 Ref I, 7-5
terminal• 1/0 Ref /, 8-16
$GETDVI (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-126
$GETDVIW • System Management, SYS-191
System Services Ref, SYS-191
$GETJPI • System Management, SYS-192
System Services Ref, SYS-192
example• System Management, SYS-204
System Services Ref, SYS-204
$GETJPI (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-139
$GETJPIW • System Management, SYS-206
System Services Ref, SYS-206
$GETLKI • System Management, SYS-207
System Services Ref, SYS-207
$GETLKIW • System Management, SYS-218
System Services Ref, SYS-218
$GETMSG • System Management, SYS-219
System Services Ref, SYS-219 RTL Ref,
7-17
$GETSYI • System Management, SYS-222
System Services Ref, SYS-222
$GETSYI (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-143
$GETSYIW • System Management, SYS-231
System Services Ref, SYS-231
$GETTIM • System Management, 9-2, SYSERV232 System Services Ref, 9-2, SYSERV-232
$GEXP (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-379
$GFLOOR (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-5
$GFLOTI (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-5
$GFLOTJ (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-5
$GIMAG (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-382
$GINT (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-5
Global
symbol• Programming, 4-21
Global buffer• FOL Ref, FDL-21

Global buffer (cont'd.)
and system parameters• File Applications,
1-23
definition of• File Applications, 2-39
maximum number of• File Applications, 1-23
number• File Applications, 6-25
performance• File Applications, 8-12
with deferred write• File Applications, 2-61
with indexed file• File Applications, 2-60,
6-29
with relative file • File Applications, 2-4 7,
6-29
with shared file• File Applications, 6-29 to
6-32
Global buffer count
example of run-time specification • File
Applications, 4-15 to 4-18
Global buffer count field
in FAB• RMS Ref, 5-17
GLOBAL clause
for PLACEMENT clause• CDU Ref, CDU-26,
CDU-35
.GLOBAL directive• MACRO Ref, 6-36
Global expression• MACRO Ref, 3-9
Global label• MACRO Ref, 2-2
Global page table entries• File Applications, 1-23
Global page-file section• File Applications, 1-23
GLOBAL qualifier• Programming, 7-6
Global section• File Applications, 1-23 System
Management, 11-11 Programming, 3-48
System Services Ref, 11-11
permanent
characteristic• System Management, 11-11
System Services Ref, 11-11
creating and mapping• System Management,
SYS-88 System Services Ref, SYS-88
definition of• System Management, 11-8
System Services Ref, 11-8
deleting • System Management, SYS-119
System Services Ref, SYS-119
for interprocess communication• System
Management, 8-10 System Services Ref,
8-10
in shared memory• Rel Notes, E-7
linker-assigned name of• Linker Ref, LINK-55
mapping• System Management, SYS-246
System Services Ref, SYS-246
name• System Management, 11-11 System
Services Ref, 11-11
page-file• System Management, 11-15
System Services Ref, 11-15

lndex-129

Index

Global section (cont'd.)
processing of by image activator• Linker Ref,
LINK-38
temporary• Programming, 3-53
to map• System Management, 11-14 System
Services Ref, 11-14
Global symbol• DCL Dictionary, DCL-125,
DCL-129 Linker Ref, LINK-10 Patch Ref,
PATCH-11 MACRO Ref,. 3-6, 6-97
absolute• Linker Ref, LINK-25
control information• Programming, 1-15
conversion of to universal• Linker Ref, LINK26
declaration of• Debugger Ref, DBG-5 7
defining• MACRO Ref, 6-22, 6-33, 6-36
defining by option• Linker Ref, LINK-25
designation of• Linker Ref, LINK-11
redefining for shareable image• MACRO Ref,
6-94 to 6-95
scope of• Debugger Ref, DBG-58
strong definition of• Linker Ref, LINK-12
strong reference to• Linker Ref, LINK-11
weak definition of• Linker Ref, LINK-12
weak reference to• Linker Ref, LINK-11
Global symbol attribute directive (.GLOBAL)•
MACRO Ref, 6-36
Global symbol directory records
analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-150
Global symbol table
See GST
Global symbol table (GST)
See GST (global symbol table)
Global symbols
debugger• Programming, 5-28
new features• Rel Notes, 4-6
reserved by DIGIT AL• DCL Dictionary, DCL-78
$RESTART• DCL Dictionary, DCL-78
$SEVERITY• DCL Dictionary, DCL-78
$ST A TUS • DCL Dictionary, DCL-78
GLOBALBUFFEFLCOUNT attribute• File
Applications, 2-39, 6-25, 6-31, 8-12
FDL Ref, FDL-21
/GLOBALBUFFERS qualifier• File Applications,
6-31
/GLOBALS qualifier• Librarian Ref, LIB-24
/GLOBALS-/NOGLOBALS qualifier
in DELETE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-5 7
in DEPOSIT command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-60
in EXAMINE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-66
in INSERT command• Patch Ref, PATCH-71

lndex-130

/GLOBALS-/NOGLOBALS qualifier (cont'd.)
in REPLACE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-7 4
in SET MODE command• Patch Ref, PATCH79
in VERIFY command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-92
GLOBALS-NOGLOBALS mode• Patch Ref,
PATCH-20
$GLOG (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-383
$GLOG10 (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-387
$GLOG2 (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-385
$GMAX 1 (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-6
$GMIN 1 (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-6
$GMOD (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-6
$GNINT (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-6
GO command• Debugger Ref, DBG-31, DBG135, DBG-221
GO command (Debugger)• Programming, 5-18
Goals
of security managers• System Security, 1-1
GOLD (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-72
GOLD function• Debugger Ref, DBG-135, DBG137
GOLD key• Text Processing, 2-1
GOLD/A (K)• EDT Reference, EDT-27
GOLD/D (K)• EDT Reference, EDT-31
GOLD/E (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-33
GOLD/R (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-42
GOLD/T (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-43
GOLD/U (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-45
GOLD/W (K)• EDT Reference, EDT-46
GOLD/Z (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-47
GOTO command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 5-11 DCL
Dictionary, DCL-307, DCL-308
using to direct execution flow• Command
Procedures, 5-10
using wiht labels• Command Procedures,
5-11
using with IF ... THEN conditional statement•
Command Procedures, 5-11
$GPROD (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-7
Grabber
password
symptom and counteraction • System
Security, 4-53
Grabbers
password• System Security, 3-23
GRANT /IDENTIFIER AUTHORIZE command•
System Security, 5-10, 5-22
GRANT /IDENTIFIER command• Authorize Ref,
AUTH-32

Index

$GRANTID • System Management, SYS-233
System Services Ref, SYS-233
Granting identifiers• Authorize Ref, AUTH-32
Granularity
in lock• System Management, 12-2 System
Services Ref, 12-2
/GRANULARITY qualifier• FOL Ref, FDL-1,
FDL-48
$GREAL (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-391
Greater than
operator (symbol) for in expressions•
Command Procedures, 2-17
Greater than (.GT.)• Programming, 6-9
Greater than or equal (.GE.)• Programming, 6-9
Greater than or equal to
operator (symbol) for in expressions•
Command Procedures, 2-17
GROUP
user category• System Security, 4-6
Group
design of• System Security, 5-3 to 5-14
impact on user privileges• System Security,
5-3
name
in UIC • System Security, 4-5
number
in UIC • System Security, 4-4
number of per member • System Security, 4-5
overlapping user• System Security, 4-17
user
defined. by holders of identifiers• System
Security, 4-17
Group logical name table• System Management,
6-6 System Services Ref, 6-6
cancellation of entries• DCL Dictionary, DCL212
inclusion of logical name• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-163, DCL-222
Group number• FOL Ref, FDL-23
uniqueness requirement
for V AXcluster • System Security, 8-3
GROUP parameter
for X25-SERVER module• Networking, 3-96
GROUP privilege• System Security, 5-53, A-5
GROUP protection code• FOL Ref, FDL-24
/GROUP qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-20
DTE parameter• Networking, 3-33
for X25-PROTOCOL module• Networking,
3-33
NUMBER parameter• Networking, 3-33

/GROUP qualifier (cont'd.)
TYPE parameter• Networking, 3-33
/GROUP_SIZE qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKUP-65
GROWLIM system parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-64
GRPNAM privilege• System Security, A-5
GRPPRV
and user category• System Security, 4-6
GRPPRV Privilege• System Security, A-6
GRPPRV privilege • System Security, 4-9
affect on ownership privilege• System
Security, 4-3 7
$GSIGN (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-7
$GSIN (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-392
$GSINCOS (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-394
$GSINCOSD (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-397
$GSIND (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-400
$GSINH (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-402
GSMA TCH option• Programming, 4-28
GSMATCH processing• Linker Ref, LINK-22
$GSQRT (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-405
GST (Global Symbol Table)
creation of• Debugger Ref, DBG-51
debugger's use of• Debugger Ref, DBG-51
initialization of• Debugger Ref, DBG-16
symbol records in • Debugger Ref, DBG-51
GST (Global symbol table)
content of• Debugger Ref, DBG-13
GST (global symbol table)• Librarian Ref, LIB-4
Linker Ref, LINK-9, LINK-71
analysis• DCL Dictionary, DCL-146
building of in Pass 1 • Linker Ref, LINK-69
deletion of symbols from • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-249
entering symbol in• DCL Dictionary, DCL-339
in command interpreter search• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-79
limiting symbols in • Linker Ref, LINK-141
$GT AN (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-407
$GT AND (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-409
$GT ANH (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-411
Guest account
why not recommended • System Security,
5-83
Guest accounts
improving security
as captive accounts• System Security,
5-83
Guidelines

lndex-131

Index

Guidelines (cont'd.)
system configuration • Networking, 5-33 to
5-42
Guidelines for writing a symbiont• Util Routines
Ref, SMB-4

H
H character• SDA Ref, SDA-11, SDA-12
H operator• SDA Ref, SDA-11
H symbol• DELTA Ref, DELTA-8 SDA Ref,
SDA-12
/H_FLOAT qualifier• Debugger Ref, DBG-206,
DBG-214
.H_FLOATING directive• MACRO Ref, 6-37
H_floating format• Programming, 6-6
H_floating-point storage directive (.H_FLOATING) •
MACRO Ref, 6-37
$HABS (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-4
Hacker
as security problem• System Security, 1-5
$HACOS (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-334
$HACOSD (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-337
Half-duplex mode
See also Duplex mode
terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-10, 8-20
HALT (Halt) instruction • MACRO Ref, 9-7 4
HALT command• .Software Installation, 2-2
Handler
change and compatibility mode• System
Management, 10-6 System Services Ref
10~
'
exit• System Management, 8-15 System
Services Ref, 8-15
Handling disk media• Software Installation, 3-19
Hang
See System hang
Hang up, terminal• 1/0 Ref/, 8-15, 8-24
function modifier• 1/0 Ref I, 8-40
HANGUP command• Phone Ref, PHONE-1,
PHONE-14
Hard faults
characterizing • Performance Management, 3-8
Hard positioning option• File Applications, 3-42
Hard-copy terminal output• FDL Ref, FDL-52
Hardcopy terminal
logout considerations• System Security, 3-44
Hardware

lndex-132

Hardware (cont'd.)
when to enlarge capacity• Performance
Management, 4-21
Hardware address
Ethernet• Networking, 3-14
HARDWARE ADDRESS parameter
SET NODE command• Networking, 4-11
Hardware components
Cl780• VAXclusters, 1-2
computer interconnect (Cl)• VAXclusters, 1-2
hierarchical storage controller• VAXclusters,
1-3
HSC50 • VAXclusters, 1-3
optional • VAXclusters, 1-3
required • VAXclusters, 1-1
star coupler• VAXclusters, 1-3
VAX processor• VAXclusters, 1-2
Hardware error• File Applications, 9-2
Hardware interrupt• Device Driver, 9-8, 10-10
generating • Device Driver, 11-1
Hardware loopback device• Networking, 7-9
$HASIN (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-339 ·
$HASIND (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-341
$HAT AN (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-343
$HATAN2 (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-347
$HATAND (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-345
$HATAND2 (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-349
$HAT ANH (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-351
$HCOS (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-365
$HCOSD (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-367
$HCOSH (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-369
$HDIM (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-4
HOR label
See Header label
HDR1 label
See Header label
HDR2 label
See Header label
HDR3 label
See Header label
/HDR3 qualifier• Mount Ref, MOUNT-21
Head
See Running head
Header
library• Programming, 9-94
library module• Programming, 9-92
Header allocation
on disk volumes• DCL Dictionary, DCL-322
Header label• Disk & Tape, B-4

Index

Header label (cont'd.)
HDR1 label• Disk & Tape, 4-23, B-11
accessibility field• Disk & Tape, B-15
creation date field• Disk & Tape, B-15
expiration date field• Disk & Tape, B-15
file identifier field• Disk & Tape, B-12
file-set identifier field• Disk & Tape, B-14
generation number field• Disk & Tape,
B-14
generation-version number field • Disk &
Tape, B-14
HDR2 label• Disk & Tape, B-11, B-16
block length field• Disk & Tape, B-17
buffer-offset length field• Disk & Tape,
B-19
record format field• Disk & Tape, B-16
record length field• Disk & Tape, B-18
system-dependent field• Disk & Tape,
B-18
HDR3 label• Disk & Tape, B-11, B-20
RMS attributes field• Disk & Tape, B-20
HDR4 label• Disk & Tape, B-11, B-20
.HEADER LEVEL• Text Processing, 18-1, 21-7
DSR Reference, 2-60
Header level commands
.DISPLAY LEVELS• DSR Reference, 2-22
.HEADER LEVEL• DSR Reference, 2-60
.HEADERS LOWER• DSR Reference, 2-65
.HEADERS MIXED• DSR Reference, 2-65
.HEADERS ON• DSR Reference, 2-63
.HEADERS UPPER• DSR Reference, 2-65
.NO HEADERS• DSR Reference, 2-63
.NUMBER LEVEL• DSR Reference, 2-91
.STYLE HEADERS• DSR Reference, 2-120
Header page• Intro to VAX/VMS, 2-9
/HEADER qualifier• Linker Ref, LINK-124
SUMSLP Ref, SUM-16
.HEADERS LOWER• DSR Reference, 2-65
.HEADERS MIXED• DSR Reference, 2-65
.HEADERS ON• Text Processing, 21-1 DSR
Reference, 2-63
.HEADERS UPPER• DSR Reference, 2-65
Heap storage• RTL Ref, 5-2
Height
double• Programming, 8-29
Hello timer• Networking, 3-48
/HELP
LIBRARY command• Programming, 9-77
HELP• Exchange Ref, EXCH-31

Help• DCL Dictionary, DCL-5
display of default libraries• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-310
display text
LBR$ procedure• Programming, 9-95
format• Exchange Ref, EXCH-31
library• Programming, 9-77 DCL Dictionary,
DCL-309
online • Debugger Ref, DBG-8, DBG-222
HELP (K) • EDT Reference, EDT-75
Help (K) (LK201 keyboard)
See HELP (K)
HELP (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-140
HELP (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-274
HELP command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 1-14,
1-26 Text Processing, 1-5 File Applications,
3-5, 9-15 DCL Dictionary, DCL-5, DCL-309,
DCL-310, DCL-312, DCL-313, DCL-314
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-22 Authorize
Ref, AUTH-33 Disk Quota Ref, DOT-10
Exchange Ref, EXCH~31 Install Ref, INS-12
LAT Ref, LATCP-8 Mail Ref, MAIL-46
Monitor Ref, MON-32 NCP Ref, NCP-45
Patch Ref, PA TCH-69 Phone Ref, PHONE-15
Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-43 Debugger Ref,
DBG-222 SYSGEN Ref, SGN-27
EDIT /FOL• FOL Ref, FDL-59
in keypad mode• Text Processing, 1-6
in line mode• Text Processing, 1-5
in nokeypad mode• Text Processing, 1-7
HELP command (Debugger)• Programming, 5-4
Help facility• Text Processing, 1-5 ACL Editor
Ref, ACL-3 NCP Ref, NCP-11
Help files
comment lines• Librarian Ref, LIB-8
creating• Librarian Ref, LIB-6 to LIB-7
formatting • Librarian Ref, LIB-7
qualifier lines• Librarian Ref, LIB-8
restrictions• Librarian Ref, UB-6
HELP key• Text Processing, 1-6
Help library• Librarian Ref, LIB-4, LIB-6
character case• Librarian Ref, LIB-5
index keywords• Librarian Ref, LIB-6
key names• Librarian Ref, UB-6 to LIB-7
HELP LIBRARY command display• Librarian Ref,
LIB-10 to LIB-12
HELP parameter
LOOP CIRCUIT command• Networking, 7-17
/HELP qualifier• Librarian Ref, LIB-25
Help text
example• Librarian Ref, LIB-8 to LIB-1 O

lndex-133

Index

Help text (cont'd.)
retrieval• Librarian Ref, LIB-10 to LIB-12
Heterogeneous cluster• VAXclusters, 2-1
creating environment• VAXclusters, 2-7
operating environment• VAXclusters, 2-1
setting up• VAXclusters, 2-9
Heterogeneous command terminal• Networking,
1-4, 1-27, 8-1
Heterogeneous network
remote file operations• Networking, 9-1
Heterogeneous V AXcluster
See Nonhomogeneous V AXcluster
Hex password• NCP Ref, NCP-9
Hexadecimal
constant• Programming, 6-19
identifier
in ACE• System Security, 5-12
Hexadecimal dump• DCL Dictionary, DCL-281
Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS-16, ARMS-19
Hexadecimal format
UIC identifier• System Security, 4-22
HEXADECIMAL mode• Patch Ref, PA TCH-20
/HEXADECIMAL qualifier• Debugger Ref, DBG210, DBG-212, DBG-214
in DELETE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-5 7
in DEPOSIT command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-60
in EVALUATE command• Patch Ref, PATCH62
in EXAMINE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-66
in INSERT command• Patch Ref, PATCH-70
in REPLACE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-74
in SET MODE command• Patch Ref, PATCH78
in VERIFY command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-91
Hexadecimal text
converting to binary• RTL Ref, RTL-42
Hexadecimal value• DCL Dictionary, DCL-92
Hexadecimal/decimal conversion• MACRO Ref,
B-1
table• MACRO Ref, B-2
Hexidecimal format
in DIFFERENCES output• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-260
$HEXP (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-379
$HFLOOR (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-5
$HIBER • System Management, SYS-236 System
Services Ref, SYS-236
example• System Management, 8-12 System
Services Ref, 8-12

lndex-134

Hibernation• System Management, 8-11 System
Services Ref, 8-11
alternate method• System Management, 8-13
System Services Ref, 8-13
and AST• System Management, 5-3 System
Services Ref, 5-3
and RUN command• DCL Dictionary, DCL-496
compared with suspension• System
Management, 8-11 System Services
Ref, 8-11
$WAIT (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-332
Hidden device name
See Concealed device name
/HIDE
DISPLAY (Debugger) command• Programming,
5-14
/HIDE qualifier• Debugger Ref, DBG-130, DBG208
Hierarchical tree structure• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e
Ref, ARMS-2
High key value• File Applications, 2-50
High-level language• Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-2
call from• System Management, 2-17 System
Services Ref, 2-17
High-speed terminal output• FOL Ref, FDL-52
Higher-level language statements• Networking,
1-27
Higher-level languages
mapped into argument lists• Intro to Routines,
2-5
Highest virtual block field
in XABFHC • RMS Ref, 10-4
Highwater marking • System Security, 4-49, 5-77
and performance• System Security, 5-77
Highwater marks
new features• Rel Notes, 5-6
$HINT (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-5
/HISTORY qualifier• Librarian Ref, LIB-26
HLB file type• Programming, 9-77
HLD (host loader)• Networking, 1-20, 2-33,
4-22
mapping table• Networking, 4-25
HLDTB$ • Networking, 4-25
$HLOG (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-383
$HLOG10 (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-387
$HLOG2 (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-385
HLP file type• Programming, 9-77
$HMAX 1 (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-6
$HMIN 1 (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-6
$HMOD (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-6

Index

$HNINT (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-7
HNODE$ • Networking, 4-25
HOLD command• Phone Ref, PHONE-16
See also UNHOLD command
/HOLD qualifier
SUBMIT commmand • Command Procedures,
8-4
Holder
displaying records • System Security, 5-14
how to associate with identifier• System
Security, 5-10
removal • System Security, 5-11
Holder record • System Management, 3-5
System Services Ref, 3-5
adding• System Management, 3-8 System
Services Ref, 3-8
format of• System Management, 3-5 System
Services Ref, 3-5
modifying• System Management, 3-12
System Services Ref, 3-12
removing • System Management, 3-13
System Services Ref, 3-13
Hollerith
constant• Programming, 6-21
Home Block• File Applications, 1-10
Home block• Disk & Tape, 1-6, A-2
$HOME_CURSOR (SMG)• RTL Ref, 3-10, RTL547
Homogeneous cluster• VAXclusters, 2-1
creating environment• VAXclusters, 2-7
operating environment• VAXclusters, 2-1
preparing environment• VAXclusters, 2-7
Homogeneous V AXcluster • System Security,
8-2
Hop• Networking, 2-28
Horizontal spacing• DSR Reference, A-2
Host• System Management, SYS-179 System
Services Ref, SYS-179
Host identification
for downline task load• Networking, 4-14
Host loader
See HLD
Host node
for X.25 connection• Networking, 1-4, 3-99,
3-100
Host services
DECnet-VAX• Networking, 1-4, 1-18, 4-1
on Ethernet• Networking, 2-3
$$Hours• DSR Reference, 3-18
How to move the cursor• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-3

How to run DSR • DSR Reference, 4-1
HRD option• FDL Ref, FDL-9
HSC boot setup• Software Installation, 4-6, 4-9
HSC device name• Software Installation, 6-8
HSC Operator Control Panel (OCP)
controls and indicators• Software Installation,
3-36
HSC50 • 1/0 Ref I, 3-3
HSC50 controller• Software Installation, 3-35
HSC50 device name
workaround for restriction • Software
Installation, 6-2
HSC50 disk• VAXclusters, 1-3, 4-1, 4-2
as dual-ported• VAXclusters, 4-7
boot setup example• VAXclusters, C-1
dual-pathed • VAXclusters, 4-6
failover • VAXclusters, 4-7
$HSIGN (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-7
$HSIN (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-392
$HSINCOS (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-394
$HSINCOSD (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-397
$HSIND (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-400
$HSINH (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-402
$HSQRT (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-405
$HT AN (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-407
$HTAND (MTH)• RTL Ref, RTL-409
$HT ANH (MTH) • RTL Ref, RTL-411
HT ASK$• Networking, 4-25
Hyperbolic arc tangent• RTL Ref, RTL-351
Hyperbolic cosine• RTL Ref, RTL-369
Hyperbolic sine• RTL Ref, RTL-402
Hyperbolic tangent
MTH$xTANH• RTL Ref, RTL-411
Hyphen
See Continuation character
Hyphen (-)
as line continuation character• Debugger Ref,
DBG-35, DBG-175
as subtraction operator• Debugger Ref, DBG82
Hyphenate flag
default• DSR Reference, 3-11
description• DSR Reference, 3-11
recognizing• DSR Reference, 2-48

lndex-135

Index

I
I (insert) (N) • EDT Reference, EDT-275
I command• Text Processing, 4-1, 4-6
1/0
array• Programming, 9-20
attributes• Programming, 9-13
canceling on channel • System Management,
SYS-34 System Services Ref, SYS-34
cancellation of request• System Management,
7-9 System Services Ref, 7-9
conversion• Programming, 6-25
database• Programming, 9-19
device information • System Management,
A-12 System Services Ref, A-12
error handling• Programming, 10-17
function code • System Management, 7-3
System Services Ref, 7-3
list-directed• Programming, 6-25
queue request• System Management, 7-3
System Services Ref, 7-3
record• Programming, 9-20
specifiers• Programming, 9-13
1/0 and performance• File Applications, 2-30,
2-64
1/0 buffer• File Applications, 2-35, 2-38, 2-60,
2-61, 6-23
application design• File Applications, 2-31
1/0 bus• Software Installation, 7-39
1/0 channel• System Management, 7-2 System
Services Ref, 7-2
assigning• System Management, SYS-19
System Services Ref, SYS-19
deassigning • System Management, 7-7,
SYS-101 System Services Ref, 7-7,
SYS-101
1/0 channels, assignment of
See Assign 1/0 Channel ($ASSIGN) system
service
See Channel assignment, 1/0
1/0 completion• Rel Notes, B-17, B-23 Device
Driver, 5-20
recommended test• System Management,
7-5 System Services Ref, 7-5
status• System Management, 7-7 System
Services Ref, 7-7
synchronization of• System Management, 7-3
System Services Ref, 7-3

lndex-136

1/0 counts• Convert Ref, CONV-26
1/0 database• Device Driver, 1-7, 13-2, 13-3,
A-1 , G-1 , G-16
creation • Device Driver, 14-7, 14-13, G-8
initializing• Device Driver, 7-2
modifying• Device Driver, 8-22
read-only fields• Device Driver, A-1
referring to fields in • Device Driver, 6-2
1/0 device
getting information about
synchronously• System Management,
SYS-191 System Services Ref, SYS191
information service ($GETDVI) • System
Management, SYS-176 System Services
Ref, SYS-176
1/0 device failure• Software Installation, 7-34
1/0 devices, lists of supported• Rel Notes, B-2
1/0 driver
card reader• 1/0 Ref I, 2-1
DEQNA (XODRIVER) • 1/0 Ref II, 6-1
DEUNA (XEDRIVER) • 1/0 Ref II, 6-1
disk• 1/0 Ref I, 3-1
DMC11/DMR11 • 1/0 Ref II, 1-1
DMP 11 /DMF32 • 1/0 Ref II, 2-1
DR11-W• 1/0 Ref II, 3-1
DR32 • 1/0 Ref II, 4-1
DUP11 • 1/0 Ref II, 5-1
line printer• 1/0 Ref I, 5-1
loading• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-29
LPA 11-K• 1/0 Ref/, 4-1
magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref I, 6-1
mailbox• 1/0 Ref I, 7-1
replacing with new version • SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-32
terminal • 1/0 Ref I, 8-1
1/0 function
See also Function code
See also Function modifier
access to• Rel Notes, B-16
ACP-010 interface• 1/0 Ref I, 1-2
arguments• 1/0 Ref I, A-1 to A-10 1/0 Ref II,
A-1 to A-5
card reader• 1/0 Ref I, 2-5
code• System Management, 7-3 System
Services Ref, 7-3
codes• Rel Notes, B-12 1/0 Ref I, A-1 1/0
Ref II, A-1 to A-5
disk• 1/0 Ref I, 1-2, 3-14
line printer• 1/0 Ref I, 5-5

Index

1/0 function (cont'd.)
LPA 11-K• 1/0 Reff, 4-7
magnetic tape• 1/0 Ref I, 1-2, 6-8
mailbox• 1/0 Ref I, 7-6
modifiers•· Rel Notes, 8-14 1/0 Ref I, A-1 to
A-10 1/0 Ref II, A-1 to A-5
requests• Rel Notes, B-17
terminal• 1/0 Ref I, 8-25
1/0 information• Monitor Ref, MON-48
1/0 limitation
adding capacity• Performance Management,
3-40
compensating for• Performance Management,
4-18
device 1/0 rate below capacity• Performance
Management, 3-35
direct 1/0 rate abnormally high• Performance
Management, 3-37
for disk and tape operations • Performance
Management, 3-34
isolating • Performance Management, 3-34
reducing demand • Performance Management,
3-40
1/0 operation
logical• Rel Notes, B-9
overview• Rel Notes, 8-1
overview of VAX/VMS• Rel Notes, B-1
physical • Rel Notes, B-8
quotas, privileges, and protection• Rel Notes,
B-4
retrying• Device Driver, 12-7
summary of• Rel Notes, B-8
virtual• Rel Notes, B-11
1/0 postprocessing • Device Driver, 5-1, 5-20
1/0 preprocessing
device dependent• Device Driver, 5-1
device independent• Device Driver, 5-1
1/0 privileges, quotas, limits• Software
Installation, 7-25
1/0 processing
phase of• Device Driver, 5-1
1/0 rates
determining• Performance Management, 3-35
1/0 request
aborting• Device Driver, 12-8
assigning channels• Rel Notes, B-15
completing• Device Driver, 12-1, 12-3
issuing• Rel Notes, B-15, B-17
queuing asynchronously• System Management,
SYS-277 System Services Ref, SYS-277

1/0 request (cont'd.)
queuing synchronously• System Management,
SYS-282 System Services Ref, SYS-282
1/0 routines• Rel Notes, 9-4
1/0 segment• Linker Ref, LINK-13
1/0 space
mapping• Rel Notes, C-2
1/0 status block• Rel Notes, 8-17, B-22, B-23
ACP-010 interface• 1/0 Ref I, 1-40
card reader• 1/0 Ref I, 2-10
completion status field • System Management,
7-7 System Services Ref, 7-7
DEUNA/DEQNA • 1/0 Ref II, 6-21
disk• 1/0 Ref I, 3-24
DMC11 /DMR11 • 1/0 Ref II, 1-9
DMP11 /DMF32 • 1/0 Ref II, 2-23
DR11-W• 1/0 Ref II, 3-14
DR32 • 1/0 Ref II, 4-35
DUP 11 • 1/0 Ref II, 5-8
1/0 completion• Rel Notes, B-23
in synchronization • System Management, 7-3
System Services Ref, 7-3
iosb argument• Rel Notes, 8-19, B-20
line printer• 1/0 Ref I, 5-1 O
LPA 11-K • 1/0 Ref I, 4-32
magnetic tape • 1/0 Ref I, 6-19
mailbox• 1/0 Ref I, 7-12
terminal • 1/0 Ref I, 8-4 7
1/0 status return• Rel Notes, B-17, B-21
1/0 subsystem
new features• Rel Notes, 4-6
1/0 system services• Rel Notes, 8-3
1/0 unit• File Applications, 2-35, 2-36, 2-38
1/0-completion processing• Device Driver, 2-9,
3-11
1/0-database initialization• Device Driver, 1-23
1/0-function code• Device Driver, 5-11, 7-10,
9-5
device-specific • Device Driver, 7-11
for accessing a file• Device Driver, 7-13
for acknowledging a disk pack• Device Driver,
7-12
for clearing a drive • Device Driver, 7-12
for creating a file• Device Driver, 7-13
for deaccessing a file• Device Driver, 7-13
for deleting a file• Device Driver, 7-13
for diagnosis• Device Driver, 7-12
for erasing a tape• Device Driver, 7-12
for logical 1/0 • Device Driver, 7-13

lndex-137

Index

1/0-function code (cont'd.)
for miscellaneous ACP control• Device Driver,
7-13
for modifying a file• Device Driver, 7-13
for mounting a volume • Device Driver, 7-13
for no operation • Device Driver, 7-12
for offsetting read/write heads• Device Driver,
7-12
for physical 1/0• Device Driver, 7-12
for reading a header and data • Device Driver,
7-12
for reading a physical block• Device Driver,
7-12
for reading a terminal with a prompt• Device
Driver, 7 -14
for reading a virtual block• Device Driver,
7-14
for reading preset• Device Driver, 7-12
for reading track data • Device Driver, 7-12
for recalibrating a drive • Device Driver, 7-12
for releasing a port• Device Driver, 7-12
for returning heads to center• Device Driver,
7-12
for rewinding a tape• Device Driver, 7-1 ·3
for rewinding a tape and setting it off line•
Device Driver, 7-13
for searching for a sector• Device Driver,
7-12
for seeking a cylinder• Device Driver, 7-12
for sensing device charisterics • Device Driver,
7-12
for sensing the device mode• Device Driver,
7-13
for setting device available• Device Driver,
7-12
for setting device characteristics • Device
Driver, 7-12
for setting the device mode • Device Driver,
7-13
for skipping files• Device Driver, 7-13
for skipping records• Device Driver, 7-13
for spacing files• Device Driver, 7-12
for spacing records• Device Driver, 7-12
for starting a spindle• Device Driver, 7-13
for unloading a drive• Device Driver, 7-13
for virtual 1/0 • Device Driver, 7-13
for write-checking a header and data • Device
Driver, 7-13
for write-checking data• Device Driver, 7-13
for writing a header and data • Device Driver,
7-13

lndex-138

1/0-function code (cont'd.)
for writing a physical block• Device Driver,
7-13
for writing a tape mark• Device Driver, 7-13
for writing a virtual block• Device Driver, 7-14
for writing logical blocks• Device Driver, 7-13
for writing the end-of-file mark• Device Driver,
7-13
for writing track data• Device Driver, 7-13
list• Device Driver, 7-12
1/0-function modifier• Device Driver, 5-11
1/0-postprocessing queue• Device Driver, 12-4,
13-6
1/0-request packet
See IRP
1/0-status block
See ISB
/14
FORTRAN command• Programming, 6-5,
6-12
IAS • FOL Ref, FDL-37
IAS node• Networking, 9-3
$1CHAR (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-151
1o·command
syntax rules for• Command Procedures, 5-8
IDB (Interrupt-dispatch block) • Device Driver,
1-9, 3-6, 5-4, 5-7, 9-4
size• Device Driver, 7-5
IDB$B_COMBQ_CSR • Device Driver, A-31
IDB$B_COMBO_VEC • Device Driver, A-31
IDB$B_TT_ENABLE • Device Driver, A-31
IDB$B_TYPE• Device Driver, A-30
IDB$B_VECTOR• Device Driver, A-30
IDB$LADP • Device Driver, A-31
IDB$LCSR• Device Driver, A-30, G-5, G-6
IDB$LOWNER• Device Driver, 9-5, 9-10, 11-8,
13-1, A-30
IDB$LUCBLST • Device Driver, A-31
IDB$W_SIZE• Device Driver, A-30
IDB$W_UNITS• Device Driver, 14-7, A-30
IDENT attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-3, FDL-37
.IDENT directive• MACRO Ref, 6-38
/IDENT qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-14
IDENT statement• CDU Ref, CDU-16, CDU-38
Identification
of circuits• Networking, 3-39
of events• Networking, 3-104
of lines• Networking, 3-64
of node address• Networking, 2-3, 3-10
of node name• Networking, 2-3, 3-10

Index

Identification (cont'd.)
of objects• Networking, 3-91
of X.25 connector node• Networking, 3-101
versus prevention • System Security, 6-11
Identification directive (.IDENT) • MACRO Ref,
6-38
in message source file • Message Ref, MSG20
IDENTIFICATION parameter
for local node• Networking, 3-12
/IDENTIFICATION qualifier• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-513 DSR Reference, 5-3, 6-6
in message definition• Message Ref, MSG-22
Identifier• System Management, 3-2 System
Services Ref, 3-2
See also Symbol
adding to rights database • System
Management, 3-8 System Services Ref,
3-8
associating with holders• System Security,
5-10
attributes
RESOURCE• System Management, 3-4
System Services Ref, 3-4
combined in one ACE
example• System Security, 5-9
defining• System Management, 3-2 System
Services Ref, 3-2
design considerations• System Security, 5-7
determining holders of• System Management,
3-9 System Services Ref, 3-9
format of• System Management, 3-2 System
Services Ref, 3-2
general• System Security, 4-21, 4-22 System
Management, 3-4 System Services Ref,
3-4
groups by areas of interest• System Security,
4-19
hexadecimal format in ACE• System Security,
5-12
ID format• System Management, 3-3 System
Services Ref, 3-3
in search string• Debugger Ref, DBG-117
removal • System Security, 5-11
removing from rights database• System
Management, 3-13 System Services Ref,
3-13
reserved
See Identifier, system-defined
sharing same• System Security, 4-26
specifying multiple in ACE• System Security,
4-26

Identifier (cont'd.)
system-defined• System Security, 4-22,
4-23 System Management, 3-3 System
Services Ref, 3-3
types• System Security, 4-2 1
UIC format• System Management, 3-2
System Services Ref, 3-2
uniqueness requirement
for V AXcluster • System Security, 8-3
use of wildcards in for ACE
example• System Security, 4-29
Identifier ACE• System Management, 3-21 DCL
Dictionary, DCL-116 ACL Editor Ref, ACL-5
System Services Ref, 3-21
example• DCL Dictionary, DCL-118 ACL
Editor Ref, ACL-7, ACL-8
format of• System Management, 3-21
System Services Ref, 3-21
purpose of• System Management, 3-21
System Services Ref, 3-21
specifying• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-5
specifying access • DCL Dictionary, DCL-117
ACL Editor Ref, ACL-7
specifying identifiers• DCL Dictionary, DCL116
'
specifying options • DCL Dictionary, DCL-117
ACL Editor Ref, ACL-7
syntax• System Security, 4-26
Identifier name• System Management, 3-3
System Services Ref, 3-3
translating • System Management, 3-7 System
Services Ref, 3-7
/IDENTIFIER qualifier• Debugger Ref, DBG-117,
DBG-229
Identifier record • System Management, 3-5
System Services Ref, 3-5
adding• System Management, 3-8 System
Services Ref, 3-8
format of• System Management, 3-5 System
Services Ref, 3-5
modifying • System Management, 3-11
System Services Ref, 3-11
removing• System Management, 3-13
System Services Ref, 3-13
Identifier value
translating • System Management, 3-7 System
Services Ref, 3-7
Identifiers
new features• Rel Notes, 5-4
Identity
disguised

lndex-139

Index

Identity
disguised (cont'd.)
catching before• System Security, 6-6
$1DTOASC • System Management, 3-7, 3-14,
SYS-237 System Services Ref, 3-7, 3-14,
SYS-237
IDX_NCMPR option• FOL Ref, FDL-28
.IF• DSR Reference, 2-66
IF command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 5-11 DCL
Dictionary, DCL-315 Debugger Ref, DBG165 DBG-223
and CONTINUE command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-183
evaluating input of INQUIRE command•
Command Procedures, 5-8
using to control execution flow• Command
Procedures, 5-8
using to test severity level • Command
Procedures, 7-2
using with GOTO command• Command
Procedures, 5-11
.IF directive• MACRO Ref, 6-39 to 6-41
If state
composed input• Programming, 8-39
IF statement• Programming, 6-13
IF statement (FORTRAN)• Programming, 2-17
If states• RTL Ref, 3-19
IF THEN ELSE command (Debugger) •
Programming, 5-26
.IF_FALSE directive• MACRO Ref, 6-42 to 6-44
/IF_ST A TE qualifier• Debugger Ref, DBG-203
.IF_TRUE directive• MACRO Ref, 6-42 to 6-44
.IF_TRUE_FALSE directive• MACRO Ref, 6-42
to 6-44
IFI (Internal File Identifier)
removal of• System Management, 6-9
System Services Ref, 6-9
IFNORD macro• Device Driver, B-16
.IFNOT • DSR Reference, 2-66
IFNOWRT macro• Device Driver, B-1 7
IFRD macro• Device Driver, B-18
IFWRT macro• Device Driver, B-19
/IGNORE qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKUP-25
$11ABS (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-4
$11AND (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-4
$11DIM (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-4
$11DINT (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-5
$11DNNT (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-6
$11EOR (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-4
.llF directive• MACRO Ref, 6-45
I

lndex-140

$11FIX (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-4
$11GINT (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-5
$11GNNT (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-6
$11HINT (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-5
$11HNNT (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-7
$11NT (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-5
$110R (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-5
$11SHFT (MTH) ~ RTL Ref, 4-7
$11SIGN (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-7
IJOBLIM system parameter• SYSGEN Ref, SGN64
Illegal
entry• System Security, 3-32
Illegal page fault• SDA Ref, SDA-18
Image• Intro to VAX/VMS, 4-1
See also Executable image
See Executable image
base address of, in map• Linker Ref, LINK-57
command• Programming, 7-1
definition of execution characteristics • DCL
Dictionary, DCL;..423
device driver
to patch• DCL Dictionary, DCL-452
exit• System Management, 8-14, SYS-139
System Services Ref, 8-14, SYS-139
exiting• Programming, 10-37
for subprocess• System Management, 8-3
System Services Ref, 8-3
hibernation
and RUN command• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-496
installed • Programming, 4-11
installing with privilege
security ramifications• System Security,
5-56
length of, in map• Linker Ref, LINK-57
map• Programming, 4-43
privileged• Programming, 4-11
resuming execution• DCL Dictionary, DCL-183
run-down activity• System Management, 8-14
System Services Ref, 8-14
shareable• Programming, 4-26
shareable, to patch• DCL Dictionary, DCL-452
size, specifying· with RUN command• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-498
termination with EXIT command• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-303
to execute in detached process• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-493

Index

Image (cont'd.)
to execute in subprocess• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-493
to place into execution • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-491
to wakeup, and RUN command• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-496
types of• Linker Ref, LINK-59
IMAGE (CLD statement)• Programming, 7-1
Image activation• Linker Ref, LINK-13
Image activations
analyzing• Performance Management, 3-6
reducing• Performance Management, 4-3
Image activator
GSMATCH processing• Linker Ref, LINK-22,
LINK-38
locating a shareable image• Linker Ref, LINK38
mapping of shareable image• Linker Ref,
LINK-27
memory allocation• Linker Ref, LINK-65
processing of .ADDRESS• Linker Ref, LINK-78
IMAGE clause
for DEFINE SYNTAX statement• CDU Ref,
CDU-24
for DEFINE VERB statement• CDU Ref, CDU32
Image file
analysis• DCL Dictionary, DCL-144
analysis of fixup section• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-146
analysis of global symbol table• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-146
analysis of patch text records• DCL Dictionary,
DCL-146
error analysis of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-144
linker's writing of• Linker Ref, LINK-79
Image header• Linker Ref, LINK-5, LINK-13,
LINK-124
ID field• Linker Ref, LINK-23
image name field• Linker Ref, LINK-24
Image 1/0 segment• Linker Ref, LINK-23
Image ID field
setting• Linker Ref, LINK-23
Image initialization• Linker Ref, LINK-13, LINK-76
Image map• Linker Ref, LINK-125
brief• Linker Ref, LINK-118
full• Linker Ref, LINK-123
linker's output• Linker Ref, LINK-8
linker's writing of• Linker Ref, LINK-79

Image map (cont'd.)
module information in• Linker Ref, LINK-52,
LINK-53
sections in• Linker Ref, LINK-8, LINK-52
specification of• Linker Ref, LINK-51
symbol cross-reference in • Linker Ref, LINK120
type of• Linker Ref, LINK-51
Image name field
setting• Linker Ref, LINK-24
Image operation• Disk & Tape, 6-20 Backup Ref,
BACKUP-7 BACKUP-26
copy• Disk & Tape, 6-15, 6-20
example• Backup Ref, BACKUP-7
overview of• Disk & Tape, 6-4
restore• Disk & Tape, 6-20, 6-28
save• Disk & Tape, 6-17, 6-21
/IMAGE qualifier• Accounting Ref, ACC-15
Backup Ref, BACKUP-26
Image run-down• Programming, 10-37
Image rundown• System Management, 6-5
System Services Ref, 6-5
forcing • System Management, SYS-165
System Services Ref, SYS-165
Image section • System Management, 11-18
System Services Ref, 11-18
copy-on-reference• Linker Ref, LINK-29,
LINK-55
demand-zero• Linker Ref, LINK-21, LINK-55,
LINK-77
fix-up• Linker Ref, LINK-77, LINK-78
generation of• Linker Ref, LINK-61, LINK-73
initialization of• Linker Ref, LINK-76
length of, in map• Linker Ref, LINK-55
maximum number of• Linker Ref, LINK-24
order of, in cluster• Linker Ref, LINK-75
placement of program sections in • Linker Ref,
LINK-73
promotion of to global section • Linker Ref,
LINK-27
protection of• Linker Ref, LINK-55
relocation of• Linker Ref, LINK-7 4
type of• Linker Ref, LINK-13
Image section descriptor
See ISO
Image, executable
See Executable image
IMAGELIB.OLB • Programming, 4-23
See SYS$LIBRARY: IMAGELIB.OLB
Imaginary part of complex number• Programming
6-7
I

lndex-141

Index

$1MAXO (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-5
$IMAX 1 (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-6
$1MINO (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-6
$1MIN 1 (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-6
Immediate conditional assembly block directive
(.llF) • MACRO Ref, 6-45
Immediate mode• MACRO Ref, 5-15 to 5-16
contrasted with literal mode• MACRO Ref,
5-16
Immediate value
definition of an• Intro to Routines, 2-3
in VAX Calling Standard• Intro to Routines,
2-3
$1MOD (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-6
Implicit
data definition• Programming, 6-2
variable• Programming, 4-7
Implicit allocation • System Management, 7-11
System Services Ref, 7-11
Implicit conversion
in string comparison operation• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-85
of operands in expression • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-85
IMPLICIT NONE statement• Programming, 4-8
IMPLICIT NONE statement (FORTRAN)•
Programming, 2-4
IMPLICIT statement• Programming, 6-2
IMPLICIT statement (FORTRAN)• Programming,
2-4
Implied
Input/output unit• Programming, 8-3
Implied DO loop• Programming, ·8-14
array processing• Programming, 6-29, 6-34
DAT A statement• Programming, 6-30
INACTIVE BASE parameter• Networking, 3-51
INACTIVE INCREMENT parameter• Networking,
3-51
INACTIVE THRESHOLD parameter• Networking,
3-50
INACTIVITY TIMER parameter• Networking,
3-88
Inbound logical link connection• Networking,
1-32
INCB (Increment Byte) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-22
INCL (Increment Long) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-22
INCLUDE (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-141
INCLUDE command• Text Processing, 11-1

lndex-142

/INCLUDE qualifier• Error Log Ref, ERR-12 Linker
Ref, LINK-6, LINK-12, LINK-138 Son Ref,
SORT-62
INCLUDE statement• Programming, 4-25
Inclusive OR operator• MACRO Ref, 3-16
INCOMING
NCP parameter• System Security, 7-18
Incoming calls to a DTE• Networking, 2-38
INCOMING TIMER parameter• Networking, 3-87
Increase virtual address space• System
Management, 11-2 System Services Ref,
11-2
Increment specifier (L)
with /SEQUENCE qualifier (L) • EDT Reference,
EDT-161
with EXIT /SEQUENCE (L) • EDT Reference,
EDT-133
with RESEQUENCE/SEQUENCE (L) • EDT
Reference, EDT-159
with WRITE/SEQUENCE (L) • EDT Reference,
EDT-243
Incremental backup• Backup Ref, BACKUP-8
example• Backup Ref, BACKUP-8
/INCREMENT AL qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKUP28
INCW (Increment Word) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-22
Indefinite repeat argument directive (.IRP) •
MACRO Ref, 6-46 to 6-47
Indefinite repeat character directive (.IRPC) •
MACRO Ref, 6-48 to 6-49
.INDENT• Text Processing, 16-3 DSR Reference,
2-69
/INDENT qualifier• DCL Dictionary, DCL-513 DSR
Reference, 5-4
Indenting text• Text Processing, 16-3
.INDEX• Text Processing, 24-7 DSR Reference,
2-70
example• DSR Reference, 2-70
Index
case control of entries• DSR Reference, 2-134
creating source file with DSR • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-504
formatting• DSR Reference, A-4
how to create an• Text Processing, 24-1,
24-7
input files• DSR Reference, 6-5
library
multiple• Programming, 9-89
producing• DSR Reference, 6-3
to create• DCL Dictionary, DCL-517

Index

INDEX (Compute Index) instruction• MACRO Ref,
9-75 to 9-76
$INDEX (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-152
Index bucket area number field
in XABKEY • RMS Ref, 11-8
Index bucket fill size field
in XABKEY • RMS Ref, 11-9
Index bucket size field
in XABKEY • RMS Ref, 11-9
INDEX BUCKET structure• File Applications,
9-26
Index buckets
reclaimed• Convert Ref, CONV-26
Index depth• File Applications, A-3
Index entries
emphasizing• DSR Reference, 6-3
merging• DSR Reference, 6-2
merging ENTRY entries• DSR Reference, 6-3
merging page number references• DSR
Reference, 6-3
punctuation of• DSR Reference, 6-1
Index entry
library
LBR$ procedure• Programming, 9-97
Index file• Disk & Tape, A-2
bit map• Disk & Tape, A-3
description• Disk & Tape, 1-6
of Files-11 volume• File Applications, 1-1 O
placement on disk• DCL Dictionary, DCL-323
Index flag
default• DSR Reference, 3-12
description• DSR Reference, 3-12
recognizing• DSR Reference, 2-49
subindex flag• DSR Reference, 3-17
Index keywords
in help libraries• librarian Ref, LIB-6
Index levels• File Applications, 2-37 FOL Ref,
FDL-6, FDL-7
Index mode• MACRO Ref, 5-17 to 5-19
operand specifier format• MACRO Ref, 8-21
to 8-22
/INDEX qualifier• DSR Reference, 6-3
READ command• Command Procedures, 6-6
INDEX RECORD node• Analyze/RMS_File Ref,
ARMS-6
Index records• FOL Ref, FOL-7
INDEX ROOT BUCKET node• Analyze/RMS_File
Ref, ARMS-6
Index sort

Index sort (cont'd.)
reasons for selecting• Sort Ref, SORT-29
specifying
in specification file • Sort Ref, SORT-68
Index structure• File Applications, 2-48, 2-57
alternate• File Applications, 2-52
primary• File Applications, 2-50
INDE)LAREA attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-27,
FDL-28, FDL-29
of AREA primary• File Applications, 2-56
of KEY primary• File Applications, 2-56
INDEX_COMPRESSION attribute• FOL Ref, FDL7, FDL-28
INDEX_FILL attribute• File Applications, 2-59
FOL Ref, FDL-7, FDL-28
INDEX_SPACE_OCCUPIED attribute• FOL Ref,
FDL-7
INDEXED attribute• FOL Ref, FDL-23
Indexed file• Programming, 9-4
allocation • File Applications, A-1
alternate key• File Applications, 2-21
bucket size• File Applications, 2-36, 2-37,
6-28, A-2
bucket splits• File Applications, 2-22
buffering• File Applications, 6-28 to 6-29
compression• File Applications, 2-32 FOL Ref,
FDL-28
deferred write• File Applications, 2-40
design• File Applications, 2-48
duplicate key values• File Applications, 2-21
duplicate keys • FOL Ref, FDL-28
examination• File Applications, 9-22
fill factor• File Applications, 2-37
global buffers• File Applications, 2-39, 6-29
key type• File Applications, 2-20
Level 1 index• FOL Ref, FDL-29
loading • Convert Ref, CONV-13
making contiguous• File Applications, 9-37
optimization of• File Applications, 2-48 to
2-62, 9-35
primary key• File Applications, 2-21
Prolog 3 • File Applications, 2-49 Convert Ref,
CONV-1
Prologs 1 and 2 • File Applications, 2-49
reclaiming buckets in• File Applications, 9-38
record access• File Applications, 7-9 to 7-12,
7-13 to 7-14
record reference vectors• File Applications,
2-22
redesigning • File Applications, 9-34

lndex-143

Index

Indexed file (cont'd.)
reformatting• Convert Ref, CONV-2
reorganizing • File Applications, 9-38
run-time options• File Applications, 8-17 to
8-18
structure• File Applications, 2-20, 2-48
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-4
tree structure• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-

2
Indexed file organization
advantages and disadvantages• File
Applications, 2-28
definition of• File Applications, 1-3
/INDEXED qualifier• File Applications, 6-29
Indexed script• File Applications, 3-6
/INDEXED_SEQUENTIAL qualifier• Sort Ref,
SORT-44
INDEXF.SYS• Disk & Tape, A-2
Indexing commands
.DISABLE INDEXING• DSR Reference, 2-31
.ENABLE INDEXING• DSR Reference, 2-31
entering• DSR Reference, 6-4
.ENTRY• DSR Reference, 2-35
.FLAGS INDEX• DSR Reference, 2-49
.FLAGS SUBINDEX• DSR Reference, 2-54
.INDEX• DSR Reference, 2-70
.NO FLAGS INDEX• DSR Reference, 2-49
.NO FLAGS SUBINDEX• DSR Reference, 2-54
.XLOWER • DSR Reference, 2-1. 34
.XUPPER• DSR Reference, 2-134
Indexing qualifiers• DSR Reference, 6-6
Indexing Utility• DSR Reference, 6-1
Indicative value• Programming, 1-17
Indicator lights
VAX-11/725,VAX-11/730•- Software
Installation, 2-10
VAX-11 /750 • Software Installation, 2-7
VAX-11 /780 • Software Installation, 2-4
Indicators
of trouble• System Security, 6-2
Indirect-vector UNIBUS adapter• Device Driver,
1-2
Inequality (.NE.)• Programming, 6-9
Infinite· loop• Debugger Ref, DBG-15
Information
process• System Management, 8-9 System
Services Ref, 8-9
/INFORMATIONAL qualifier
in message definition• Message Ref, MSG-23
INl$BRK • DELTA Ref, DELT A-6

lndex-144

$1NINT (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-7
INIT switch
See RESET switch
$1NIT_TERM_TABLE (SMG) • RTL Ref, RTL-549
$1NIT_TERM_T ABLE_BY_TYPE (SMG) • RTL Ref,
RTL-551
$1NIT_TIMER (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-153
Initial specifier (L)
with /SEQUENCE qualifier (L) • EDT Reference,
EDT-161
with EXIT /SEQUENCE (L) • EDT Reference,
EDT-133
with RESEQUENCE/SEQUENCE (L) • EDT
Reference, EDT-159
with WRITE/SEQUENCE (L) • EDT Reference,
EDT-243
Initialization
debugger file• Debugger Ref, DBG-17
of batch queues• VAXclusters, 3-8
of DDCMP node• Networking, 1-11
of debugger• Debugger Ref, DBG-16
of disk• Software Installation, 7-6
of Ethernet node• Networking, 1-8
of magnetic tape• Software Installation, 7-7
of MSCP server• VAXclusters, 4-3
of Phase Ill node• Networking, 2-42, A-20
of printer queues• VAXc/usters, 3-3
of tape
using REPLY /BLANK_TAPE • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-482
using REPLY /INITIALIZE_TAPE• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-482
of volumes• DCL Dictionary, DCL-318
Initialization data • Device Driver, 7-3
Initialization file• SDA Ref, SDA-7
creating• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-10
default file type• Show Cluster Ref, SHCL-1 O
SHOW_CLUSTER$1NIT • Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-10
Initialization files
debugger• Programming, 5-43
Initialization phase• Software Installation, 7-8,
7-35
Initialization routine• Device Driver, 1-3, 1-14,
13-1
Initialize
data variable• Programming~ 6-4
library
LBR$ procedure• Programming, 9-78
$INITIALIZE (LIB)• RTL Ref, 2-2, 9-1

Index

INITIALIZE command• Disk & Tape, 3-5 DCL
Dictionary, DCL-318, DCL-321, DCL-322,
DCL-324, DCL-325 Exchange Ref, EXCH-32
Monitor Ref, MON-33 Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-44 1/0 Ref I, 6-19
See also Initializing a volume
and continuation volumes• Disk & Tape, 3-26
and Files-11 structure• Disk & Tape, 3-6
and protection codes• Disk & Tape, 4-15
and sequential disk• Disk & Tape, 6-20
and window size• File Applications, 8-11
using with magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 5-3
Initialize Command Table, LPA 11-K• 1/0 Ref I,
4-9
/INITIALIZE qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKUP-30
Patch Ref, PA TCH-23
in SET PA TCH_AREA command• Patch Ref,
PA TCH-81 to PA TCH-84
INITIALIZE/ERASE command• System Security,
5-76
INITIALIZE/QUEUE command• VAXclusters, 3-2
DCL Dictionary, DCL-327, DCL-328
INITIALIZE/QUEUE/BATCH command•
VAXclusters, 3-8
/INITIALIZE=CONTINUA TION qualifier• Mount Ref,
MOUNT-22
Initializing a volume• Disk & Tape, 3-5
continuation• Disk & Tape, 3-26
disk• Disk & Tape, 3-6
magnetic tape• Disk & Tape, 3-7
Initializing SDA • SDA Ref, SDA-7
$1NOT (MTH) • RTL Ref, 4-7
INPSMB.EXE file• Util Routines Ref, SMB-1
$INPUT• System Management, A-14 System
Services Ref, A-14
See also $QIO
Input
command
data lines• Command Procedures, 1-2
entering from your terminal • Command
Procedures, 3-7
One line• Programming, 8-5
opening a file•. Command Procedures, 6-3
passing as a parameter to a command
procedure• Command Procedures, 3-2
to an executable image• Command Procedures,
3-5
to batch jobs• Command Procedures, 8-5
unsolicited• Programming, 8-48
use of data lines• Command Procedures, 3-6

Input (cont'd.)
usin'g INQUIRE in a command procedure•
Command Procedures, 3-4
using the READ command• Command
Procedures, 3-5
Input address array• System Management, 11-4
System Services Ref, 11-4
Input data stream
marking beginning of• DCL Dictionary, DCL217
marking end of• DCL Dictionary, DCL-294
Input file
/FORMAT q.ualifier • Sort Ref, SORT-37
specifying record size• Sort Ref, SORT-37
temporary default• DCL Dictionary, DCL-20
Input file concatentation • Convert Ref, CONV-1
Input file-selection qualifiers• Backup Ref,
BACKUP-40 to BACKUP-49
Input image file• Patch Ref, PA TCH-5
See Also Executable image
device driver image • Patch Ref, PA TCH-6
executable • Patch Ref, PA TCH-5
shareable• Patch Ref, PA TCH-5
Input line
Many• Programming, 8-9
Input operation
One record• Programming, 8-7
/INPUT qualifier• Monitor Ref, MON-23
Input request
queuing and waiting for event flag • System
Management, A-14 System Services Ref,
A-14
Input routine
user-written • Util Routines Ref, PSM-36
Input save-set qualifiers• Backup Ref, BACKUP50 to BACKUP-54
Input source file• SUMSLP Ref, SUM-3
Input stream
define for created process • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-494
switching control to other processes• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-17 2
Input-file-specification• Librarian Ref, LIB-2
default file type• Librarian Ref, LIB-3
Input/ output
array processing• Programming, 6-29, 6-34
Asynchronous• Programming, 8-61
buffered operation• Programming, 6-45
channel• Programming, 8-58, 8-63
direct operation • Programming, 6-45

lndex-145

Index

Input/output (cont'd.)
internal• Programming, 6-24
Synchronous• Programming, 8-59
User• Programming, 8-1
Input/output services
synchronous version • System Management,
7-6 System Services Ref, 7-6
Input/ output statement
array processing• Programming, 6-30
record processing• Programming, 6-43
INQUIRE command• Intro to VAX/VMS, 5-7
DCL Dictionary, DCL-338, DCL-339, DCL-340
conversion of input data with• Command
Procedures, 3-4
evaluating input from using the IF command •
Command Procedures, 5-8
reasons to omit from captive command
procedures• System Security, 5-82
using in a batch job command procedure•
Command Procedures, 3-5
using to accept input to a command procedure •
Command Procedures, 3-4
using to obtain a value for a variable•
Command Procedures, 5-3
INQUIRE statement• Programming, 9-16
Insert
library module
LBR$ procedure• Programming, 9-82
INSERT (L) • EDT Reference, EDT-142
Insert characters on screen• Programming, 8-29,
8-31
INSERT command• Text Processing, 3-3 Patch
Ref, PATCH-70 to PATCH-72
compared with DEPOSIT command• Patch Ref,
PATCH-60
with /ABSOLUTE qualifier• Patch Ref,
PATCH-31
with /INSTRUCTION qualifier• Patch Ref,
PATCH-24, PATCH-71
Insert files/modules• Librarian Ref, LIB-27
Insert Here (K) (LK201 keyboard)
See PASTE (K)
/INSERT qualifier• Intro to VAX/VMS, 6-23
Librarian Ref, LIB-2, LIB-27
$INSERT_CHARS (SMG) • RTL Ref, 3-11, RTL553
$INSERT_LINE (SMG) • RTL Ref, 3-11, RTL-556
$INSERT_TREE (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-35, RTL-155
Inserting text• Text Processing, 2-3, 3-3, 4-1
I command• Text Processing, 4-1

lndex-146

INSQHI (Insert Entry into Queue at Head,
Interlocked) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-88
to 9-89
$1NSQHI (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-161
INSQTI (Insert Entry into Queue at Tail,
Interlocked) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-90
to 9-91
$1NSQTI (LIB)• RTL Ref, RTL-164
INSQUE (Insert Entry in Queue) instruction•
MACRO Ref, 9-92 to 9-93
INSTALL
See Install Utility
Install
privileged image• Programming, 4-11
INST ALL command• SYSGEN Ref, SGN-28
Install Utility (INST ALL)• Install Ref, INS-1
commands• Install Ref, INS-5 to INS-20
directing output• Install Ref, INS-1
exiting • Install Ref, INS-1
invoking• Install Ref, INS-1
new features• Rel Notes, 2-11
restrictions• Install Ref, INS-1
Installation
displaying names of installed files • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-683
in tailored environment• Software Installation,
5-11
kinds of• Software Installation, 1-1
network• Networking, 6-1
of operating system• VAXclusters, 2-2
of shareable image• Linker Ref, LINK-27,
LINK-38
overview• Software Installation, 1-1
requirement for sharing• Linker Ref, LINK-28
scenarios• Software Installation, 1-1
/SHARE• Linker Ref, LINK-38
VAX PSI• Networking, 6-3
Installation summary
newly purchased system • Software
Installation, 1-2
system upgrade• Software Installation, 1-3,
1-4
update/optional product• Software Installation,
1-4
Installing image
with privilege
security ramifications• System Security,
5-56
Installing stand-alone BACKUP
alternate disk directory root• Software
Installation, 4-26

Index

Instruction• MACRO Ref, 1-1
as operator• MACRO Ref, 2-3
depositing of• Debugger Ref, DBG-100
examining of• Debugger Ref, DBG-92
format• MACRO Ref, 8-13 to 8-24
operand• Device Driver, 6-4
replacing of• Debugger Ref, DBG-100
string-handling • Device Driver, 6-4
that refers to 1/0 space• Device Driver, 6-5
Instruction notation
operand specifier• MACRO Ref, 9-3 to 9-4
operation description• MACRO Ref, 9-4 to
9-5
/INSTRUCTION qualifier• Debugger Ref, DBG192, DBG-206, DBG-214, DBG-234, DBG-266
with the CANCEL BREAK command• Debugger
Ref, DBG-183
/INSTRUCTION-/NOINSTRUCTION qualifier
in DELETE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-5 7
in DEPOSIT command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-60,
PATCH-61
in EVALUATE command• Patch Ref, PATCH63
in EXAMINE command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-66
in INSERT command• Patch Ref, PATCH-70
in REPLACE command• Patch Ref, PATCH-7 4
in SET MODE command• Patch Ref, PATCH78
in VERIFY command• Patch Ref, PA TCH-92
INSTRUCTION-NOINSTRUCTION mode• Patch
Ref, PATCH-19
/INSTRUCTION=0p-code qualifier• Debugger Ref,
DBG-192, DBG-234, DBG-266
with the CANCEL BREAK command• Debugger
Ref, DBG-183
Instructions• MACRO Ref, 9-2 to 9-191
address• MACRO Ref, 9-34 to 9-36
arithmetic• MACRO Ref, 9-6 to 9-33, 9-100
to 9-12 1, 9-139 to 9-162
character string• MACRO Ref, 9-122 to
9-135
control• MACRO Ref, 9-43 to 9-62
decimal string• MACRO Ref, 9-139 to 9-162
floating-point• MACRO Ref, 9-100 to 9-121
integer• MACRO Ref, 9-6 to 9-33
logical• MACRO Ref, 9-6 to 9-33
packed decimal• MACRO Ref, 9-139 to 9-162
procedure call• MACRO Ref, 9-63 to 9-69
queue• MACRO Ref, 9-82 to 9-99

Instructions (cont'd.)
string• MACRO Ref, 9-122 to 9-135, 9-139
to 9-162
variable-length bit field• MACRO Ref, 9-37 to
9-42
INSV (Insert Field) instruction• MACRO Ref, 9-42
$1NSV (LIB) • RTL Ref, RTL-166
lnswapping
reducing rate• Performance Management,
4-16
INT2 value• FOL Ref, FDL-31
INT4 value• FOL Ref, FDL-31
INT8 value• FOL Ref, FDL-31
$INT_OVER (LIB) • RTL Ref, 7-31, RTL-168
Integer• Programming, 6-5
as invocation number• Debugger Ref, DBG-63
calculation in arithmetic operation • DCL
Dictionary, DCL-88
constant• Programming, 6-5
data type• MACRO Ref, 8-1 to 8-3
implicit conversion to string • DCL Dictionary,
DCL-85
in SET MAX_SOURCE_FILES • Debugger Ref,
DBG-122
in SET SCOPE• Debugger Ref, DBG-67
in SHOW CALLS• Debugger Ref, DBG-45
in source statement• MACRO Ref, 3-3
in STEP• Debugger Ref, DBG-27
quadword• Programming, 6-5
unsigned• MACRO Ref, 8-1, 8-2
Integer and floating point procedures• RTL Ref,
8-13
$EDIV (LIB) • RTL Ref, 8-13
$EMODD (LIB) • RTL Ref, 8-13
$EMODF (LIB) • RTL Ref, 8-13
$EMODG (LIB) • RTL Ref, 8-13
$EMODH (LIB) • RTL Ref, 8-13
$EMUL (LIB) • RTL Ref, 8-13
$POLYD (LIB) • RTL Ref, 8-13
$POLVF (LIB) • RTL Ref, 8-13
$POLVG (LIB)• RTL Ref, 8-13
$POLYH (LIB) • RTL Ref, 8-13
INTEGER data type• Programming, 6-5
Integer instructions• MACRO Ref, 9-6 to 9-33
Integer overflow• RTL Ref, RTL-168
Integer overflow enable (IV)• MACRO Ref, 8-12
INTEGER•2 data type• Programming, 6-5
INTEGER•4 data type• Programming, 6-5
Integrity of file• Analyze/RMS_Fi/e Ref, ARMS10

lndex-147

Index

INTERACTIVE
as system identifier• System Security, 4-22
identifier• System Security, 5-9
Interactive assignment of symbols• DCL
Dictionary, DCL-338
Interactive commands• File Applications, 9-14
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-16
Interactive execution of command procedure•
Command Procedures, 1-6
Interactive login
defined• System Security, 3-2
vs interactive mode process• System Security,
3-3
Interactive mode• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS1, ARMS-2, ARMS-12, ARMS-16
Interactive processing of selective patches• Patch
Ref, PA TCH-39
/INTERACTIVE qualifier• File Applications, 9-14
Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-2, ARMS-12
Interchange environment
protection• Disk & Tape, 2-9
/INTERCHANGE qualifier• Backup Ref, BACKUP31
Interconnection device
generic name• Device Driver, 14-10
Interlocked interprocess file sharing• File
Applications, 6-4, 6-8 to 6-10
Intermediate file (DSR) • Text Processing, 24-1,
24-7
/INTERMEDIATE qualifier• DCL Dictionary, DCL509 DSR Reference, 4-13, 5-2, 6-3, 6-5
examples• DSR Reference, 4-13
Internal
READ statement• Programming, 6-24
WRITE statement• Programming, 6-24
Internal clock• NCP Ref, NCP-80
Internal file identifier field
in FAB• RMS Ref, 5-18
Internal parsing• Programming, 7-24
Internal stream identifier field
in RAB• RMS Ref, 7-3
Internal structure
of file• Analyze/RMS_File Ref, ARMS-2
Interprocess communication•. System
Management, 8-10 System Services Ref,
8-10
using event flags for• System Management,
8-10 System Services Ref, 8-10
using global sections for• System
Management, 8-10 System Services
Ref, 8-10

lndex-148

Interprocess communication (cont'd.)
using lock management services for• System
Management, 8-11 System Services Ref,
8-11
using logical names for• System Management,
8-10 System Services Ref, 8-10
using mailboxes for• System Management,
8-10 System Services Ref, 8-10
lnterrecord gap (IRG)
definition of• File Applications, 1-12
Interrupt ,
direct-vector• Device Driver, 3-6, 11-1, 11-2
disabling • Device Driver, 3-18
dismissing• Device Driver, 3-1, 12-1
enabling • Device Driver, 3-18
expected • Device Driver, 3-7
hardware• Device Driver, 9-8, 10-10
generating a • Device Driver, 11-1
nondirect-vector • Device Driver, 3-5, 11-1,
11-2
of command procedure
and ON command• DCL Dictionary, DCL442
processing• Device Driver, 1-12, 5-18
by VAX/VMS• Device Driver, 3-5
requesting a software• Device Driver, 3-19
solicited
servicing a • Device Driver, 11-5
UNIBUS-device
dispatching • Device Driver, 3-5
unsolicited
example of an• Device Driver, 11-8
servicing a • Device Driver, 11-7
waiting for an• Device Driver, 9-8, 10-2
INTERRUPT command• DTS/DTR Ref, DTS-13
Interrupt context• Device Driver, 1-5, 3-3, 3-4,
3-6, 9-10
Interrupt dispatcher• Device Driver, 1-2, 3-6,
10-10
Interrupt priority level
See IPL
Interrupt priority level (IPL) • Rel Notes, C-6
Interrupt service routine• Rel Notes, C-8, C-15
Interrupt stack• Device Driver, 3-6
excessive activity• Performance Management,
3-46
excessive time• Performance Management,
3-42
Interrupt unexpected • Device Driver, 3-6
Interrupt vector

Index

Interrupt vector (cont'd.)
connecting to• Rel Notes, C-5
Interrupt, reasons for DR32 • 1/0 Ref II, 4-3
Interrupt-dispatch block
See IDB
Interrupt-dispatching code • Device Driver, 3-6
Interrupt-dispatching field• Device Driver, 11-2
Interrupt-enable bit• Device Driver, 9-6
Interrupt-expected bit• Device Driver, 12-8
Interrupt-servicing routine• Device Driver, 1-3,
1-16, 2-8, 3-1, 5-1, 7-3, 9-10, 10-10, 12-8,
1-6
context of execution• Device Driver, 11-4
functions • Device Driver, 5-18, 9-11 , 11-1
writing • Device Driver, 11-1
Interruption
of debugging session • Debugger Ref, DBG24, DBG-25, DBG-196
of program • Debugger Ref, DBG-15, DBG-196
Interrupts
reducing• Performance Management, 4-26
/INTERVAL qualifier• Monitor Ref, MON-24
/INTERV AL=seconds qualifier• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-15
Intrinsic
character function• Programming, 6-17
INTRINSIC (FORTRAN)• Programming, 1-10
Intrinsic function
generic name• Programming, 1-6
specific name• Programming, 1-6
Intrinsic functions
CHAR• Programming, 6-17
INTRINSIC statement• Programming, 4-21
Intrinsic subprogram• Programming, 1-6
generic name• Programming, 1-6
specific name• Programming, 1-6
Intrinsic subprograms• Programming, 6-10
ERRSNS • Programming, 10-19
INTSTKPAGES system parameter• SYSGEN Ref,
SGN-64
$1NV ALIDATE_DISPLA Y (SMG) • RTL Ref, RTL559
Invocation number
default• Debugger Ref, DBG-63
in pathname• Debugger Ref, DBG-61
purpose of• Debugger Ref, DBG-63
syntax of• Debugger Ref, DBG-65
INVOKE command• File Applications, 3-5, 3-7
FOL Ref, FDL-54, FDL-60
Invoke script

Invoke script (cont'd.)
example of using• File Applications, 3-7
Invoking
common command procedures• VAXclusters,
2-6
Invoking ACCOUNTING• Accounting Ref, ACC-1
Invoking ACL Editor• ACL Editor Ref, ACL-2
Invoking ANAL YZE/RMS_FILE • Analyze/RMS_
File Ref, ARMS-1
Invoking AUTHORIZE• Authorize Ref, AUTH-1,
AUTH-5
Invoking BACKUP• Backup Ref, BACKUP-2
Invoking BAD• BAD Ref, BAD-1
Invoking CONVERT• Convert Ref, CONV-2
Invoking CONVERT /RECLAIM• Convert Ref,
CONV-2
Invoking CREATE/FOL• FOL Ref, FDL-2
Invoking DEBUG• DCL Dictionary, DCL-152
Invoking DELTA• DELTA Ref, DELT A-3
Invoking DISKQUOT A• Disk Quota Ref, DQT-1
Invoking DTS • DTS/DTR Ref, DTS-1
Invoking EDIT /FOL• FOL Ref, FDL-2
Invoking EDT• Text Processing, 1-2
keypad mode• Text Processing, 1-3
line mode• Text Processing, 1-3
nokeypad mode• Text Processing, 1-3
Invoking Error Log• Error Log Ref, ERR-1
Invoking EXCHANGE• Exchange Ref, EXCH-1
Invoking INST ALL• Install Ref, INS-1
Invoking LA TCP• LAT Ref, LA TCP-1
Invoking MESSAGE• Message Ref, MSG-1
Invoking MONITOR• Monitor Ref, MON-2
Invoking MOUNT• Mount Ref, MOUNT-3
Invoking NCP • NCP Ref, NCP-1, NCP-3
Invoking PATCH • Patch Ref, PA TCH-1
Invoking SHOW CLUSTER• Show Cluster Ref,
SHCL-1 , SHCL-3
Invoking SUMSLP • SUMSLP Ref, SUM-1, SUM-3
Invoking SYSGEN • SYSGEN Ref, SGN-1
Invoking the librarian • Librarian Ref, LIB-3
Invoking VERIFY• Verify Ref, VER-1
Invoking XDELTA• DELTA Ref, DELT A-3
10$_ACCESS • Device Driver, 7-13
10$_ACPCONTROL• Device Driver, 7-13
10$_AV AILABLE • Device Driver, 7-12
10$_CREATE• Device Driver, 7-13
10$_DEACCESS• Device Driver, 7-13
10$_DELETE • Device Driver, 7-13
10$_DIAGNOSE• Device Driver, 7-12

lndex-149

Index

10$_DRVCLR • Device Driver, 7-12
10$_ERASETAPE • Device Driver, 7-12
10$_MODIFY • Device Driver, 7-13
10$_MOUNT • Device Driver, 7-13
10$_NOP • Device Driver, 7-12
10$_0FFSET • Device Driver, 7-12
10$_PACKACK • Device Driver, 7-12
10$_READBLK • Device Driver, 7-13
10$_READHEAD • Device Driver, 7-12
10$_READPBLK • Device Driver, 7-12
10$_READPRESET • Device Driver, 7-12
10$_READPROMPT • Device Driver, 7-14
10$_READTRACKD • Device Driver, 7-12
10$_READVBLK • Device Driver, 7-14
10$_RECAL • Device Driver, 7-12
10$_RELEASE • Device Driver, 7-12
10$_RETCENTER • Device Driver, 7-12
10$_REWIND • Device Driver, 7-13
10$_REWINDOFF • Device Driver, 7-13
10$_SEARCH • Device Driver, 7-12
10$_SEEK • Device Driver, 7-12
10$_SENSECHAR • Device Driver, 7-12
10$_SENSEMODE • Device Driver, 7-13
10$_SETCHAR • Device Driver, 7-12
10$_SETMODE • Device Driver, 7-13
10$_SKIPFILE • Device Driver, 7-13
10$_SKIPRECORD• Device Driver, 7-13
10$_SPACEFILE • Device Driver, 7-12
10$_SPACERECORD• Device Driver, 7-12
10$_STARTSPNDL • Device Driver, 7-13
10$_UNLOAD• Device Driver, 7-13
10$_WRITECHECK • Device Driver, 7-13
10$_WRITECHECKH • Device Driver, 7-13
10$_WRITEHEAD • Device Driver, 7-13
10$_WRITELBLK • Device Driver, 7-13
10$_WRITEMARK • Device Driver, 7-13
10$_WRITEOF • DevicfJ Driver, 7-13
10$_WRITEPBLK • Device Driver, 7-13
10$_WRITETRACKD • Device Driver, 7-13
10$_WRITEVBLK • Device Driver, 7 "'-14
IOC$ALOUBAMAP • Device Driver, C-58
IOC$ALOUBAMAPN • Device Driver, 10-6
IOC$APPLYECC • Device Driver, C-60
IOC$Cancel-l/0 • Device Driver, C-61
IOC$CANCELIO routine• Device Driver, 13-8
IOC$DIAGBUFILL • Device Driver, C-62
IOC$1NITIATE• Device Driver, 8-22, 9-1, C-64
IOC$1NSIOQ • Device Driver, 9-3

lndex-150

IOC$10POST • Device Driver, c.:.66
IOC$LOADMBAMAP • Device Driver, G-5
IOC$LOADUBAMAP • Device Driver, 10-7, C-68
IOC$LOADUBAMAPA • Device Driver, 10-8
IOC$MNTVER • Device Driver, 7-9
IOC$MOVFRUSER • Device Driver, C-70
IOC$MOVFRUSER routine• Device Driver, D-8
IOC$MOVFRUSER2 • Device Driver, C-71
IOC$MOVTOUSER• Device Driver, C-72,
IOC$MOVTOUSER routine• Device Driver, D-8
IOC$MOVTOUSER2 • Device Driver, C-73
IOC$PURGDATAP• Device Driver, C-7 4
IOC$PURGDA TAP routine• Device Driver, D-8
IOC$RELCHAN• Device Driver, 12-3, C-76
IOC$RELDATAP• Device Driver, 10-12, C-77
IOC$RELMAPREG • Device Driver, 10-13, C-79
IOC$RELSCHAN • Device Driver, C-81
IOC$REOCOM • Device Driver, 9-1, 12-4, C-82
IOC$REQDATAP• Device Driver, 10-2, C-84
IOC$REODATAPNW• Device Driver, 10-3
IOC$REQMAPREG • Device Driver, 10-5, C-86
IOC$REQPCHANH • Device Driver, C-88
IOC$REQPCHANL • Device Driver, 9-3, C-90
IOC$REOSCHANH • Device Driver, C-91
IOC$REOSCHANL • Device Driver, C-92
IOC$RETURN• Device Driver, 7-10, 13-7, C-93
IOC$VERIFYCHAN • Device Driver, C-94
IOC$WFIKPCH • Device Driver, 9-9, C-95
IOC$WFIRLCH • Device Driver, C-97
$10DEF macro• Device Driver, 7-11
IOFORK macro• Device Driver, 3-4, 3-20, 10-10,
11-6, 12-1, B-20
functions of• Device Driver, 5-19
IOSB (1/0 Status Block)
See 1/0 status block
IPL (interrupt priority level)• Rel Notes, C-6
Device Driver, 1-11 , 3-1
changing• Device Driver, 3-14, 3-16
device• Device Driver, 3-6
lowering• Device Driver, 3-3, 3-4, 3-11
raising • Device Driver, 3-4
setting • Device Driver, 3-18
IPL (interrupt-priority level)
lowering • Device Driver, 9-10
IPL O• Device Driver, 8-23
IPL 11 • Device Driver, 3-12
See also IPL$_MAILBOX
IPL 2 • Device Driver, 3-15
IPL 3 • Device Driver, 3-12
See also IPL$_SCHED